Note for Owners:
Guidesimo.com webproject is not a service center of Mitsubishi trademark and does not carries out works for diagnosis and repair of faulty Mitsubishi M80 series equipment. For quality services, please contact an official service center of Mitsubishi company. On our website you can read and download documentation for your Mitsubishi M80 series device for free and familiarize yourself with the technical specifications of device.
More Control Unit Devices:
-
Faraday 8709
P/N 315-034904FA-3 PAGE 1 OF 2OPERATIONThe 8709 Isolator module isolates short circuits on an Addressable Device Circuitof a fire alarm control unit. The 8709 operates in both Style 4 (Class B) and Style 6(Class A) circuits.When used in a Style 4 circuit, placing devices in several branches after 8709modules, a short in the wiring within that branch is disconnected from the rest ofthe loop. The de …
8709 Control Unit, 2
-
urmet domus Alpha 1168
DS 1168-037 LBT 20812Mod.1168MODULO ILA E SINTESI VOCALEILA AND VOICE SYNTHESIS MODULEMODULE ILA ET SYNTHÈSE VOCALEMÓDULO ILA Y SÍNTESIS VOCALILA- UND SPRACHSYNTHESEMODULMODULE ILA EN VOICE-MODULESch./Ref. 1168/48(Nero, black, noir, negro, schwarz, zwart)Sch./Ref. 1168/48W(Bianco, white, blanc, blanco, weiß, wit)LIBRETTO DI INSTALLAZIONEINSTALLATION MANUAL NOTICE D’INSTALLATIONMANUAL DE INST …
Alpha 1168 Intercom System, 16
-
Vixen Polar Fine Adjustment Unit DX
This product contains the parts listed below. Check if all the items are included.1. Polar Fine Adjustment Unit DX2. Plate holder (Built into the mount head.)3. Quick Release Angle Plate4. Camera Tripod Adapter (Built into the bottom.)5. Disc Tripod Adapter for astronomical telescope’s tripod6. 3/8” to 1/4” Convert Screw Adapter (Pre-installed)7. MS Screwdriver for the Convert Screw Adapter …
Polar Fine Adjustment Unit DX Control Unit, 2
-
Allen-Bradley CENTERLINE 2100
Installation InstructionsOriginal InstructionsCENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Center (MCC) Doors and Units with Vertical Operating HandlesBulletin Number 2100About This PublicationUse these instructions to install CENTERLINE® 2100 MCC units with vertical operating handles.Topic PageAbout This Publication 1Important User Information 2Before You Begin 3Recommended Tools 4Ground the Unit 4Install the …
CENTERLINE 2100 Control Unit, 14
-
Rockwell Automation Trusted TMR
ICSTT-RM278P-EN-P (PD-T8448) Trusted Rockwell Automation Publication ICSTT-RM278P-EN-P Issue 16 Trusted TMR 24 Vdc Zone Interface Module 40 Channel Product Overview The Trusted® TMR Zone Interface Module has been designed to provide a configurable interface specifically for use in Fire and Gas protection systems. The Module interfaces to up to 40 Fire and Gas field device inputs or actuators. E …
Trusted TMR Control Unit, 49
Recommended Documentation:
Summary of Content for Mitsubishi M80 Hardware Specification Manual PDF
Introduction
This manual describes the specifications of Mitsubishi Electric CNC.
Supported models are as follows:
Abbreviations in this manual are as follows:
To safely use this CNC unit, thoroughly study the «Precautions for Safety» on the next page before use.
Be sure to keep this manual always at hand.
Notes on reading this manual
(1) The characteristic values and numerical values without tolerances mentioned in this manual are representative
values.
The items that are not described in this manual must be interpreted as «not possible».
This manual is written on the assumption that all the applicable functions are included. Some of them,
however, may not be available for your NC system.
Refer to the specifications issued by the machine tool builder before use.
Some screens and functions may differ depending on each NC system (or version), and some functions
may not be possible. Please confirm the specifications before starting to use.
To protect the availability, integrity and confidentiality of the NC system against cyber-attacks including
unauthorized access, denial-of-service (Dos) (*1) attack, and computer virus from external sources via a
network, take security measures such as firewall, VPN, and anti-virus software.
(*1) Denial-of-service (Dos): refers to a type of cyber-attack that disrupts services by overloading the
system or by exploiting a vulnerability of the system.
Mitsubishi Electric assumes no responsibility for any problems caused to the NC system by any type of
cyber-attacks including DoS attack, unauthorized access and computer virus.
General precautions
(1) When the contents of this manual is updated, the version (A, B, …) on the cover will be incremented.
Also refer to the manuals on «Manual List» as necessary.
Supported models Abbreviations in this manual
M800W Series M850W, M830W
M800S Series M850S, M830S
M80W Series M80W
M80 Series M80 TypeA, M80 TypeB
E80 Series E80 TypeA, E80 TypeB
C80 Series C80
Abbreviations Supported models
M800, M800 Series M800W Series/M800S Series
M80, M80 Series M80W Series/M80 Series
M800/M80, M800/M80 Series M800W Series/M800S Series/M80W Series/M80 Series
M8, M8 Series M800W Series/M800S Series/M80W Series/M80 Series/E80 Series
CAUTION
Manual List
Manuals related to M800/M80/E80/C80 Series are listed as follows.
These manuals are written on the assumption that all optional functions are added to the targeted model.
Some functions or screens may not be available depending on the machine or specifications set by MTB. (Confirm the
specifications before use.)
The manuals issued by MTB take precedence over these manuals.
Manual IB No. Purpose and Contents
M800/M80/E80 Series Instruction Manual
IB-1501274 Operation guide for NC
Explanation for screen operation, etc.
C80 Series Instruction Manual
IB-1501453 Operation guide for NC
Explanation for screen operation, etc.
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Programming Manual (Lathe System) (1/2)
IB-1501275 G code programming for lathe system
Basic functions, etc.
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Programming Manual (Lathe System) (2/2)
IB-1501276 G code programming for lathe system
Functions for multi-part system, high-accuracy function, etc.
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Programming Manual (Machining Center System) (1/2)
IB-1501277 G code programming for machining center system
Basic functions, etc.
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Programming Manual (Machining Center System) (2/2)
IB-1501278 G code programming for machining center system
Functions for multi-part system, high-accuracy function, etc.
M800/M80/E80 Series Alarm/Parameter Manual
IB-1501279 Alarms
Parameters
C80 Series Alarm/Parameter Manual
IB-1501560 Alarms
Parameters
Manuals for MTBs (NC)
Manuals for MTBs (drive section)
Manual IB No. Purpose and Contents
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Function)
IB-1501505 Model selection
Outline of various functions
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
IB-1501506 Model selection
Specifications of hardware unit
M800W/M80W Series Connection and Setup Manual
IB-1501268 Detailed specifications of hardware unit
Installation, connection, wiring, setup (startup/adjustment)
M800S/M80/E80 Series Connection and Setup Manual
IB-1501269 Detailed specifications of hardware unit
Installation, connection, wiring, setup (startup/adjustment)
C80 Series Connection and Setup Manual
IB-1501452 Detailed specifications of hardware unit
Installation, connection, wiring, setup (startup/adjustment)
M800/M80/E80 Series PLC Development Manual
IB-1501270
Electrical design
I/O relation (assignment, setting, connection), field network
Development environment (PLC on-board, peripheral development environment), etc.
M800/M80/E80 Series PLC Programming Manual
IB-1501271
Electrical design
Sequence programming
PLC support functions, etc.
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series PLC Interface Manual
IB-1501272 Electrical design
Interface signals between NC and PLC
M800/M80/E80 Series Maintenance Manual
IB-1501273 Cleaning and replacement for each unit
Other items related to maintenance
C80 Series Maintenance Manual
IB-1501454 Cleaning and replacement for each unit
Other items related to maintenance
Manual IB No. Contents
MDS-E/EH Series Specifications Manual
IB-1501226 Specifications for power supply regeneration type
MDS-E/EH Series Instruction Manual
IB-1501229 Instruction for power supply regeneration type
MDS-EJ/EJH Series Specifications Manual
IB-1501232 Specifications for regenerative resistor type
MDS-EJ/EJH Series Instruction Manual
IB-1501235 Instruction for regenerative resistor type
MDS-EM/EMH Series Specifications Manual
IB-1501238 Specifications for multi-hybrid, power supply regeneration
type
MDS-EM/EMH Series Instruction Manual
IB-1501241 Instruction for multi-hybrid, power supply regeneration type
DATA BOOK IB-1501252 Specifications of servo drive unit, spindle drive unit, motor, etc.
Manuals for MTBs (Others)
For M800/M80/E80 Series
Manual No. Purpose and Contents
GOT2000 Series Users Manual (Hardware)
SH-081194ENG Outline of hardware such as part names, external dimensions,
installation, wiring, maintenance, etc. of GOTs
GOT2000 Series Users Manual (Utility)
SH-081195ENG Outline of utilities such as screen display setting, operation
method, etc. of GOTs
GOT2000 Series Users Manual (Monitor)
SH-081196ENG Outline of each monitor function of GOTs
GOT2000 Series Connection Manual (Mitsubishi Electric Products)
SH-081197ENG Outline of connection types and connection method between
GOT and Mitsubishi Electric connection devices
GT Designer3 (GOT2000) Screen Design Manual
SH-081220ENG Outline of screen design method using screen creation
software GT Designer3
Manual No. Purpose and Contents
GOT2000/GOT1000 Series CC-Link Communication Unit User’s Manual
IB-0800351 Explanation for handling CC-Link communication unit (for
GOT2000 series/GOT1000 series)
GX Developer Version 8 Operating Manual (Startup)
SH-080372E Explanation for system configuration, installation, etc. of PLC
development tool GX Developer
GX Developer Version 8 Operating Manual
SH-080373E Explanation for operations using PLC development tool GX
Developer
GX Converter Version 1 Operating Manual
IB-0800004 Explanation for operations using data conversion tool GX
Converter
GX Works2 Installation Instructions BCN-P5999-0944 Explanation for the operating environment and installation
method of GX Works2
GX Works2 Version 1 Operating Manual (Common)
SH-080779ENG
Explanation for the system configuration of GX Works2 and the functions common to Simple project and Structured project such as parameter setting, operation method for the online function
GX Works2 Version 1 Operating Manual (Simple Project)
SH-080780ENG Explanation for methods for such as creating and monitoring
programs in Simple project of GX Works2
GX Works2 Version 1 Operating Manual (Simple Project, Function Block)
SH-080984ENG Explanation for methods for such as creating function blocks,
pasting function blocks to sequence programs, and operating FB library in Simple project of GX Works2
GX Works2 Version 1 Operating Manual (Structured Project)
SH-080781ENG Explanation for methods for such as creating and monitoring
programs in Structured project of GX Works2
GX Works3 Installation Instructions BCN-P5999-0391 Explanation for the operating environment and installation
method of GX Works3
MELSEC-Q CC-Link System Master/ Local Module Users Manual
SH-080394E Explanation for system configuration, installation, wiring, etc.
of master/local modules for CC-Link system
GOT2000 Series Connection Manual (Non-Mitsubishi Electric Products 1)
SH-081198ENG Explanation for connection types and connection method
between GOT and other company’s devicesGOT2000 Series Connection Manual (Non-Mitsubishi Electric Products 2)
SH-081199ENG
GOT2000 Series Connection Manual (Microcomputers, MODBUS/ Fieldbus Products, Peripherals)
SH-081200ENG Explanation for connection types and connection method
between GOT and microcomputers, MODBUS/fieldbus products, peripherals
GT SoftGOT2000 Version1 Operating Manual
SH-081201ENG Explanation for system configuration, screen configuration
and operation method of monitoring software GT SoftGOT2000
For C80 Series
Reference Manual for MTBs
Manual No. Purpose and Contents
MELSEC iQ-R Module Configuration Manual
SH-081262 Outline of system configuration, specifications, installation,
wiring, maintenance, etc.
MELSEC iQ-R CPU Module Users Manual (Startup)
SH-081263 Outline of specifications, procedures before operation,
troubleshooting, etc. for CPU module
MELSEC iQ-R CPU Module Users Manual (Application)
SH-081264 Outline of memory, functions, devices, parameters, etc. for
CPU module
MELSEC iQ-R CC-Link IE Field Network User’s Manual (Application)
SH-081259 Explanation for functions, parameter settings, programming,
troubleshooting, etc. of the CC-Link IE Field Network function
QCPU Users Manual (Hardware Design, Maintenance and Inspection)
SH-080483 Outline of specifications, necessary knowledge to configure
the system and maintenance-related descriptions for Q series CPU module, etc.
GX Works3 Operating Manual SH-081215 Outline of functions, programming, etc.
Manual No. Purpose and Contents
M800/M80 Series Smart safety observation Specification manual
BNP-C3072-022 Explanation for smart safety observation function
C80 Series Smart safety observation Specification manual
BNP-C3077-022
M800/M80 Series CC-Link (Master/ Local) Specification manual
BNP-C3072-089 Explanation for CC-Link
M800/M80 Series PROFIBUS-DP Specification manual
BNP-C3072-118 Explanation for PROFIBUS-DP communication function
M800/M80 Series Interactive cycle insertion (Customization) Specification manual
BNP-C3072-121- 0003
Explanation for interactive cycle insertion
M800/M80 Series EtherNet/IP Specifications manual
BNP-C3072-263 Explanation for EtherNet/IP
M800/M80 Series CC-Link IE Field (Master/local) Specifications manual
BNP-C3072-283 Explanation for CC-Link IE Field
M800/M80 Series GOT Connection Specifications manual
BNP-C3072-314 Explanation for GOT connection
M800/M80 Series CC-Link IE Field Basic Specifications manual
BNP-C3072-337 Explanation for CC-Link IE Field Basic
M800/M80 Series FL-net Specifications manual
BNP-C3072-368 Explanation for FL-net
M800/M80 Series Synchronous Control Specifications manual
BNP-C3072-074 Explanation for synchronous control
M800/M80 Series Multiple-Axis Synchronization Control Specifications manual
BNP-C3072-339 Explanation for multiple-axis synchronization control
Precautions for Safety
Always read this manual, related manuals and attached documents before installation, operation, programming,
maintenance or inspection to ensure correct use. Understand all the conditions described in this manual before using the
unit. We rank the safety precautions into «DANGER», «WARNING» and «CAUTION» for the manuals issued by Mitsubishi,
including this manual.
Note that even items ranked as » CAUTION», may lead to major results depending on the situation. In any case,
important information that must always be observed is described.
The following signs indicate prohibition and compulsory.
The meaning of each pictorial sign is as follows.
DANGER
When there is a great risk that the user could be subject to fatalities or serious injuries if handling is
mistaken.
WARNING
When the user could be subject to fatalities or serious injuries if handling is mistaken.
CAUTION
When the user could be subject to injuries or when physical damage could occur if handling is mistaken.
This sign indicates prohibited behavior (must not do).
For example, indicates «Keep fire away».
This sign indicated a thing that is pompously (must do).
For example, indicates «it must be grounded».
CAUTION
CAUTION rotated
object
CAUTION HOT
Danger Electric shock
risk
Danger explosive
Prohibited
Disassembly is
prohibited
KEEP FIRE AWAY
General instruction
Earth ground
Not applicable in this manual.
Not applicable in this manual.
1. Items related to product and manual
The items that are not described in this manual must be interpreted as «not possible».
This manual is written on the assumption that all the applicable functions are included. Some of them,
however, may not be available for your NC system.
Refer to the specifications issued by the machine tool builder before use.
Some screens and functions may differ depending on the NC system (or its version), and some functions
may not be possible. Please confirm the specifications before use.
To protect the availability, integrity and confidentiality of the NC system against cyber-attacks including
unauthorized access, denial-of-service (Dos) (*1) attack, and computer virus from external sources via a
network, take security measures such as firewall, VPN, and anti-virus software.
(*1) Denial-of-service (Dos): refers to a type of cyber-attack that disrupts services by overloading the
system or by exploiting a vulnerability of the system.
Mitsubishi Electric assumes no responsibility for any problems caused to the NC system by any type of
cyber-attacks including DoS attack, unauthorized access and computer virus.
2. Items related to start up and maintenance
Follow the power specifications (input voltage range, frequency range, momentary power failure time
range) described in this manual.
Follow the environment conditions (ambient temperature, humidity, vibration, atmosphere) described in
this manual.
Follow the remote type machine contact input/output interface described in this manual. (Connect a diode
in parallel with the inductive load or connect a protective resistor in serial with the capacitive load, etc.)
If the parameter is used to set the temperature rise detection function to invalid, overheating may occur,
thereby disabling control and possibly resulting in the axes running out of control, which in turn may result
in machine damage and/or bodily injury or destruction of the unit. It is for this reason that the detection
function is normally left «valid» for operation.The parameter for the temperature rise detection function will
be validated forcibly when the NC unit is turned ON.
DANGER
WARNING
CAUTION
Treatment of waste
The following two laws will apply when disposing of this product. Considerations must be made to each law. The following
laws are in effect in Japan. Thus, when using this product overseas, the local laws will have a priority. If necessary, indicate or
notify these laws to the final user of the product.
(1) Requirements for «Law for Promotion of Effective Utilization of Resources»
(a) Recycle as much of this product as possible when finished with use.
(b) When recycling, often parts are sorted into steel scraps and electric parts, etc., and sold to scrap contractors.
Mitsubishi Electric recommends sorting the product and selling the members to appropriate contractors.
(2) Requirements for «Law for Treatment of Waste and Cleaning»
(a) Mitsubishi Electric recommends recycling and selling the product when no longer needed according to item (1)
above. The user should make an effort to reduce waste in this manner.
(b) When disposing a product that cannot be resold, it shall be treated as a waste product.
(c) The treatment of industrial waste must be commissioned to a licensed industrial waste treatment contractor,
and appropriate measures, including a manifest control, must be taken.
(d) Batteries correspond to «primary batteries», and must be disposed of according to local disposal laws.
Disposal
(Note) This symbol mark is for EU countries only.
This symbol mark is according to the directive 2006/66/EC Article 20 Information for end-users and
Annex II.
Your MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC product is designed and manufactured with high quality materials and components which can
be recycled and/or reused.
This symbol means that batteries and accumulators, at their end-of-life, should be disposed of separately from your
household waste.
If a chemical symbol is printed beneath the symbol shown above, this chemical symbol means that the battery or accumulator
contains a heavy metal at a certain concentration. This will be indicated as follows:
Hg: mercury (0.0005%), Cd: cadmium (0.002%), Pb: lead (0.004%)
In the European Union there are separate collection systems for used batteries and accumulators.
Please, dispose of batteries and accumulators correctly at your local community waste collection/recycling centre.
Please, help us to conserve the environment we live in!
Trademarks
MELDAS, MELSEC, EZSocket, EZMotion, iQ Platform, MELSEC iQ-R, MELSOFT, GOT, CC-Link, CC-Link/LT, CC-Link IE,
CC-Link IE/field, EcoMonitorLight and SLMP are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Mitsubishi Electric Corporation
in Japan and/or other countries.
Ethernet is a registered trademark of Xerox Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.
Microsoft, Windows, SQL Server and Access are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation
in the United States and/or other countries.
SD logo and SDHC logo are either registered trademarks or trademarks of LLC.
UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open Group in the United States and/or other countries.
Intel and Pentium are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel Corporation in the United States and/or other
countries.
MODBUS is either a trademark or a registered trademark of Schneider Electric USA, Inc. or the affiliated companies in
Japan and/or other countries.
EtherNet/IP is a trademark of Open DeviceNet Vendor Association,Inc.
PROFIBUS-DP and PROFINET are either trademarks or registered trademarks of PROFIBUS User Organization.
Oracle is a registered trademark of Oracle Corporation, the subsidiaries, or the affiliated companies in the United States and
/or other countries.
VNC is a registered trademark of RealVNC Ltd. in the United States and other countries.
Punchtap is licensed by EMUGE.
BiSS is a registered trademark of iC-Haus GmbH.
Other company and product names that appear in this manual are trademarks or registered trademarks of the respective
companies.
( /Japanese)
( A)
Handling of our product
(English)
This is a class A product. In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may be
required to take adequate measures.
( /Korean)
(A )
.
WARRANTY
Please confirm the following product warranty details before using Mitsubishi Electric CNC.
1. Warranty Period and Coverage
Should any fault or defect (hereafter called «failure») for which we are liable occur in this product during the warranty period, repair services shall be provided at no cost through the distributor from which the product was purchased or through a Mitsubishi Electric service provider. Note, however, that this does not apply if the customer was informed prior to purchasing the product that the product is not covered under warranty. Also note that we are not responsible for any on-site readjustment and/or trial run that may be required after a defective unit is replaced.
[Warranty Term] The term of warranty for this product shall be twenty-four (24) months from the date of delivery of the product to the end user, provided the product purchased from Mitsubishi Electric or a distributor in Japan is installed in Japan (but in no event longer than thirty (30) months, including distribution time after shipment from Mitsubishi Electric or a distributor). Note that, in the case where the product purchased from Mitsubishi Electric or a distributor in or outside Japan is exported and installed in any country other than where it was purchased, please refer to «2. Service in Overseas Countries» below.
[Limitations] (1) The machine tool builder is requested to conduct an initial failure diagnosis, as a general rule. The diagnosis may also be
carried out by Mitsubishi Electric or our service provider for a fee at the machine tool builder’s request. (2) This warranty applies only when the conditions, method, environment, etc., of use are in compliance with the terms,
conditions and instructions that are set forth in the instruction manual, users manual, and the caution label affixed to the product, etc.
(3) Even during the term of warranty, repair costs will be charged to the customer in the following cases: (a) a failure caused by improper storage or handling, carelessness or negligence, etc., or a failure caused by a problem
with the customer’s hardware or software (b) a failure caused by any alteration, etc., to the product made by the customer without Mitsubishi Electrics approval (c) a failure which may be regarded as avoidable, if the customers equipment in which this product is incorporated is
equipped with a safety device required by applicable laws or has any function or structure considered to be indispensable in the light of common sense in the industry
(d) a failure which could have been avoided if consumable parts designated in the instruction manual, etc. had been duly maintained and replaced
(e) any replacement of consumable parts (including the battery, relay and fuse) (f) a failure caused by external factors such as inevitable accidents, including without limitation fire and abnormal
fluctuation of voltage, and acts of God, including without limitation earthquakes, lightning, and natural disasters (g) a failure which could not have been foreseen under technologies available at the time of shipment of this product from
Mitsubishi Electric (h) any other failures which are not attributable to Mitsubishi Electric or which the customer acknowledges are not
attributable to Mitsubishi Electric
2. Service in Overseas Countries
If the customer installs a product purchased from Mitsubishi Electric in a machine or equipment and exports it to any country other than where it was purchased, the customer may sign a paid warranty contract with our local FA center. This applies in the case where the product purchased from us in or outside Japan is exported and installed in any country other than where it was purchased. For details please contact the distributor from which the product was purchased.
3. Exclusion of Responsibility for Compensation against Loss of Opportunity, Secondary Loss, etc.
Regardless of the gratis warranty term, Mitsubishi Electric shall not be liable for compensation for: (1) Damage arising from any cause found not to be the responsibility of Mitsubishi Electric. (2) Lost opportunity or lost profit incurred by the user due to a failure of a Mitsubishi Electric product. (3) Special damage or secondary damage, whether foreseeable or not, compensation for accidents, and compensation for
damages to products other than Mitsubishi Electric products. (4) Replacement by the user, maintenance of on-site equipment, start-up test run and other tasks.
4. Changes in Product Specifications
Specifications shown in our catalogs, manuals or technical documents are subject to change without notice.
5. Product Application
(1) For use of this product, applications should be those that will not result in a serious damage even if a failure or malfunction occurs in the product, and a backup or failsafe function should operate on an external system when any failure or malfunction occurs to the product.
(2) Mitsubishi Electric CNC is designed and manufactured solely for applications to machine tools for industrial purposes. Do not use this product in applications other than those specified above, especially those which have substantial influence on public interest or which are expected to have significant influence on human lives or properties.
CONTENTS
M800W/M80W Series Hardware…………………………………………………………………………….. 1
1 System Basic Configuration (M800W/M80W Series) …………………………………………………………………….. 3 1.1 System Basic Configuration Drawing………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 4
2 General Connection Diagram (M800W/M80W Series)……………………………………………………………………. 5 2.1 General Connection Diagram [M800W] …………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 6
2.1.1 M800W, Windows-based Display (15-type) ……………………………………………………………………………………….. 6 2.1.2 M800W, Windows-based Display (19-type) ……………………………………………………………………………………….. 7 2.1.3 M800W, Non-Windows-based Display (10.4-type / 15-type)…………………………………………………………………. 8
2.2 General Connection Diagram [M80W] ………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 9 2.2.1 M80W, Windows-based Display (15-type) …………………………………………………………………………………………. 9 2.2.2 M80W, Windows-based Display (19-type) ……………………………………………………………………………………….. 10 2.2.3 M80W, Non-Windows-based Display (8.4-type /10.4-type /15-type)…………………………………………………….. 11
2.3 Difference in Connection Depending on the Display Unit …………………………………………………………………………… 12 2.3.1 Windows-based Display ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 12 2.3.2 Non-Windows-based Display …………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 13
3 List of Configuration (M800W/M80W Series)………………………………………………………………………………. 15 3.1 Control Unit [M800W]……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 16 3.2 Control Unit [M80W]……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 16 3.3 Display Unit [M800W]……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 17 3.4 Display Unit [M80W]……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 17 3.5 Personal Computer Unit………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 18 3.6 Graphic Control Unit……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 18 3.7 Keyboard Unit [M800W] ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 18 3.8 Keyboard Unit [M80W] ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 18 3.9 Operation Panel I/O Unit ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 19 3.10 Remote I/O Unit …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 20 3.11 Function Expansion Unit ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 20 3.12 Side Memory I/F Unit ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 21 3.13 Manual Pulse Generator ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 21 3.14 Synchronous Feed Encoder…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 21 3.15 Machine Operation Panel…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 21 3.16 Handy Terminal………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 21 3.17 Cable Connector Sets …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 22 3.18 Thermistor Sets………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 22 3.19 Genuine Memory Card………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 22 3.20 Durable Parts …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 22 3.21 Replacements ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 22 3.22 List of Cables …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 23 3.23 System Type ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 24
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series) …………………………………………………………………………… 25 4.1 Environment Conditions [M800W]…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 26
4.1.1 Environment Conditions inside the Operation Panel ………………………………………………………………………….. 26 4.1.2 Environment Conditions inside the Control Panel ……………………………………………………………………………… 28 4.1.3 24VDC Stabilized Power Supply Selecting Conditions ………………………………………………………………………. 30
4.2 Environment Conditions [M80W]…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 31 4.2.1 Environment Conditions inside the Operation Panel ………………………………………………………………………….. 31 4.2.2 Environment Conditions inside the Control Panel ……………………………………………………………………………… 33 4.2.3 24VDC Stabilized Power Supply Selecting Conditions ………………………………………………………………………. 35
4.3 Control Unit [M800W]……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 36 4.3.1 M830W(FCU8-MU042) / M850W(FCU8-MA041)………………………………………………………………………………. 36
4.4 Control Unit [M80W]……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 38 4.4.1 FCU8-MU044 ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 38
4.5 Display Unit [M800W]……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 40 4.5.1 10.4-type (FCU8-DU142-31 / FCU8-DU141-31) ……………………………………………………………………………….. 40 4.5.2 15-type (FCU8-DU182-31 / FCU8-DU181-31) ………………………………………………………………………………….. 41 4.5.3 15-type (FCU8-DU182-34 / FCU8-DU181-34) ………………………………………………………………………………….. 44 4.5.4 19-type (FCU8-DU191-75) …………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 46 4.5.5 19-type (FCU8-DU192-75) …………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 48
4.6 Display Unit [M80W] …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 50 4.6.1 8.4-type (FCU8-DU121-12)……………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 50 4.6.2 10.4-type (FCU8-DU142-32 / FCU8-DU141-32)……………………………………………………………………………….. 51 4.6.3 15-type (FCU8-DU182-32 / FCU8-DU181-32)………………………………………………………………………………….. 52 4.6.4 15-type (FCU8-DU182-36 / FCU8-DU181-36)………………………………………………………………………………….. 55 4.6.5 19-type (FCU8-DU191-77)…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 57 4.6.6 19-type (FCU8-DU192-77)…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 59
4.7 Personal Computer Unit ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 61 4.7.1 Personal Computer Unit (FCU8-PC231)………………………………………………………………………………………….. 61 4.7.2 Built-in Disk of the Display Unit (FCU8-CF032G-1) …………………………………………………………………………… 61
4.8 Graphic Control Unit …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 62 4.8.1 FCU8-GC211 ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 62
4.9 Keyboard Unit ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 63 4.9.1 Keyboard for 8.4-type Display Unit (FCU8-KB026)……………………………………………………………………………. 63 4.9.2 Keyboard for 8.4-type Display Unit (FCU8-KB028)……………………………………………………………………………. 64 4.9.3 Keyboard for 8.4-type Display Unit (FCU8-KB029)……………………………………………………………………………. 65 4.9.4 Keyboard for 10.4-type Display Unit (FCU8-KB041)………………………………………………………………………….. 66 4.9.5 Keyboard for 10.4-type Display Unit (FCU8-KB046)………………………………………………………………………….. 67 4.9.6 Keyboard for 10.4-type Display Unit (FCU8-KB047)………………………………………………………………………….. 68 4.9.7 Keyboard for 10.4-type Display Unit (FCU8-KB048)………………………………………………………………………….. 69 4.9.8 Keyboard for 15-type Display Unit (FCU8-KB083)…………………………………………………………………………….. 70
4.10 Operation Panel I/O Unit……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 71 4.10.1 List of Units ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 71 4.10.2 FCU8-DX830 / FCU8-DX834 / FCU8-DX837 / FCU8-DX730……………………………………………………………. 72
4.11 Remote I/O Unit …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 75 4.11.1 List of Units ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 75 4.11.2 FCU8-DX220 / FCU8-DX230 / FCU8-DX231 / FCU8-DX202 / FCU8-DX213 /
FCU8-DX213-1 / FCU8-DX654 / FCU8-DX654-1 / FCU8-DX651/ FCU8-DX408 / FCU8-DX409 …………….. 76 4.12 Function Expansion Unit……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 83
4.12.1 Encoder (Manual Pulse Generator) I/F Expansion (FCU8-EX544)…………………………………………………….. 83 4.12.2 CC-Link (FCU8-EX561) ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 84 4.12.3 PROFIBUS-DP (FCU8-EX563)…………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 85 4.12.4 CC-Link IE Field (FCU8-EX564) …………………………………………………………………………………………………… 86 4.12.5 EtherNet/IP (FCU8-EX565)………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 87 4.12.6 FL-net (FCU8-EX568) …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 88 4.12.7 Vibration Cutting Expansion Unit (FCU8-EX744)…………………………………………………………………………….. 89
4.13 Side Memory I/F Unit ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 90 4.14 Manual Pulse Generator……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 91
4.14.1 5V Manual Pulse Generator (UFO-01-2Z9) ……………………………………………………………………………………. 91 4.14.2 12V Manual Pulse Generator (HD60C)………………………………………………………………………………………….. 92
4.15 Synchronous Feed Encoder ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 93 4.15.1 Synchronous Feed Encoder (OSE-1024-3-15-68)…………………………………………………………………………… 93
4.16 Machine Operation Panel ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 95 4.16.1 Main Panel A , B
(FCU8-KB921 / FCU8-KB922 / FCU8-KB925 , FCU8-KB923 / FCU8-KB924 / FCU8-KB926) ………………… 95 4.16.2 Sub Panel A (FCU8-KB931 / FCU8-KB941) …………………………………………………………………………………… 99
4.17 Handy Terminal ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 100 4.18 Thermistor……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 102
4.18.1 Thermistor(PT3C-51F-M2)…………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 102 4.19 Exclusive SD Cards ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 103 4.20 Specifications and Precautions of USB/SD/LAN Interface ……………………………………………………………………… 104
4.20.1 USB Interface (Personal Computer Unit, Side Memory I/F Unit) ……………………………………………………… 104 4.20.2 SD Interface (Control Unit, Side Memory I/F Unit) …………………………………………………………………………. 105 4.20.3 LAN Interface (Control Unit, Personal Computer Unit) …………………………………………………………………… 105
M800S/M80/E80 Series Hardware………………………………………………………………………. 107
1 System Basic Configuration (M800S/M80/E80 Series) ………………………………………………………………. 109 1.1 System Basic Configuration Drawing…………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 110
2 General Connection Diagram (M800S/M80/E80 Series)……………………………………………………………… 111 2.1 General Connection Diagram [M800S] ………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 112 2.2 General Connection Diagram [M80]………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 113 2.3 General Connection Diagram [E80] ………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 114 2.4 Difference in Connection Depending on the Display Unit …………………………………………………………………………. 115 2.5 Connecting an Operation Panel I/O Unit (FCU8-DX834)………………………………………………………………………….. 116 2.6 Connecting a Pulse-controlled Inverter [M80/E80]…………………………………………………………………………………… 117 2.7 Connecting a BiSS Encoder…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 117
3 List of Configuration (M800S/M80/E80 Series)………………………………………………………………………….. 119 3.1 Control Unit [M800S]…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 120 3.2 Control Unit [M80] ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 120 3.3 Control Unit [E80]……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 120 3.4 Display Unit [M800S]…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 121 3.5 Display Unit [M80] ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 121 3.6 Display Unit [E80]……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 121 3.7 Keyboard Unit [M800S] ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 121 3.8 Keyboard Unit [M80] …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 122 3.9 Keyboard Unit [E80] ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 122 3.10 Operation Panel I/O Unit ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 123 3.11 Remote I/O Unit [M800S/M80] ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 124 3.12 Remote I/O Unit [E80] ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 125 3.13 Functional Safety Expansion Unit [M80] ………………………………………………………………………………………………. 125 3.14 Function Expansion Unit [M800S/M80]………………………………………………………………………………………………… 125 3.15 Function Expansion Unit [E80]……………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 125 3.16 Manual Pulse Generator ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 126 3.17 Synchronous Feed Encoder……………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 126 3.18 Machine Operation Panel [M800S/M80] ………………………………………………………………………………………………. 126 3.19 Machine Operation Panel [E80] ………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 127 3.20 Handy Terminal………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 127 3.21 Cable Connector Sets ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 127 3.22 Thermistor Sets………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 128 3.23 Genuine Memory Card………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 128 3.24 Durable Parts …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 128 3.25 Replacements ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 128 3.26 List of Cables …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 129 3.27 System Type ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 130
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series) ………………………………………………………………………. 131 4.1 Environment Conditions [M800S]………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 132
4.1.1 Installation Environment Conditions ………………………………………………………………………………………………. 132 4.1.2 24VDC Stabilized Power Supply Selecting Conditions …………………………………………………………………….. 135
4.2 Environment Conditions [M80] ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 136 4.2.1 Installation Environment Conditions ………………………………………………………………………………………………. 136 4.2.2 24VDC Stabilized Power Supply Selecting Conditions …………………………………………………………………….. 139
4.3 Environment Conditions [E80]………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 140 4.3.1 Installation Environment Conditions ………………………………………………………………………………………………. 140 4.3.2 24VDC Stabilized Power Supply Selecting Conditions …………………………………………………………………….. 143
4.4 Control Unit [M800S]…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 144 4.4.1 FCU8-MU542 / FCU8-MA542 / FCU8-MU541 / FCU8-MA541 ………………………………………………………….. 144
4.5 Control Unit [M80] ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 145 4.5.1 FCU8-MU511 / FCU8-MU512 / FCU8-MU501 / FCU8-MU502………………………………………………………….. 145
4.6 Control Unit [E80]……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 146 4.6.1 FCU8-MU513 / FCU8-MU514 ………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 146
4.7 Display Unit [M800S]…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 147 4.7.1 10.4-type (FCU8-DU142-31/FCU8-DU141-31) ……………………………………………………………………………….. 147 4.7.2 15-type (FCU8-DU182-31/FCU8-DU181-31) ………………………………………………………………………………….. 149
4.8 Display Unit [M80] ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 152 4.8.1 8.4-type (FCU8-DU121-12) ………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 152 4.8.2 10.4-type (FCU8-DU142-32/FCU8-DU141-32) ……………………………………………………………………………….. 154
4.8.3 15-type (FCU8-DU182-32/FCU8-DU181-32)………………………………………………………………………………….. 156 4.9 Display Unit [E80] ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 159
4.9.1 8.4-type (FCU8-DU121-13)………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 159 4.10 Keyboard Unit ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 161
4.10.1 Keyboard for 8.4-type Display Unit (FCU8-KB026)………………………………………………………………………… 161 4.10.2 Keyboard for 8.4-type Display Unit (FCU8-KB028)………………………………………………………………………… 162 4.10.3 Keyboard for 8.4-type Display Unit (FCU8-KB029)………………………………………………………………………… 163 4.10.4 Keyboard for 10.4-type Display Unit (FCU8-KB041)………………………………………………………………………. 164 4.10.5 Keyboard for 10.4-type Display Unit (FCU8-KB046)………………………………………………………………………. 165 4.10.6 Keyboard for 10.4-type Display Unit (FCU8-KB047)………………………………………………………………………. 166 4.10.7 Keyboard for 10.4-type Display Unit (FCU8-KB048)………………………………………………………………………. 167 4.10.8 Keyboard for 15-type Display Unit (FCU8-KB083)…………………………………………………………………………. 168 4.10.9 Keyboard for 8.4-type Display Unit (FCU8-KB024)………………………………………………………………………… 169 4.10.10 Keyboard for 8.4-type Display Unit (FCU8-KB025)………………………………………………………………………. 170
4.11 Operation Panel I/O Unit……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 171 4.11.1 List of Units ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 171 4.11.2 FCU8-DX731 / FCU8-DX750 / FCU8-DX760 / FCU8-DX761 / FCU8-DX834 ……………………………………. 172
4.12 Remote I/O Unit ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 176 4.12.1 List of Units ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 176 4.12.2 FCU8-DX220 / FCU8-DX230 / FCU8-DX231 / FCU8-DX202 / FCU8-DX213 /
FCU8-DX213-1 / FCU8-DX654 / FCU8-DX654-1 / FCU8-DX651/ FCU8-DX408 / FCU8-DX409 …………… 177 4.13 Functional Safety Expansion Unit……………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 184
4.13.1 Functional Safety Expansion Unit (FCU8-EX133) …………………………………………………………………………. 184 4.14 Function Expansion Unit……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 185
4.14.1 CC-Link (FCU8-EX561) …………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 185 4.14.2 PROFIBUS-DP (FCU8-EX563)…………………………………………………………………………………………………… 186 4.14.3 CC-Link IE Field (FCU8-EX564) …………………………………………………………………………………………………. 187 4.14.4 EtherNet/IP (FCU8-EX565)………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 188 4.14.5 FL-net (FCU8-EX568) ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 189 4.14.6 Vibration Cutting Expansion Unit (FCU8-EX744)…………………………………………………………………………… 190 4.14.7 Option Relay Unit (FCU8-EX702) ……………………………………………………………………………………………….. 191 4.14.8 Option Relay Unit (FCU8-EX703) ……………………………………………………………………………………………….. 192
4.15 Manual Pulse Generator……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 193 4.15.1 5V Manual Pulse Generator (UFO-01-2Z9) ………………………………………………………………………………….. 193 4.15.2 12V Manual Pulse Generator (HD60C)………………………………………………………………………………………… 194
4.16 Synchronous Feed Encoder ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 195 4.16.1 Synchronous Feed Encoder (OSE-1024-3-15-68)…………………………………………………………………………. 195
4.17 Machine Operation Panel ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 197 4.17.1 Main Panel A , B
(FCU8-KB921 / FCU8-KB922 / FCU8-KB925 , FCU8-KB923 / FCU8-KB924 / FCU8-KB926) ………………. 197 4.17.2 Sub Panel A (FCU8-KB931 / FCU8-KB941) …………………………………………………………………………………. 201
4.18 Handy Terminal ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 202 4.19 Thermistor……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 204
4.19.1 Thermistor(PT3C-51F-M2)…………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 204 4.20 Exclusive SD Cards ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 205 4.21 Specifications and Precautions of USB/SD/LAN Interface ……………………………………………………………………… 206
4.21.1 USB Interface (Memory I/F card) ………………………………………………………………………………………………… 206 4.21.2 SD Interface (Memory I/F card)…………………………………………………………………………………………………… 207 4.21.3 LAN Interface (Control Unit)……………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 207
C80 Series Hardware………………………………………………………………………………………… 209
1 System Basic Configuration (C80 Series) ………………………………………………………………………………… 211 1.1 System Basic Configuration Drawing…………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 212
2 General Connection Diagram (C80 Series)……………………………………………………………………………….. 213
3 List of Configuration (C80 Series) ……………………………………………………………………………………………. 215 3.1 CNC Control Unit ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 216 3.2 GOT …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 226
3.2.1 GT27 ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 226 3.2.2 GT25 ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 228
3.3 Peripheral Device……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 229 3.4 Dual Signal Module …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 229 3.5 List of Q Series Units (for RQ extension base unit) …………………………………………………………………………………. 230
4 General Specifications (C80 Series)…………………………………………………………………………………………. 233 4.1 Installation Environment Conditions………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 234 4.2 Base Unit…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 235
4.2.1 Basic Base Unit ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 235 4.2.2 Extension Base Unit ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 236 4.2.3 RQ Extension Base Unit………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 238
4.3 Power Supply …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 239 4.3.1 R61P/R62P/R63P/R64P ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 239 4.3.2 Q61P/Q63P/Q64PN ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 243
4.4 PLC CPU…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 248 4.5 CNC CPU Module ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 253 4.6 Dual Signal Module …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 257 4.7 Signal Splitter …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 262 4.8 Manual Pulse Generator ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 264
4.8.1 5V Manual Pulse Generator (UFO-01-2Z9) ……………………………………………………………………………………. 264 4.8.2 12V Manual Pulse Generator (HD60C)………………………………………………………………………………………….. 265
4.9 Recommended Terminal Block for Dual Signal Module……………………………………………………………………………. 265 4.10 GOT (Panel Cut Dimensions) …………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 266
1 IB-1501506-L
M800W/M80W Series
Hardware
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
2IB-1501506-L
3 IB-1501506-L
1
System Basic Configuration (M800W/M80W Series)
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
1 System Basic Configuration (M800W/M80W Series)
4IB-1501506-L
1.1 System Basic Configuration Drawing
(Note) For the drive unit configuration, refer to the Instruction Manual of the drive unit you use.
M800W M80W
Windows-based display non-Windows-based display
Motor group
Servo/Spindle drive unit
Manual pulse generator
Manual pulse penerator
Remote I/O unit
Remote I/O unit
Display unit
Operation panel I/O unit
Keyboard unit
Synchronous
feed encoder
Personal
computer unit
Control unit
Grahpic
control unit
5 IB-1501506-L
2
General Connection Diagram (M800W/M80W Series)
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
2 General Connection Diagram (M800W/M80W Series)
6IB-1501506-L
2.1 General Connection Diagram [M800W] 2.1.1 M800W, Windows-based Display (15-type)
When the display unit is FCU8-DU182-34, refer to «2.3.1 Windows-based Display» for connection of the display unit.
(Note 1) For information on how to connect the drive unit, refer to the drive unit’s manual.
(Note 2) When using a keyboard unit, install the operation panel I/O unit on the back of the keyboard unit.
SIO
1chJ030
2chJ031 2ch
RS232C
SKIP
RIO2
SD
RIO3
GDI
LAN J303
Network
FCU8-EX56x/EX744
J100
SD
FCU8-DX2xx/DX6xx/DX4xx
RIO1
DCIN J070/071
(EcoMonitor)
OPTH1
OPTH2
J395/J396
J395/J396
EMG J120
Max. 8 points
J070/071 J070/071
J210
DI:CJ31/33
DO:CJ32/34
RIO1
DCIN
RIO2
DI:CJ31/33
DO:CJ32/34
RIO1
DCIN
RIO2
J350/351
J350/351
J070/071 J070/071
J210
DI:CJ31/33
DO:CJ32/34
RIO1
DCIN
RIO2
DI:CJ31/33
DO:CJ32/34
RIO1
DCIN
RIO2
J350/351
J350/351
(R2-TM)
(R2-TM)
FG
5VJ023/J024/J025 12VJ020/J021/J022
L1 L2 L3
(NFB)
DCOUT
FG
ACIN
CP
MC
ON OFF
MC
MC
J350/351
J350/351
J350/351
J350/351
FCU8-EX54x EXT1
EXT3
G430
device
Skip signal input
Control unit
Max. 32 units for each port
Remote I/O unit
Remote I/O unit
Remote I/O unit
Remote I/O unit
24VDC
Energy measuring units
Drive units
Stored in control unit
To the next remote I/O or terminator connector
To the next remote I/O or terminator connector
Emergency
stop switch
SD memory card
24VDC24VDC
24VDC24VDC
Machine control relay/contact
Machine control relay/contact
24VDC
Manual pulse
generator (5V/12V) Machine operation panel
made by the machine tool builder
Dotted lines indicate the sections prepared by the machine tool builder.
<> Angle brackets indicates attached cable of unit.
No-fuse breaker
24VDC stabilized
power supply
(Note 1)
Handy terminal
Function expansion unit
Function expansion unit
FCU8-EX56x/EX744
FCU8-EX54x
FCU8-MA041/MU042
MA041M850W
MU042M830W
RIO8AIO
J026/J027
J220
EXT2
EXT4
RIO4
RIO6
RIO7
RIO5
Function expansion unit
Function expansion unit
Analog input : 4 points
Analog output : 2 points
Manual pulse
generator (5V)
J120
ON/OFF
CFASTCFast
LVDS1
USB2-2
USB2-1
FCU8-PC231
LAN J303
MENUKEY
RIO3EXT
ON
OFF
G170
MPG
INV
RS232C USB-RS232C
GDI
KEYUSB
RIO3
J303
NCKB KEYUSB
J210
J291
J210
LVDS2 SD
DCIN J070/071
EMG
USB
USB3-2
USB3-1
USB2-4
USB2-3
USB2-6
USB2-5
FCU8-DX2xx/DX6xx/DX4xx
CJ71
FCU8-CF032G-1
DCIN J070/071
Network
CG31
CG32
FCU8-DX830/834/837
CG33
CG34
SDI Max. 8 points
DI:CJ31/33
DO:CJ32/34
RIO1
DCIN
RIO2
J350/351
J350/351
(R2-TM)
J210
FCU8-KB92x FCU8-KB941/KB931
G460
DX834:
DX837:
OPKB J460/461
24VDC
Machine operation panel manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric
Emergency
stop switch
Personal computer unit
device
conversion
24VDC
USB memory
24VDC
Remote I/O unit
24VDC
Operation panel I/O unit
Safety signal input
Stored in
personal computer unit
CFast unit
(Safety signal input is
DX837 only.)
To the next remote I/O
or terminator connector
Added onto back of
display unit
SD memory card
24VDC Machine control relay/contact
Backlight
I/F PCB
With scan input/output
With safety signal input
Scan input /
Scan output
(Scan input/output is
DX834 only.)
FCU8-KB04x/KB083
USB
SD
Keyboard unit
(Note 2)
15-type LCD
with touch panel
Display unit
Menu key
FCU8-DU181-34
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
2 General Connection Diagram (M800W/M80W Series)
7 IB-1501506-L
2.1.2 M800W, Windows-based Display (19-type)
(Note 1) For information on how to connect the drive unit, refer to the drive unit’s manual.
SIO
1chJ030
2chJ031 2ch
RS232C
SKIP
RIO2
SD
RIO3
GDI
LAN J303
Network
FCU8-EX56x/EX744
J100
SD
FCU8-DX2xx/DX6xx/DX4xx
RIO1
DCIN J070/071
(EcoMonitor)
OPTH1
OPTH2
J395/J396
J395/J396
EMG J120
Max. 8 points
J070/071 J070/071
J210
DI:CJ31/33
DO:CJ32/34
RIO1
DCIN
RIO2
DI:CJ31/33
DO:CJ32/34
RIO1
DCIN
RIO2
J350/351
J350/351
J070/071 J070/071
J210
DI:CJ31/33
DO:CJ32/34
RIO1
DCIN
RIO2
DI:CJ31/33
DO:CJ32/34
RIO1
DCIN
RIO2
J350/351
J350/351
(R2-TM)
(R2-TM)
FG
5VJ023/J024/J025 12VJ020/J021/J022
L1 L2 L3
(NFB)
DCOUT
FG
ACIN
CP
MC
ON OFF
MC
MC
J350/351
J350/351
J350/351
J350/351
FCU8-EX54x EXT1
EXT3
G430
device
Skip signal input
Control unit
Max. 32 units for each port
Remote I/O unit
Remote I/O unit
Remote I/O unit
Remote I/O unit
24VDC
Energy measuring units
Drive units
Stored in control unit
To the next remote I/O or terminator connector
To the next remote I/O or terminator connector
Emergency
stop switch
SD memory card
24VDC24VDC
24VDC24VDC
Machine control relay/contact
Machine control relay/contact
24VDC
Manual pulse
generator (5V/12V) Machine operation panel
made by the machine tool builder
Dotted lines indicate the sections prepared by the machine tool builder.
<> Angle brackets indicates attached cable of unit.
No-fuse breaker
24VDC stabilized
power supply
(Note 1)
Handy terminal
Function expansion unit
Function expansion unit
FCU8-EX56x/EX744
FCU8-EX54x
FCU8-MA041/MU042
MA041M850W
MU042M830W
RIO8AIO
J026/J027
J220
EXT2
EXT4
RIO4
RIO6
RIO7
RIO5
Function expansion unit
Function expansion unit
Analog input : 4 points
Analog output : 2 points
Manual pulse
generator (5V)
J120
ON/OFF
CFASTCFast
LVDS1
USB2-2
USB2-1
FCU8-PC231
LAN J303
MENUKEY
RIO3EXT
ON
OFF
G170
MPG
INV
RS232C USB-RS232C
GDI
KEYUSB
RIO3
J303
NCKB KEYUSB
J210
J291
J210
LVDS2 SD
DCIN J070/071
EMG
USB
USB3-2
USB3-1
USB2-4
USB2-3
USB2-6
USB2-5
FCU8-DX2xx/DX6xx/DX4xx
CJ71
FCU8-CF032G-1
DCIN J070/071
Network
CG31
CG32
FCU8-DX830/834/837
CG33
CG34
SDI Max. 8 points
DI:CJ31/33
DO:CJ32/34
RIO1
DCIN
RIO2
J350/351
J350/351
(R2-TM)
J210
FCU8-KB92x FCU8-KB941/KB931
G460
DX834:
DX837:
OPKB J460/461
24VDC
Machine operation panel manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric
Emergency
stop switch
Personal computer unit
device
conversion
24VDC
USB memory
24VDC
Remote I/O unit
24VDC
Operation panel I/O unit
Safety signal input
Stored in
personal computer unit
CFast unit
(Safety signal input is
DX837 only.)
To the next remote I/O
or terminator connector
Added onto back of
display unit
SD memory card
24VDC Machine control relay/contact
Backlight
I/F PCB
With scan input/output
With safety signal input
Scan input /
Scan output
(Scan input/output is
DX834 only.)
FCU8-EP201-2
USB
SD
PCUSB
19-type LCD
Side memory I/F unit
wth touch panel
Display unit
FCU8-DU191-75 FCU8-DU192-75
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
2 General Connection Diagram (M800W/M80W Series)
8IB-1501506-L
2.1.3 M800W, Non-Windows-based Display (10.4-type / 15-type)
When the display unit is FCU8-DU142-31/FCU8-DU182-31, refer to «2.3.2 Non-Windows-based Display» for connection
of the display unit.
(Note 1) For information on how to connect the drive unit, refer to the drive unit’s manual.
(Note 2) When connecting a remote I/O unit to the 3rd RIO channel, insert it between the control unit and operation
panel I/O unit.
(Note 3) There is no need to connect a terminator R2-TM to the graphic control unit.
SIO
1chJ030
2chJ031 2ch
RS232C
SKIP
RIO2
SD
RIO3
GDI
LAN J303
Network
FCU8-EX56x/EX744
J100
SD
FCU8-DX2xx/DX6xx/DX4xx
RIO1
DCIN J070/071
(EcoMonitor)
OPTH1
OPTH2
J395/J396
J395/J396
EMG J120
Max. 8 points
J070/071 J070/071
J210
DI:CJ31/33
DO:CJ32/34
RIO1
DCIN
RIO2
DI:CJ31/33
DO:CJ32/34
RIO1
DCIN
RIO2
J350/351
J350/351
J070/071 J070/071
J210
DI:CJ31/33
DO:CJ32/34
RIO1
DCIN
RIO2
DI:CJ31/33
DO:CJ32/34
RIO1
DCIN
RIO2
J350/351
J350/351
(R2-TM)
(R2-TM)
FG
5VJ023/J024/J025 12VJ020/J021/J022
L1 L2 L3
(NFB)
DCOUT
FG
ACIN
CP
MC
ON OFF
MC
MC
J350/351
J350/351
J350/351
J350/351
FCU8-EX54x EXT1
EXT3
G430
device
Skip signal input
Control unit
Max. 32 units for each port
Remote I/O unit
Remote I/O unit
Remote I/O unit
Remote I/O unit
24VDC
Energy measuring units
Drive units
Stored in control unit
To the next remote I/O or terminator connector
To the next remote I/O or terminator connector
Emergency
stop switch
SD memory card
24VDC24VDC
24VDC24VDC
Machine control relay/contact
Machine control relay/contact
24VDC
Manual pulse
generator (5V/12V) Machine operation panel
made by the machine tool builder
Dotted lines indicate the sections prepared by the machine tool builder.
<> Angle brackets indicates attached cable of unit.
No-fuse breaker
24VDC stabilized
power supply
(Note 1)
Handy terminal
Function expansion unit
Function expansion unit
FCU8-EX56x/EX744
FCU8-EX54x
FCU8-MA041/MU042
MA041M850W
MU042M830W
RIO8AIO
J026/J027
J220
EXT2
EXT4
RIO4
RIO6
RIO7
RIO5
Function expansion unit
Function expansion unit
Analog input : 4 points
Analog output : 2 points
Manual pulse
generator (5V)
J070/071 DI:CJ31/33
DO:CJ32/34
RIO1
DCIN
RIO2
USB_F
SDC_F
USB_B
SDC_B
FCU8-GC211
RIO3EXT
CJ71
FCU8-DX730
CG31
MPG
CG32
NCKB
CG33
CG34
LAN1J303 Network
LAN2 J303
J210
J210
EMG
DCIN J070/071
LCD
MENUKEY
TP
BL
FRONT
ENC ON
OFF
CJ71
J010
SIO
FCU8-DX2xx/DX6xx/DX4xx
max. 29 units
J170
RIO1
J210
FCU8-KB92x FCU8-KB941/KB931
G460
24VDC
Machine operation panel manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric24VDC
Remote I/O unit
(Note 2)
Emergency
stop switch
Graphic control unit
24VDC
24VDC
Operation panel I/O unit
Menu key
Display unit
Memory mediums
Front memory I/F card
Keyboard unit
(Note 3)
FCU8-KB04x/083
10.4-type:FCU8-DU141-31
15-type:FCU8-DU181-31
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
2 General Connection Diagram (M800W/M80W Series)
9 IB-1501506-L
2.2 General Connection Diagram [M80W] 2.2.1 M80W, Windows-based Display (15-type)
When the display unit is FCU8-DU182-36, refer to «2.3.1 Windows-based Display» for connection of the display unit.
(Note 1) For information on how to connect the drive unit, refer to the drive unit’s manual.
(Note 2) When using a keyboard unit, install the operation panel I/O unit on the back of the keyboard unit.
(Note 3) When the handle of handy terminal is used, connect ENC connector of G430 cable to MPG connector of the
operation panel I/O unit.
Because the pin assignment of ENC connector of G430 is different from that of MPG connector of the
operation panel I/O unit, conversion is required.
The conversion cable needs to be prepared by the MTB.
SIO
1chJ030
2chJ031 2ch
RS232C
SKIP
RIO2
SD
RIO3
GDI
LAN J303
Network
FCU8-EX56x/EX744
J100
SD
FCU8-DX2xx/DX6xx/DX4xx
RIO1
DCIN J070/071
(EcoMonitor)
OPTH1
OPTH2
J395/J396
J395/J396
EMG J120
Max. 8 points
J070/071 J070/071
J210
DI:CJ31/33
DO:CJ32/34
RIO1
DCIN
RIO2
DI:CJ31/33
DO:CJ32/34
RIO1
DCIN
RIO2
J350/351
J350/351
J070/071 J070/071
J210
DI:CJ31/33
DO:CJ32/34
RIO1
DCIN
RIO2
DI:CJ31/33
DO:CJ32/34
RIO1
DCIN
RIO2
J350/351
J350/351
(R2-TM)
(R2-TM)
FG
5VJ023/J024/J025 12VJ020/J021/J022
L1 L2 L3
(NFB)
DCOUT
FG
ACIN
CP
MC
ON OFF
MC
MC
J350/351
J350/351
J350/351
J350/351
FCU8-EX54x EXT1
EXT3
G430
device
Skip signal input
Control unit
Max. 32 units for each port
Remote I/O unit
Remote I/O unit
Remote I/O unit
Remote I/O unit
24VDC
Energy measuring units
Drive units
Stored in control unit
To the next remote I/O or terminator connector
To the next remote I/O or terminator connector
Emergency
stop switch
SD memory card
24VDC24VDC
24VDC24VDC
Machine control relay/contact
Machine control relay/contact
24VDC
Manual pulse
generator (5V/12V) Machine operation panel
made by the machine tool builder
Dotted lines indicate the sections prepared by the machine tool builder.
<> Angle brackets indicates attached cable of unit.
No-fuse breaker
24VDC stabilized
power supply
(Note 1)
Handy terminal
Function expansion unit
Function expansion unit
FCU8-MU044
RIO4/M
BTBOX
J120
ON/OFF
CFASTCFast
LVDS1
USB2-2
USB2-1
FCU8-PC231
LAN J303
MENUKEY
RIO3EXT
ON
OFF
G170
MPG
INV
RS232C USB-RS232C
GDI
KEYUSB
RIO3
J303
NCKB KEYUSB
J210
J291
J210
LVDS2 SD
DCIN J070/071
EMG
USB
USB3-2
USB3-1
USB2-4
USB2-3
USB2-6
USB2-5
FCU8-DX2xx/DX6xx/DX4xx
CJ71
FCU8-CF032G-1
DCIN J070/071
Network
CG31
CG32
FCU8-DX830/834/837
CG33
CG34
SDI Max. 8 points
DI:CJ31/33
DO:CJ32/34
RIO1
DCIN
RIO2
J350/351
J350/351
(R2-TM)
J210
FCU8-KB92x FCU8-KB941/KB931
G460
DX834:
DX837:
OPKB J460/461
24VDC
Machine operation panel manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric
Emergency
stop switch
Personal computer unit
device
conversion
24VDC
USB memory
24VDC
Remote I/O unit
24VDC
Operation panel I/O unit
Safety signal input
Stored in
personal computer unit
CFast unit
(Safety signal input is
DX837 only.)
To the next remote I/O
or terminator connector
Added onto back of
display unit
SD memory card
24VDC Machine control relay/contact
Backlight
I/F PCB
With scan input/output
With safety signal input
Scan input /
Scan output
(Scan input/output is
DX834 only.)
FCU8-KB04x/KB083
USB
SD
Keyboard unit
(Note 2)
15-type LCD
with touch panel
Display unit
Menu key
FCU8-DU181-36
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
2 General Connection Diagram (M800W/M80W Series)
10IB-1501506-L
2.2.2 M80W, Windows-based Display (19-type)
(Note 1) For information on how to connect the drive unit, refer to the drive unit’s manual.
(Note 2) When the handle of handy terminal is used, connect ENC connector of G430 cable to MPG connector of the
operation panel I/O unit.
Because the pin assignment of ENC connector of G430 is different from that of MPG connector of the
operation panel I/O unit, conversion is required.
The conversion cable needs to be prepared by the MTB.
SIO
1chJ030
2chJ031 2ch
RS232C
SKIP
RIO2
SD
RIO3
GDI
LAN J303
Network
FCU8-EX56x/EX744
J100
SD
FCU8-DX2xx/DX6xx/DX4xx
RIO1
DCIN J070/071
(EcoMonitor)
OPTH1
OPTH2
J395/J396
J395/J396
EMG J120
Max. 8 points
J070/071 J070/071
J210
DI:CJ31/33
DO:CJ32/34
RIO1
DCIN
RIO2
DI:CJ31/33
DO:CJ32/34
RIO1
DCIN
RIO2
J350/351
J350/351
J070/071 J070/071
J210
DI:CJ31/33
DO:CJ32/34
RIO1
DCIN
RIO2
DI:CJ31/33
DO:CJ32/34
RIO1
DCIN
RIO2
J350/351
J350/351
(R2-TM)
(R2-TM)
FG
5VJ023/J024/J025 12VJ020/J021/J022
L1 L2 L3
(NFB)
DCOUT
FG
ACIN
CP
MC
ON OFF
MC
MC
J350/351
J350/351
J350/351
J350/351
FCU8-EX54x EXT1
EXT3
G430
device
Skip signal input
Control unit
Max. 32 units for each port
Remote I/O unit
Remote I/O unit
Remote I/O unit
Remote I/O unit
24VDC
Energy measuring units
Drive units
Stored in control unit
To the next remote I/O or terminator connector
To the next remote I/O or terminator connector
Emergency
stop switch
SD memory card
24VDC24VDC
24VDC24VDC
Machine control relay/contact
Machine control relay/contact
24VDC
Manual pulse
generator (5V/12V) Machine operation panel
made by the machine tool builder
Dotted lines indicate the sections prepared by the machine tool builder.
<> Angle brackets indicates attached cable of unit.
No-fuse breaker
24VDC stabilized
power supply
(Note 1)
Handy terminal
Function expansion unit
Function expansion unit
FCU8-MU044
RIO4/M
BTBOX
J120
ON/OFF
CFASTCFast
LVDS1
USB2-2
USB2-1
FCU8-PC231
LAN J303
MENUKEY
RIO3EXT
ON
OFF
G170
MPG
INV
RS232C USB-RS232C
GDI
KEYUSB
RIO3
J303
NCKB KEYUSB
J210
J291
J210
LVDS2 SD
DCIN J070/071
EMG
USB
USB3-2
USB3-1
USB2-4
USB2-3
USB2-6
USB2-5
FCU8-DX2xx/DX6xx/DX4xx
CJ71
FCU8-CF032G-1
DCIN J070/071
Network
CG31
CG32
FCU8-DX830/834/837
CG33
CG34
SDI Max. 8 points
DI:CJ31/33
DO:CJ32/34
RIO1
DCIN
RIO2
J350/351
J350/351
(R2-TM)
J210
FCU8-KB92x FCU8-KB941/KB931
G460
DX834:
DX837:
OPKB J460/461
24VDC
Machine operation panel manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric
Emergency
stop switch
Personal computer unit
device
conversion
24VDC
USB memory
24VDC
Remote I/O unit
24VDC
Operation panel I/O unit
Safety signal input
Stored in
personal computer unit
CFast unit
(Safety signal input is
DX837 only.)
To the next remote I/O
or terminator connector
Added onto back of
display unit
SD memory card
24VDC Machine control relay/contact
Backlight
I/F PCB
With scan input/output
With safety signal input
Scan input /
Scan output
(Scan input/output is
DX834 only.)
FCU8-EP201-2
USB
SD
PCUSB
19-type LCD
Side memory I/F unit
wth touch panel
Display unit
FCU8-DU191-77 FCU8-DU192-77
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
2 General Connection Diagram (M800W/M80W Series)
11 IB-1501506-L
2.2.3 M80W, Non-Windows-based Display (8.4-type /10.4-type /15-type)
When the display unit is FCU8-DU142-32/FCU8-DU182-32, refer to «2.3.2 Non-Windows-based Display» for connection
of the display unit.
(Note 1) For information on how to connect the drive unit, refer to the drive unit’s manual.
(Note 2) When connecting a remote I/O unit to the 3rd RIO channel, insert it between the control unit and operation
panel I/O unit.
(Note 3) There is no need to connect a terminator R2-TM to the graphic control unit.
(Note 4) For the 8.4-type display unit, TP connector is not used.
(Note 5) When the handle of handy terminal is used, connect ENC connector of G430 cable to MPG connector of the
operation panel I/O unit.
Because the pin assignment of ENC connector of G430 is different from that of MPG connector of the
operation panel I/O unit, conversion is required.
The conversion cable needs to be prepared by the MTB.
SIO
1chJ030
2chJ031 2ch
RS232C
SKIP
RIO2
SD
RIO3
GDI
LAN J303
Network
FCU8-EX56x/EX744
J100
SD
FCU8-DX2xx/DX6xx/DX4xx
RIO1
DCIN J070/071
(EcoMonitor)
OPTH1
OPTH2
J395/J396
J395/J396
EMG J120
Max. 8 points
J070/071 J070/071
J210
DI:CJ31/33
DO:CJ32/34
RIO1
DCIN
RIO2
DI:CJ31/33
DO:CJ32/34
RIO1
DCIN
RIO2
J350/351
J350/351
J070/071 J070/071
J210
DI:CJ31/33
DO:CJ32/34
RIO1
DCIN
RIO2
DI:CJ31/33
DO:CJ32/34
RIO1
DCIN
RIO2
J350/351
J350/351
(R2-TM)
(R2-TM)
FG
5VJ023/J024/J025 12VJ020/J021/J022
L1 L2 L3
(NFB)
DCOUT
FG
ACIN
CP
MC
ON OFF
MC
MC
J350/351
J350/351
J350/351
J350/351
FCU8-EX54x EXT1
EXT3
G430
device
Skip signal input
Control unit
Max. 32 units for each port
Remote I/O unit
Remote I/O unit
Remote I/O unit
Remote I/O unit
24VDC
Energy measuring units
Drive units
Stored in control unit
To the next remote I/O or terminator connector
To the next remote I/O or terminator connector
Emergency
stop switch
SD memory card
24VDC24VDC
24VDC24VDC
Machine control relay/contact
Machine control relay/contact
24VDC
Manual pulse
generator (5V/12V) Machine operation panel
made by the machine tool builder
Dotted lines indicate the sections prepared by the machine tool builder.
<> Angle brackets indicates attached cable of unit.
No-fuse breaker
24VDC stabilized
power supply
(Note 1)
Handy terminal
Function expansion unit
Function expansion unit
FCU8-MU044
RIO4/M
BTBOX
J070/071 DI:CJ31/33
DO:CJ32/34
RIO1
DCIN
RIO2
USB_F
SDC_F
USB_B
SDC_B
FCU8-GC211
RIO3EXT
CJ71
FCU8-DX730
CG31
MPG
CG32
NCKB
CG33
CG34
LAN1J303 Network
LAN2 J303
J210
J210
EMG
DCIN J070/071
LCD
MENUKEY
TP
BL
FRONT
ENC ON
OFF
CJ71
J010
SIO
FCU8-DX2xx/DX6xx/DX4xx
max. 29 units
J170
RIO1
J210
FCU8-KB92x FCU8-KB941/KB931
G460
24VDC
Machine operation panel manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric24VDC
Remote I/O unit
(Note 2)
Emergency
stop switch
Graphic control unit
24VDC
24VDC
Operation panel I/O unit
Menu key
Display unit
Memory mediums
Front memory I/F card
Keyboard unit
(Note 3)
(Note 4)
8.4-type:FCU8-DU121-12
FCU8-KB02x/04x/083
10.4-type:FCU8-DU141-32
15-type:FCU8-DU181-32
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
2 General Connection Diagram (M800W/M80W Series)
12IB-1501506-L
2.3 Difference in Connection Depending on the Display Unit Some connections and cables are different depending on the display unit.
2.3.1 Windows-based Display
The parts surrounded by the dotted lines in the figures below are different.
[FCU8-DU182-34 / FCU8-DU182-36]
[FCU8-DU181-34 / FCU8-DU181-36]
LVDS1
USB2-2
USB2-1
MENUKEY
INV
LVDS2
Personal computer unit
Backlight
I/F PCB
Display unit
LCD
with touch panel USB
SD
FCU8-DU182-34
FCU8-DU182-36
Menu key
LVDS1
USB2-2
USB2-1
MENUKEY
INV
LVDS2
Personal computer unit
Backlight
I/F PCB
Display unit
LCD
with touch panel USB
SD
FCU8-DU181-34
FCU8-DU181-36
Menu key
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
2 General Connection Diagram (M800W/M80W Series)
13 IB-1501506-L
2.3.2 Non-Windows-based Display
The parts surrounded by the dotted lines in the figures below are different.
[FCU8-DU142-31 / FCU8-DU142-32 / FCU8-DU182-31 / FCU8-DU182-32]
[FCU8-DU141-31 / FCU8-DU141-32 / FCU8-DU181-31 / FCU8-DU181-32]
LCD
MENUKEY
TP
BL
FCU8-DU182-31 / FCU8-DU182-32 FCU8-DU142-31 / FCU8-DU142-32
LCD
with touch panel
Graphic control unit
Menu key
Display unit
LCD
MENUKEY
TP
BL
FCU8-DU181-31 / FCU8-DU181-32 FCU8-DU141-31 / FCU8-DU141-32
LCD
with touch panel
Graphic control unit
Menu key
Display unit
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
2 General Connection Diagram (M800W/M80W Series)
14IB-1501506-L
15 IB-1501506-L
3
List of Configuration (M800W/M80W Series)
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
3 List of Configuration (M800W/M80W Series)
16IB-1501506-L
3.1 Control Unit [M800W]
3.2 Control Unit [M80W]
Classification Type Components Remarks
NC functions For M830W
FCU8-MU042
Main CPU card 7SEG card SDHC: 1ch Back panel card Unit lid (Resin molded article) etc.
This unit is not compliant with both Export Trade Control Order and Foreign Exchange Order. G123 cable for EMG is supplied.
NC functions For M850W
FCU8-MA041
Main CPU card 7SEG card SDHC: 1ch Back panel card Unit lid (Resin molded article) etc.
This unit is not compliant with Export Trade Control Order, and it is compliant with Foreign Exchange Order. G123 cable for EMG is supplied.
Classification Type Components Remarks
NC functions For M80W
FCU8-MU044
Main CPU card 7SEG card SDHC: 1ch Back panel card Unit lid (Resin molded article) etc.
This unit is not compliant with both Export Trade Control Order and Foreign Exchange Order. G123 cable for EMG is supplied.
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
3 List of Configuration (M800W/M80W Series)
17 IB-1501506-L
3.3 Display Unit [M800W]
3.4 Display Unit [M80W]
Classification Type Components Remarks
10.4-type color TFT touch panel (VGA:640*480)
FCU8-DU142-31 / FCU8-DU141-31
LCD panel Menu keys Escutcheon Base metal plate Cable Screw cap set
Front side memory I/F is normally equipped with the control unit (non-Windows-based display)
15-type color TFT touch panel (XGA:1024*768)
FCU8-DU182-31 / FCU8-DU181-31
LCD panel Menu keys Escutcheon Base metal plate Cable Screw cap set
Front side memory I/F is normally equipped with the control unit (non-Windows-based display)
15-type color TFT touch panel (XGA:1024*768)
FCU8-DU182-34 / FCU8-DU181-34
LCD panel Backlight I/F PCB Menu keys Escutcheon Base metal plate Cable Screw cap set
Personal computer unit is prepared at the same time. Built-in disk of the display unit is prepared at the same time. Front side memory I/F is normally equipped with the display unit (Windows-based display)
19-type color TFT touch panel (SXGA:1024*1280)
FCU8-DU191-75
LCD panel Backlight I/F PCB Escutcheon Base metal plate Cable
Personal computer unit is prepared at the same time. Built-in disk of the display unit is prepared at the same time. Side memory I/F unit is separately prepared. (Windows-based display)
19-type color TFT touch panel (SXGA:1280*1024)
FCU8-DU192-75
LCD panel Backlight I/F PCB Escutcheon Base metal plate Cable
Personal computer unit is prepared at the same time. Built-in disk of the display unit is prepared at the same time. Side memory I/F unit is separately prepared. (Windows-based display)
Classification Type Components Remarks
8.4-type color TFT (VGA:640*480)
FCU8-DU121-12
LCD panel Menu keys Escutcheon Base metal plate Cable Screw cap set
Front side memory I/F is normally equipped with the control unit (non-Windows-based display)
10.4-type color TFT touch panel (VGA:640*480)
FCU8-DU142-32 / FCU8-DU141-32
LCD panel Menu keys Escutcheon Base metal plate Cable Screw cap set
Front side memory I/F is normally equipped with the control unit (non-Windows-based display)
15-type color TFT touch panel (XGA:1024*768)
FCU8-DU182-32 / FCU8-DU181-32
LCD panel Menu keys Escutcheon Base metal plate Cable Screw cap set
Front side memory I/F is normally equipped with the control unit (non-Windows-based display)
15-type color TFT touch panel (XGA:1024*768)
FCU8-DU182-36 / FCU8-DU181-36
LCD panel Backlight I/F PCB Menu keys Escutcheon Base metal plate Cable Screw cap set
Personal computer unit is prepared at the same time. Built-in disk of the display unit is prepared at the same time. Front side memory I/F is normally equipped with the display unit (Windows-based display)
19-type color TFT touch panel (SXGA:1024*1280)
FCU8-DU191-77
LCD panel Backlight I/F PCB Escutcheon Base metal plate Cable
Personal computer unit is prepared at the same time. Built-in disk of the display unit is prepared at the same time. Side memory I/F unit is separately prepared. (Windows-based display)
19-type color TFT touch panel (SXGA:1280*1024)
FCU8-DU192-77
LCD panel Backlight I/F PCB Escutcheon Base metal plate Cable
Personal computer unit is prepared at the same time. Built-in disk of the display unit is prepared at the same time. Side memory I/F unit is separately prepared. (Windows-based display)
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
3 List of Configuration (M800W/M80W Series)
18IB-1501506-L
3.5 Personal Computer Unit
3.6 Graphic Control Unit
3.7 Keyboard Unit [M800W]
3.8 Keyboard Unit [M80W]
Classification Type Components Remarks
Personal Computer Unit FCU8-PC231 PC board PC cooling FAN Unit lid (Resin molded article) etc.
Built-in Disk of the Display Unit FCU8-CF032G-1 Windows OS / data storage Windows8
Classification Type Components Remarks
Graphic control unit FCU8-GC211 Base control card Front-side memory I/F card
(Note) This unit occupies the 13th and 14th RIO stations.
Classification Type Components Remarks
Keyboard for 10.4-type display unit Clear keys
FCU8-KB041 Escutcheon, key switch G402 cable Screw cap set
ONG layout (for L system, XZF)
Keyboard for 10.4-type display unit Clear keys
FCU8-KB046 Escutcheon, key switch G402 cable Screw cap set
ONG layout (for M system/L system, XYZ)
Keyboard for 10.4-type display unit Clear keys
FCU8-KB047 Escutcheon, key switch G402 cable Screw cap set
Full keyboard (for M system/L system) (in tandem)
Keyboard for 10.4-type display unit Clear keys
FCU8-KB048 Escutcheon, key switch G402 cable Screw cap set
ABC layout (for M system/L system)
Keyboard for 15-type display unit Clear keys
FCU8-KB083 Escutcheon, key switch G402 cable Screw cap set
Full keyboard (for M system/L system) (in tandem)
Classification Type Components Remarks
Keyboard for 8.4-type display unit Clear keys
FCU8-KB026 Escutcheon, key switch G402 cable Screw cap set
ONG layout (for M system/L system, XYZ)
Keyboard for 8.4-type display unit Clear keys
FCU8-KB028 Escutcheon, key switch G402 cable Screw cap set
ONG layout (for L system, XZF)
Keyboard for 8.4-type display unit Clear keys
FCU8-KB029 Escutcheon, key switch G402 cable Screw cap set
ONG layout (for M system/L system) (in tandem)
Keyboard for 10.4-type display unit Clear keys
FCU8-KB041 Escutcheon, key switch G402 cable Screw cap set
ONG layout (for L system, XZF)
Keyboard for 10.4-type display unit Clear keys
FCU8-KB046 Escutcheon, key switch G402 cable Screw cap set
ONG layout (for M system/L system, XYZ)
Keyboard for 10.4-type display unit Clear keys
FCU8-KB047 Escutcheon, key switch G402 cable Screw cap set
Full keyboard (for M system/L system) (in tandem)
Keyboard for 10.4-type display unit Clear keys
FCU8-KB048 Escutcheon, key switch G402 cable Screw cap set
ABC layout (for M system/L system)
Keyboard for 15-type display unit Clear keys
FCU8-KB083 Escutcheon, key switch G402 cable Screw cap set
Full keyboard (for M system/L system) (in tandem)
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
3 List of Configuration (M800W/M80W Series)
19 IB-1501506-L
3.9 Operation Panel I/O Unit
(Note) DI: Digital input signals, DO: Digital output signals
Classification Type Components Remarks
DI 24V/0V common input [64 points] DO Source output [64 points]
FCU8-DX830 Base card Add-on card RIO 2.0 terminator connector (R2-TM)
DI: 64-points 24V/0V common type DO: 64-points source type (200mA/point) Manual pulse generator input: 3ch Display unit I/F Keyboard unit I/F Emergency stop input Remote I/O 2.0 I/F RIO occupied stations (fixed): 1 to 4, 7 to 14, 20 to 22 RIO extensible stations: 5, 6, 15 to 19, 23 to 64 (Note) J291 cable is required for connection with the personal computer unit. (for windows-based display)
DI 24V/0V common input [64 points] DO Source output [64 points] Scan input [64 points] Scan output [64 points]
FCU8-DX834 Base card Add-on card RIO 2.0 terminator connector (R2-TM)
DI: 64-points 24V/0V common type DO: 64-points source type (200mA/point) Scan input: 64 points Scan output: 64 points Manual pulse generator input: 3ch Display unit I/F Keyboard unit I/F Emergency stop input Remote I/O 2.0 I/F RIO occupied stations (fixed): 1 to 4, 7 to 14, 20 to 22 RIO extensible stations: 5, 6, 15 to 19, 23 to 64 (Note) J291 cable is required for connection with the personal computer unit. (for windows-based display)
DI 24V/0V common input [64 points] DO Source output [64 points] Safety DI 24V/0V common input [8 points]
FCU8-DX837 Base card Add-on card RIO 2.0 terminator connector (R2-TM)
DI: 64-points 24V/0V common type DO: 64-points source type (200mA/point) Safety DI: 8-points 0V common type Manual pulse generator input: 3ch Display unit I/F Keyboard unit I/F Emergency stop input Remote I/O 2.0 I/F RIO occupied stations (fixed): 1 to 4, 7 to 14, 20 to 22 RIO extensible stations: 5, 6, 15 to 19, 23 to 64 (Note) J291 cable is required for connection with the personal computer unit. (for windows-based display)
DI 24V/0V common input [64 points] DO Source output [64 points]
FCU8-DX730 Base card RIO 2.0 terminator connector (R2-TM)
DI: 64-points 24V/0V common type DO: 64-points source type (200mA/point) Manual pulse generator input: 3ch Graphic control unit I/F Keyboard unit I/F Remote I/O 2.0 I/F RIO occupied stations (fixed): 1, 2, 7 to 12, 20 to 22 RIO extensible stations: 3 to 6, 15 to 19, 23 to 64 (13 and 14 are occupied by the graphic control unit.) (Note) J010 cable is required for connection with the graphic control unit. (for non-Windows-based display)
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
3 List of Configuration (M800W/M80W Series)
20IB-1501506-L
3.10 Remote I/O Unit
(Note) DI: Digital input signals, DO: Digital output signals, AI: Analog input signals, AO: Analog output signals
3.11 Function Expansion Unit [Connector: EXT1/EXT2 of the control unit]
[Connector: EXT3/EXT4 of the control unit]
Classification Type Components Remarks
DI 24V/0V common input [32 points] DO Source output [32 points]
FCU8-DX220 Base card RIO 2.0 connector set
DI: 32-points 24V/0V common type Do: 32-points source type (200mA/point) Number of occupied stations: 1
DI 24V/0V common input [64 points] DO Source output [48 points]
FCU8-DX230 Base card RIO 2.0 connector set
DI: 64-points 24V/0V common type DO: 48-points source type (200mA/point) Number of occupied stations: 2
DI 24V/0V common input DO Source output [48 points] AO Analog output [1 point]
FCU8-DX231 Base card RIO 2.0 connector set
DI: 64-points 24V/0V common type DO: 48-points source type (200mA/point) AO: 1 point Number of occupied stations: 2
AI Analog input [4 points] AO Analog output [1 point]
FCU8-DX202 Base card RIO 2.0 connector set
AI : 4 points AO: 1 point Number of occupied stations: 1
DI 0V common input [16 points] DO Source output (large capacity) [8 points]
FCU8-DX213 Base card RIO 2.0 connector set
DI: 16-points 0V common type (3mA/point) DO: 8-points source type (2A/point) Number of occupied stations: 1
DI 0V common input [16 points] DO Source output (large capacity) [8 points]
FCU8-DX213-1 Base card RIO 2.0 connector set
DI: 16-points 0V common type (9mA/point) DO: 8-points source type (2A/point) Number of occupied stations: 1
Safety DI 0V common input [8 points] Safety DO Source output (large capacity) [4 points]
FCU8-DX654 Base card RIO 2.0 connector set
Safety DI: 8-points 0V common type (3mA/point) Safety DO: 4-points source type (2A/point) Number of occupied stations: 2
Safety DI 0V common input [8 points] Safety DO Source output (large capacity) [4 points]
FCU8-DX654-1 Base card RIO 2.0 connector set
Safety DI: 8-points 0V common type (9mA/point) Safety DO: 4-points source type (2A/point) Number of occupied stations: 2
DI 24V/0V common input [32points] DO Source output [32 points] Safety DI 0V common input [8 points] (Note 1) Safety relay output [4 points] (Note 2)
FCU8-DX651 Base card Add-on card RIO 2.0 connector set
DI: 32-points 24V/0V common type Do: 32-points source type (200mA/point) Safety DI: 8-points 0V common type Safety relay: 4-points (non-voltage contact) Relay contact welding detection Number of occupied stations: 3 (Note 1) Safety DI uses 16 points of terminal because of the duplication wiring. (Note 2) Safety relay output uses 8 points of terminal because of the duplication wiring.
Thermistor input [12 points] FCU8-DX408 Base card RIO 2.0 connector set
Thermistor input: 12 points Number of occupied stations: 3
Multi-analog input [4 points] (Note 3) FCU8-DX409 Base card RIO 2.0 connector set
Multi-analog input: 4 points (Note 3) Voltage input, current input, thermocouple input and resistance temperature detector input are selected for each CH. Number of occupied stations: 4
Classification Type Components Remarks Encoder (manual pulse generator) I/F expansion unit
FCU8-EX544 Encoder I/F PCB Encoder input 1ch 5V manual pulse generator input 2ch
Classification Type Components Remarks CC-Link expansion unit FCU8-EX561 CC-Link I/F PCB CC-Link 1ch PROFIBUS-DP master unit FCU8-EX563 PROFIBUS-DP I/F PCB PROFIBUS-DP 1ch CC-Link IE Field Master/local unit
FCU8-EX564 Base card Add-on card
CC-Link IE Field 2ch
EtherNet/IP Scanner/adapter unit
FCU8-EX565 Base card Add-on card
EtherNet/IP 1ch (Only LAN1, LAN2 cannot be used)
FL-net expansion unit FCU8-EX568 Base card Add-on card
FL-net 1ch (Only LAN1, LAN2 cannot be used)
Vibration cutting expansion unit FCU8-EX744 Base card Vibration cutting control
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
3 List of Configuration (M800W/M80W Series)
21 IB-1501506-L
3.12 Side Memory I/F Unit
3.13 Manual Pulse Generator
3.14 Synchronous Feed Encoder
3.15 Machine Operation Panel
3.16 Handy Terminal
Classification Type Components Remarks
Side Memory I/F Unit FCU8-EP201-2 Side memory I/F PCB J292 cable Structural member
SDHC 1ch USB2.0 1ch USB communication (between side memory I/F PCB and personal computer) Unit lid (resin molded article), metal plate, etc. Exclusive for 19-type display unit
Classification Type Components Remarks
5V Manual Pulse Generator UFO-01-2Z9 UFO-01-2Z9 (Produced by NIDEC NEMICON)
Input 5VDC 100pulse/rev
12V Manual Pulse Generator HD60C HD60C Input 12VDC 25pulse/rev
Classification Type Components Remarks
Synchronous feed encoder OSE1024-3-15-68 OSE1024-3-15-68 Input 5VDC 1024pulse/rev 6000r/min, 68-square flange
Synchronous feed encoder OSE1024-3-15-68-8 OSE1024-3-15-68-8 Input 5VDC 1024pulse/rev 8000r/min ,68-square flange
Synchronous feed encoder OSE1024-3-15-160 OSE1024-3-15-160 Input 5VDC 1024pulse/rev 6000r/min, 160-square flange
Classification Type Components Remarks
Main panel A (For 8.4-type/15-type display unit)
FCU8-KB921 Escutcheon, key switch control card G054 cable, Screw cap set
MITSUBISHI standard key layout (55 keys) (Standard specification A)
Main panel A (For 8.4-type/15-type display unit)
FCU8-KB922 Escutcheon, key switch control card G054 cable, Screw cap set
Custom specification key layout (55 keys) (Clear key top cover sold separately)
Main panel B (For 10.4-type display unit)
FCU8-KB923 Escutcheon, key switch control card G054 cable, Screw cap set
MITSUBISHI standard key layout (55 keys) (Standard specification A)
Main panel B (For 10.4-type display unit)
FCU8-KB924 Escutcheon, key switch control card G054 cable, Screw cap set
Custom specification key layout (55 keys) (Clear key top cover sold separately)
Main panel A (For 8.4-type/15-type display unit)
FCU8-KB925 Escutcheon, key switch control card G054 cable, Screw cap set
MITSUBISHI standard key layout (55 keys) (Standard specification B)
Main panel B (For 10.4-type display unit)
FCU8-KB926 Escutcheon, key switch control card G054 cable, Screw cap set
MITSUBISHI standard key layout (55 keys) (Standard specification B)
Sub panel A (Common for all display units)
FCU8-KB931 Escutcheon Emergency stop switch, Override switch ON/OFF switch, Screw cap set
MITSUBISHI standard switch specification (Standard specification A)
Sub panel A (Common for all display units)
FCU8-KB941 Escutcheon Emergency stop switch, Override switch ON/OFF switch, Screw cap set
MITSUBISHI standard switch specification (Standard specification B)
Clear key top set N030C975G51 / N030C975G55
Clear key top cover (20 pcs/60 pcs)
Set of labels for M7 standard key layout N939A169G51 Labels for M7 standard key layout (1 sheet)
Classification Type Components Remarks
Handy Terminal HG1T-SB12UH- MK1346-L5
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
3 List of Configuration (M800W/M80W Series)
22IB-1501506-L
3.17 Cable Connector Sets
3.18 Thermistor Sets
3.19 Genuine Memory Card
3.20 Durable Parts
(Note) Contact the Service Center, Sales Office or dealer for repairs or part replacement.
3.21 Replacements
Classification Type Components Remarks General I/O units (For SKIP,SIO,MPG,AIO)
FCUA-CS000 Connector (10120-3000PE,2pcs), Shell kit (10320-52F0-008,2pcs)
Emergency stop connector (For EMG)
005057-9403 0016020103 x 3 pcs.
Connector (50-57-9403), Contact (0016020103,3pcs.)
Connector kit for RIO 2.0 unit RIO2 CON
Connector (1-1318119-3,2pcs.), Contact (1318107-1,8pcs.), Connector (2-178288-3), Contact (1-175218-5,3pcs)
24VDC power supply connector (For DCIN)
FCUA-CN220 Connector (2-178288-3), Contact (1-175218-5,3pcs)
DI/DO connector (For operation panel I/O unit) (For remote I/O unit)
7940-6500SC x 4pcs. 3448-7940 x 4pcs.
Connector (7940-6500SC,4pcs.), Strain relief (3448-7940,4pcs.)
ON/OFF switch connector 005057-9404 0016020103 x 4pcs.
Connector (50-57-9404), Contact (0016020103,4pcs.)
THERMISTOR connector 37104-2165-000FL 10P Connector (37104-2165-000FL,10pcs.)
Classification Type Components Remarks Thermistor PT3C-51F-M2 10P Thermistor (PT3C-51F-M2,10pcs.)
Classification Type Components Remarks Exclusive SD cards 1GB FCU8-SD001G FCU8-SD001G 1GB capacity Exclusive SD cards 4GB FCU8-SD004G FCU8-SD004G 4GB capacity
Durable parts Part type Battery for control unit Q6BAT Cooling fan for personal computer unit 109P0424H3103
Replacements Part type Manufacturer Protection fuse for operation panel I/O LM50 Daito Communication Apparatus Co., Ltd. Protection fuse for FCU8-DX220/230/231 LM50 Daito Communication Apparatus Co., Ltd. Protection fuse for FCU8-DX213/654/213-1/654-1 MP63 Daito Communication Apparatus Co., Ltd. Pair of SD/USB covers for display unit N031C089G51 —
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
3 List of Configuration (M800W/M80W Series)
23 IB-1501506-L
3.22 List of Cables [Cable relating to NC]
(Note 1) «x» in type columns indicate cable length (unit: m).
(Note 2) Lengths indicated with an asterisk (*) in the max. cable length column indicate the maximum cable length
when connecting via other unit.
Type Application Available cable length (m) Max. cable
length
FCUA-R050-xM Synchronous encoder — control unit (straight, with connector) (for FCU8-EX544)
5 30m
FCUA-R054-xM Synchronous encoder — control unit (right angle, with connector) (for FCU8-EX544)
3, 5, 10, 15, 20 30m
G071 LxM 24VDC relay cable for machine operation panel 0.12, 0.5, 1 1m G123 Cable for emergency stop release — —
G170 LxM ON/OFF switch cable (ON/OFF switch — Personal computer unit) (for windows-based display)
1, 2, 3, 5, 10, 15 15m
G430 LxM Cable for connection to handy terminal 3, 5, 10 10m
G460 LxM Cable for machine operation panel (Cable between main panel and sub panel)
0.5 0.5m
J010 LxM Operation panel I/O interface cable (for non-Windows-based display)
0.5, 1 1m
J020 LxM Manual pulse generator cable (12V): 1ch 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20, 30 50m J021 LxM Manual pulse generator cable (12V): 2ch 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20, 30 50m J022 LxM Manual pulse generator cable (12V): 3ch 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20, 30 50m J023 LxM Manual pulse generator cable (5V): 1ch 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20 20m J024 LxM Manual pulse generator cable (5V): 2ch 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20 20m J025 LxM Manual pulse generator cable (5V): 3ch 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20 20m
J026 LxM Manual pulse generator cable (5V): 1ch (for connection to control unit)
1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20 20m (*)
J027 LxM Manual pulse generator cable (5V): 2ch (for connection to control unit)
1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20 20m (*)
J030 LxM RS-232C I/F cable: 1ch 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 10 15m (*) J031 LxM RS-232C I/F cable: 2ch 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 10 15m (*) J070 LxM 24VDC power cable 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 10, 15 15m J071 LxM 24VDC power cable (for long distance) 20 20m J100 LxM SKIP input cable 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20 20m J120 LxM Emergency stop cable 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20, 30 30m J121 LxM Emergency stop cable for machine operation panel 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20, 30 30m
J170 LxM ON/OFF switch cable (ON/OFF switch — Graphic control unit) (for non-Windows-based display)
1, 2, 3, 5, 10, 15 15m
J210 LxM Remote I/O 2.0 communication cable 0.3, 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20, 30 50m (*)
J220 LxM Analog output cable (for M800W)
2, 3, 7 30m
J221 LxM Analog input/output cable (for remote I/O unit) 2, 3, 7 30m
J291 LxM Connection cable between personal computer unit and operation panel I/ O unit
0.15, 0.5, 1 1m
J303 LxM LAN straight cable 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20, 30 50m J350 LxM DI/DO cable (connectors at both ends) 1, 2, 3, 5 50m J351 LxM DI/DO cable (connector at one end) 3 50m J460 LxM DI/DO cable (connectors at both ends) 1, 2, 3, 5 50m J461 LxM DI/DO cable (connector at one end) 3 50m R2-TM Terminator for remote I/O interface — —
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
3 List of Configuration (M800W/M80W Series)
24IB-1501506-L
[Cable Relating to Drive Unit]
(Note 1) «x» in type columns indicate cable length (unit: m).
(Note 2) Lengths indicated with an asterisk (*) in the max. cable length column indicate the maximum cable length
when connecting via other unit.
3.23 System Type
Type Application Available cable length (m) Max. cable
length
CNP2E-1-xM Motor side PLG cable Spindle side accuracy encoder TS5690 cable
2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 30m
CNP3EZ-2P-xM Spindle side encoder cable OSE-1024 cable
2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 30m
CNP3EZ-3P-xM Spindle side encoder cable OSE-1024 cable
2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 30m
CNV2E-8P-xM For HG/HG-H,HQ/HQ-H Motor side encoder cable (for D48/D51/D74) 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 30m CNV2E-9P-xM For HG/HG-H,HQ/HQ-H Motor side encoder cable (for D48/D51/D74) 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 30m CNV2E-D-xM MDS-B-SD unit cable 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 30m CNV2E-HP-xM MDS-B-HR unit cable 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 30m
DG30-xM Battery cable (For drive unit — Battery box, For drive unit — drive unit)
0.3, 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 10 10m
G380 LxM Optical communication cable For wiring between drive units (outside panel)
5, 10, 12, 15, 20, 25, 30 30m
J395 LxM Optical communication cable For wiring between drive units (outside panel) For wiring between NC-drive units
3, 5, 7, 10 10m
J396 LxM Optical communication cable For wiring between drive units (inside panel)
0.2, 0.3, 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 5 10m
MR- BKS1CBLxMA1-H
<200V Series> Brake cable for HG96 Lead out in direction of motor shaft
2, 3, 5, 7, 10 10m
MR- BKS1CBLxMA2-H
<200V Series> Brake cable for HG96 Lead out in opposite direction of motor shaft
2, 3, 5, 7, 10 10m
MR-BT6V2CBL LxM
Battery cable (MDS-EJ/EJH) (For drive unit — drive unit)
0.3, 1 1m
MR-D05UDL3M-B STO cable 3 3m
MR- PWS1CBLxMA1-H
<200V Series> Power cable for HG96 Lead out in direction of motor shaft
2, 3, 5, 7, 10 10m
MR- PWS1CBLxMA2-H
<200V Series> Power cable for HG96 Lead out in opposite direction of motor shaft
2, 3, 5, 7, 10 10m
SH21 LxM Power supply communication cable Power backup unit communication cable
0.35, 0.5, 1, 2, 3 30m
Series Model name System type Control unit
M800W Series M850W FCA850U FCU8-MA041-001 M830W FCA830U FCU8-MU042-001
M80W Series M80W FCA80U FCU8-MU044-001
25 IB-1501506-L
4
General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
26IB-1501506-L
4.1 Environment Conditions [M800W] 4.1.1 Environment Conditions inside the Operation Panel
(Note 1) «Short term» means within one month.
(Note 2) For the whole NC system, consider the characteristics of the drive units when the altitude is more than 1000
meters above sea level. Refer to the manual of drive unit for details.
(Note 3) When the display unit is mounted on an incline, the inclination angle to place the unit should follow below.
10.4 or 15-type display unit: the inclination should be 30 degrees or less from the vertical direction.
19-type display unit: the inclination should be 60 degrees or less from the vertical direction.
(Note 4) The current consumption of the display unit is included in that of the personal computer unit or the graphic
control unit.
Item
Unit name Display unit Personal computer unit Graphic control unit
Type
FCU8-DU142-31 / FCU8-DU141-31 : (10.4-type) FCU8-DU182-31 / FCU8-DU181-31 : (15-type) FCU8-DU182-34 / FCU8-DU181-34 : (15-type) FCU8-DU191-75 / FCU8-DU192-75 : (19-type)
FCU8-PC231 FCU8-GC211
General Specifications
Ambient temperature
During operation
0 to 58C
During storage
-20 to 60C
Ambient humidity
Long term 10 to 75% RH (with no dew condensation)
Short term 10 to 95% RH (with no dew condensation) (Note 1)
Vibration resistance 4.9m/s2 [0.5G] or less
Shock resistance 29.4m/s2 [3G] or less
Working atmosphere No corrosive gases, dust or oil mist
Altitude Operation/Storage: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Transportation: 13000 meters or less above sea level
Power supply voltage
FCU8-DU142-31 : 12VDC/5VDC/3.3VDC FCU8-DU141-31 : 12VDC/5VDC/3.3VDC FCU8-DU182-31 : 12VDC/5VDC/3.3VDC FCU8-DU181-31 : 12VDC/5VDC/3.3VDC FCU8-DU182-34 : 12VDC/5VDC/3.3VDC FCU8-DU181-34 : 12VDC/5VDC/3.3VDC
FCU8-DU191-75 : 12VDC/5VDC FCU8-DU192-75 : 12VDC/5VDC
24VDC 24VDC
(Supply from personal computer unit or graphic control unit)
Current consumption — (Note 4) 2.2A 2.5A
Maximum heating value
(W)
FCU8-DU142-31 / FCU8-DU141-31 : 10 FCU8-DU182-31 / FCU8-DU181-31 : 14 FCU8-DU182-34 / FCU8-DU181-34 : 18 FCU8-DU191-75 / FCU8-DU192-75 : 21
32 12
Mass (kg)
FCU8-DU142-31 / FCU8-DU141-31 : 1.7 FCU8-DU182-31 : 4.1 FCU8-DU181-31 : 4
FCU8-DU182-34 : 3.9 FCU8-DU181-34 : 4
FCU8-DU191-75 / FCU8-DU192-75 : 5.7
1.2 1.1
Outline dimension WH or WHD
(mm)
FCU8-DU142-31 / FCU8-DU141-31 : 290220 FCU8-DU182-31 / FCU8-DU181-31 : 400320 FCU8-DU182-34 / FCU8-DU181-34 : 400320
FCU8-DU191-75 : 365440 FCU8-DU192-75 : 440365
23718253.5 239.1173.475
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
27 IB-1501506-L
(Note 1) «Short term» means within one month.
(Note 2) The current consumption of the keyboard unit is included in that of the operation panel I/O unit or the graphic
control unit.
(Note 3) Current consumption for the I/O circuit needs to be separately calculated based on the number of points used
and its load.
(Note 4) The current consumption of FCU8-DX730 is included in that of the graphic control unit.
(Note 5) For the heating value of the I/O circuit, calculate with the number of points used.
(Note 6) For the whole NC system, consider the characteristics of the drive units when the altitude is more than 1000
meters above sea level. Refer to the manual of drive unit for details.
(Note 7) 24V power input is not required for FCU8-KB931/KB941.
Item
Unit name Keyboard unit Operation panel I/O unit Machine operation panel
Type
FCU8-KB041/KB046 : (10.4-type)
FCU8-KB047 : (10.4- type/vertical
arrangement) FCU8-KB048 : (10.4-
type) FCU8-KB083 : (15-type/
vertical arrangement)
FCU8-DX830/ DX834/DX837
FCU8-DX730
FCU8-KB921/KB922/ KB925
FCU8-KB923/KB924/ KB926
FCU8-KB931/KB941
General Specifications
Ambient temperature
During operation
0 to 58C
During storage
-20 to 60C
Ambient humidity
Long term 10 to 75% RH (with no dew condensation)
Short term 10 to 95% RH (with no dew condensation) (Note 1)
Vibration resistance 4.9m/s2 [0.5G] or less
Shock resistance 29.4m/s2 [3G] or less
Working atmosphere No corrosive gases, dust or oil mist
Altitude Operation/Storage: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Transportation: 13000 meters or less above sea level
Power supply voltage
5VDC
24VDC
5VDC, 3.3VDC
24VDC (Note 7)(Supply from Operation Panel I/O Unit )
(Supply from Graphic Control
Unit )
Current consumption — (Note 2) 0.3A (Note 3) — (Note 3,4) 0.3A (Note 7)
Maximum heating value
(W) 1 8 (Note 5) 4 (Note 5) 7.2
Mass (kg)
FCU8-KB041/KB046 : 0.8
FCU8-KB047 : 1.3 FCU8-KB048 : 1.4 FCU8-KB083 : 1.5
0.4 0.3
FCU8-KB921/KB922/ KB925 :
1.1 FCU8-KB923/KB924/
KB926 : 1.2
FCU8-KB931/KB941 : 0.5
Outline dimension WH
(mm)
FCU8-KB041/KB046 : 140220
FCU8-KB047 : 290160 FCU8-KB048 : 230220 FCU8-KB083 : 400140
116179
FCU8-KB921/KB922/ KB925 : 260140
FCU8-KB923/KB924/ KB926 : 290140
FCU8-KB931/KB941 : 140140
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
28IB-1501506-L
4.1.2 Environment Conditions inside the Control Panel
(Note 1) «Short term» means within one month.
(Note 2) For the whole NC system, consider the characteristics of the drive units when the altitude is more than 1000
meters above sea level. Refer to the manual of drive unit for details.
Item
Unit name Control unit
Type FCU8-MU042 FCU8-MA041
General Specifications
Ambient temperature
During operation 0 to 55C
During storage -20 to 60C
Ambient humidity
Long term 10 to 75% RH (with no dew condensation)
Short term 10 to 95% RH (with no dew condensation) (Note 1)
Vibration resistance 4.9m/s2 [0.5G] or less
Shock resistance 29.4m/s2 [3G] or less
Working atmosphere No corrosive gases, dust or oil mist
Altitude Operation/Storage: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Transportation: 13000 meters or less above sea level
Power supply voltage 24VDC
Current consumption 1.5A
Maximum heating value
(W) 16
Mass (kg) 2.0
Outline dimension WHD
(mm) 90380180
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
29 IB-1501506-L
(Note 1) «Short term» means roughly within one month.
(Note 2) This value includes the maximum value of DO external load current (3.2A).
(Note 3) This value does not include DO external load current.
(Note 4) For the heating value of the I/O circuit, calculate with the number of points used.
(Note 5) For the whole NC system, consider the characteristics of the drive units when the altitude is more than 1000
meters above sea level. Refer to the manual of drive unit for details.
(Note 6) The maximum value including the heating value of analog input circuit.
Item
Unit name Remote I/O unit
Type FCU8-DX220/
DX230/ DX231
FCU8-DX202
FCU8-DX213/ DX213-1/ DX654/
DX654-1
FCU8-DX408 FCU8-DX409 FCU8-DX651
General Specifications
Ambient temperature
During operation
0 to 58C
During storage
-20 to 60C
Ambient humidity
Long term 10 to 75% RH (with no dew condensation)
Short term 10 to 95% RH
(with no dew condensation) (Note 1)
10 to 85% RH (with no dew
condensation) (Note 1)
Vibration resistance 4.9m/s2 or less
Shock resistance 29.4m/s2 or less
Working atmosphere No corrosive gases, dust or oil mist
Altitude Operation/Storage: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Transportation: 13000 meters or less above sea level
Power supply voltage 24VDC
Current consumption 3.5A (Note 2) 0.3A 0.3A (Note 3) 0.1A 0.2A 3.7A (Note 2)
Maximum heating value
(W) 8 (Note 4) 3 6 (Note 6) 8 (Note 4)
Mass (kg) 0.4 0.2 0.3 0.8
Outline dimension WHD
(mm) 40175133 40175119 40175130 40175109 40175130 104175115
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
30IB-1501506-L
4.1.3 24VDC Stabilized Power Supply Selecting Conditions
Consider the following characteristics for the stabilized power supply, and select the power supply that complies with
laws, regulations, or safety standards of the country where the machine will be installed.
Item Specifications Remarks
Output
Voltage 24VDC When the stabilized power supply and 24VDC input unit are distant, select the stabilized power supply which is possible to set output voltage 24VDC or more allowing for the influence of voltage down by the cable.
Voltage fluctuation 5%
Current — Calculate the current value as a reference of maximum current consumption for the unit which uses the power supply.
Ripple noise 0.2V (P-P)
Output holding time min 20ms Output holding time is decided by loading ratio; however, the stabilized power supply which complies with the specification on the left must be selected during maximum loading.
Overcurrent output shutoff function
— Use a power supply having the overcurrent output shutoff function.
CAUTION
1. Using a stabilized power supply without overcurrent protection may cause the unit’s failure due to miswiring of
24V.
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
31 IB-1501506-L
4.2 Environment Conditions [M80W] 4.2.1 Environment Conditions inside the Operation Panel
(Note 1) «Short term» means within one month.
(Note 2) For the whole NC system, consider the characteristics of the drive units when the altitude is more than 1000
meters above sea level. Refer to the manual of drive unit for details.
(Note 3) When the display unit is mounted on an incline, the inclination angle to place the unit should follow below.
8.4, 10.4, or 15-type display unit: the inclination should be 30 degrees or less from the vertical direction.
19-type display unit: the inclination should be 60 degrees or less from the vertical direction.
(Note 4) The current consumption of the display unit is included in that of the personal computer unit or the graphic
control unit.
Item
Unit name Display unit Personal computer unit Graphic control unit
Type
FCU8-DU121-12 : (8.4-type) FCU8-DU142-32 / FCU8-DU141-32 : (10.4-type) FCU8-DU182-32 / FCU8-DU181-32 : (15-type) FCU8-DU182-36 / FCU8-DU181-36 : (15-type) FCU8-DU191-77 / FCU8-DU192-77 : (19-type)
FCU8-PC231 FCU8-GC211
General Specifications
Ambient temperature
During operation
0 to 58C
During storage
-20 to 60C
Ambient humidity
Long term 10 to 75% RH (with no dew condensation)
Short term 10 to 95% RH (with no dew condensation) (Note 1)
Vibration resistance 4.9m/s2 [0.5G] or less
Shock resistance 29.4m/s2 [3G] or less
Working atmosphere No corrosive gases, dust or oil mist
Altitude Operation/Storage: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Transportation: 13000 meters or less above sea level
Power supply voltage
FCU8-DU121-12 : 12VDC/3.3VDC FCU8-DU142-32 : 12VDC/5VDC/3.3VDC FCU8-DU141-32 : 12VDC/5VDC/3.3VDC FCU8-DU182-32 : 12VDC/5VDC/3.3VDC FCU8-DU181-32 : 12VDC/5VDC/3.3VDC FCU8-DU182-36 : 12VDC/5VDC/3.3VDC FCU8-DU181-36 : 12VDC/5VDC/3.3VDC
FCU8-DU191-77 : 12VDC/5VDC FCU8-DU192-77 : 12VDC/5VDC
24VDC 24VDC
(Supply from personal computer unit or graphic control unit)
Current consumption — (Note 4) 2.2A 2.5A
Maximum heating value
(W)
FCU8-DU121-12 : 6 FCU8-DU142-32 / FCU8-DU141-32 : 10 FCU8-DU182-32 / FCU8-DU181-32 : 14 FCU8-DU182-36 / FCU8-DU181-36 : 18 FCU8-DU191-77 / FCU8-DU192-77 : 21
32 12
Mass (kg)
FCU8-DU121-12 : 1.2 FCU8-DU142-32 / FCU8-DU141-32 : 1.7
FCU8-DU182-32 : 4.1 FCU8-DU181-32 : 4
FCU8-DU182-36 : 3.9 FCU8-DU181-36 : 4
FCU8-DU191-77 / FCU8-DU192-77 : 5.7
1.2 1.1
Outline dimension WH or WHD
(mm)
FCU8-DU121-12 : 260200 FCU8-DU142-32 / FCU8-DU141-32 : 290220 FCU8-DU182-32 / FCU8-DU181-32 : 400320 FCU8-DU182-36 / FCU8-DU181-36 : 400320
FCU8-DU191-77 : 365440 FCU8-DU192-77 : 440365
23718253.5 239.1173.475
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
32IB-1501506-L
(Note 1) «Short term» means within one month.
(Note 2) The current consumption of the keyboard unit is included in that of the operation panel I/O unit or the graphic
control unit.
(Note 3) Current consumption for the I/O circuit needs to be separately calculated based on the number of points used
and its load.
(Note 4) The current consumption of FCU8-DX730 is included in that of the graphic control unit.
(Note 5) For the heating value of the I/O circuit, calculate with the number of points used.
(Note 6) For the whole NC system, consider the characteristics of the drive units when the altitude is more than 1000
meters above sea level. Refer to the manual of drive unit for details.
(Note 7) 24V power input is not required for FCU8-KB931/KB941.
Item
Unit name Keyboard unit Operation panel I/O unit Machine operation panel
Type
FCU8-KB026/KB028 : (8.4-type)
FCU8-KB029 : (8.4-type/ vertical arrangement) FCU8-KB041/KB046 :
(10.4-type) FCU8-KB047 : (10.4-
type/vertical arrangement)
FCU8-KB048 : (10.4- type)
FCU8-KB083 : (15-type/ vertical arrangement)
FCU8-DX830/ DX834/DX837
FCU8-DX730
FCU8-KB921/KB922/ KB925
FCU8-KB923/KB924/ KB926
FCU8-KB931/KB941
General Specifications
Ambient temperature
During operation
0 to 58C
During storage
-20 to 60C
Ambient humidity
Long term 10 to 75% RH (with no dew condensation)
Short term 10 to 95% RH (with no dew condensation) (Note 1)
Vibration resistance 4.9m/s2 [0.5G] or less
Shock resistance 29.4m/s2 [3G] or less
Working atmosphere No corrosive gases, dust or oil mist
Altitude Operation/Storage: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Transportation: 13000 meters or less above sea level
Power supply voltage
5VDC
24VDC
5VDC, 3.3VDC
24VDC (Note 7)(Supply from Operation Panel I/O Unit )
(Supply from Graphic Control
Unit )
Current consumption — (Note 2) 0.3A (Note 3) — (Note 3,4) 0.3A (Note 7)
Maximum heating value
(W) 1 8 (Note 5) 4 (Note 5) 7.2
Mass (kg)
FCU8-KB026/KB028 : 0.75
FCU8-KB029 :1.0 FCU8-KB041/KB046 :
0.8 FCU8-KB047 : 1.3 FCU8-KB048 : 1.4 FCU8-KB083 : 1.5
0.4 0.3
FCU8-KB921/KB922/ KB925 :
1.1 FCU8-KB923/KB924/
KB926 : 1.2
FCU8-KB931/KB941 : 0.5
Outline dimension WH
(mm)
FCU8-KB026/KB028 : 140200
FCU8-KB029 : 260140 FCU8-KB041/KB046 :
140220 FCU8-KB047 : 290160 FCU8-KB048 : 230220 FCU8-KB083 : 400140
116179
FCU8-KB921/KB922/ KB925 : 260140
FCU8-KB923/KB924/ KB926 : 290140
FCU8-KB931/KB941 : 140140
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
33 IB-1501506-L
4.2.2 Environment Conditions inside the Control Panel
(Note 1) «Short term» means within one month.
(Note 2) For the whole NC system, consider the characteristics of the drive units when the altitude is more than 1000
meters above sea level. Refer to the manual of drive unit for details.
Item Unit name Control unit
Type FCU8-MU044
General Specifications
Ambient temperature
During operation 0 to 55C
During storage -20 to 60C
Ambient humidity
Long term 10 to 75% RH (with no dew condensation)
Short term 10 to 95% RH (with no dew condensation) (Note 1)
Vibration resistance 4.9m/s2 [0.5G] or less
Shock resistance 29.4m/s2 [3G] or less
Working atmosphere No corrosive gases, dust or oil mist
Altitude Operation/Storage: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Transportation: 13000 meters or less above sea level
Power supply voltage 24VDC
Current consumption 1.25A
Maximum heating value
(W) 16
Mass (kg) 2.0
Outline dimension WHD
(mm) 60380180
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
34IB-1501506-L
(Note 1) «Short term» means roughly within one month.
(Note 2) This value includes the maximum value of DO external load current (3.2A).
(Note 3) This value does not include DO external load current.
(Note 4) For the heating value of the I/O circuit, calculate with the number of points used.
(Note 5) For the whole NC system, consider the characteristics of the drive units when the altitude is more than 1000
meters above sea level. Refer to the manual of drive unit for details.
(Note 6) The maximum value including the heating value of analog input circuit.
Item
Unit name Remote I/O unit
Type FCU8-DX220/
DX230/ DX231
FCU8-DX202
FCU8-DX213/ DX213-1/ DX654/
DX654-1
FCU8-DX408 FCU8-DX409 FCU8-DX651
General Specifications
Ambient temperature
During operation
0 to 58C
During storage
-20 to 60C
Ambient humidity
Long term 10 to 75% RH (with no dew condensation)
Short term 10 to 95% RH
(with no dew condensation) (Note 1)
10 to 85% RH (with no dew
condensation) (Note 1)
Vibration resistance 4.9m/s2 or less
Shock resistance 29.4m/s2 or less
Working atmosphere No corrosive gases, dust or oil mist
Altitude Operation/Storage: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Transportation: 13000 meters or less above sea level
Power supply voltage 24VDC
Current consumption 3.5A (Note 2) 0.3A 0.3A (Note 3) 0.1A 0.2A 3.7A (Note 2)
Maximum heating value
(W) 8 (Note 4) 3 6 (Note 6) 8 (Note 4)
Mass (kg) 0.4 0.2 0.3 0.8
Outline dimension WHD
(mm) 40175133 40175119 40175130 40175109 40175130 104175115
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
35 IB-1501506-L
4.2.3 24VDC Stabilized Power Supply Selecting Conditions
Consider the following characteristics for the stabilized power supply, and select the power supply that complies with
laws, regulations, or safety standards of the country where the machine will be installed.
Item Specifications Remarks
Output
Voltage 24VDC When the stabilized power supply and 24VDC input unit are distant, select the stabilized power supply which is possible to set output voltage 24VDC or more allowing for the influence of voltage down by the cable.
Voltage fluctuation 5%
Current — Calculate the current value as a reference of maximum current consumption for the unit which uses the power supply.
Ripple noise 0.2V (P-P)
Output holding time min 20ms Output holding time is decided by loading ratio; however, the stabilized power supply which complies with the specification on the left must be selected during maximum loading.
Overcurrent output shutoff function
— Use a power supply having the overcurrent output shutoff function.
CAUTION
1. Using a stabilized power supply without overcurrent protection may cause the unit’s failure due to miswiring of
24V.
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
36IB-1501506-L
4.3 Control Unit [M800W]
4.3.1 M830W(FCU8-MU042) / M850W(FCU8-MA041)
[Outline dimension]
80 or more
1 0
0 o
r m
o re
1 0
0 o
r m
o re
Top
Bottom
[mm]
18090
3 8
0
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
37 IB-1501506-L
[Installation dimension]
45 1
0 3
6 0
[mm] 90 (Unit outline)
3 8
0 (
U n
it o
u tl in
e )
2-M 5S
crew
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
38IB-1501506-L
4.4 Control Unit [M80W]
4.4.1 FCU8-MU044
[Outline dimension]
80 or more
1 0
0 o
r m
o re
1 0
0 o
r m
o re
Top
Bottom
[mm]
18060
3 8
0
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
39 IB-1501506-L
[Installation dimension]
30
1 0
3 6
0
[mm]
1040
60 (Unit outline)
3 8
0 (
U n
it o
u tl in
e )
3-M5 Screw
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
40IB-1501506-L
4.5 Display Unit [M800W]
4.5.1 10.4-type (FCU8-DU142-31 / FCU8-DU141-31)
[Outline dimension]
(Note) The figure above shows the state with the graphic control unit mounted.
[Panel cut dimension]
290
2 2
0
9.5
[mm]
110
(Space required for wiring)
Top
Bottom
0 .5
1 9
2 0
.3
2 0
6 0
.3
2760.3
20.2
(7) (7)
1 2
1 2
[mm] 290
277
2 0
7
2 2
0
2720.3
7 7
(7 )
(7 )
7 0
.2
4-C 2
4-M3
0.5
(Unit outline)
(U n
it o
u tl in
e )
(Square hole dimension)
(S q
u a
re h
o le
d im
e n
s io
n )
screw
4 — 4 holes
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
41 IB-1501506-L
4.5.2 15-type (FCU8-DU182-31 / FCU8-DU181-31)
[Outline dimension: FCU8-DU182-31]
(Note) The figure above shows the state with the graphic control unit mounted.
400
3 2
0
9.5
[mm]
A
(Space required for wiring)
Top
Bottom
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
42IB-1501506-L
[Outline dimension: FCU8-DU181-31]
(Note) The figure above shows the state with the graphic control unit mounted.
400
3 2
0
9.5
[mm]
110
(Space required for wiring)
Top
Bottom
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
43 IB-1501506-L
[Panel cut dimension]
0 .5
1930.3 1
3 8
0
.3
3 0
2 0
.3
1 5
3 0
.3
1930.3
193.5
80.2 80.2
2 0
.2
(7) (7)
1 2
1 2
[mm]
a
a a a
a
a
a a a
a
b
b b
b
b b
b
b
400
387
3 0
7
3 2
0
1990.3 1830.3
1 5
4 0
.3
1 5
3 0
.3
1 8
5 77
13
26
7
(7 )
(7 )
7 0
.2
12-C 2
8-M3
(Unit outline)
(U n
it o
u tl in
e )
(Square hole dimension)
(S q
u a
re h
o le
d im
e n
s io
n )
10 — 4 holes
screw
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
44IB-1501506-L
4.5.3 15-type (FCU8-DU182-34 / FCU8-DU181-34)
[Outline dimension]
(Note) The figure above shows the state with the personal computer unit mounted.
400
3 2
0
9.5
[mm]
72
Top
Bottom
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
45 IB-1501506-L
[Panel cut dimension]
0 .5
1930.3 1
3 8
0
.3
3 0
2 0
.3
1 5
3 0
.3
1930.3
193.5
80.2 80.2
2 0
.2
(7) (7)
1 2
1 2
[mm]
a
a a a
a
a
a a a
a
b
b b
b
b b
b
b
400
387
3 0
7
3 2
0
1990.3 1830.3
1 5
4 0
.3
1 5
3 0
.3
1 8
5 77
13
26
7
(7 )
(7 )
7 0
.2
12-C 2
8-M3
(Unit outline)
(U n
it o
u tl in
e )
(Square hole dimension)
(S q
u a
re h
o le
d im
e n
s io
n )
10 — 4 holes
screw
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
46IB-1501506-L
4.5.4 19-type (FCU8-DU191-75)
[Outline dimension]
(Note) The figure above shows the state with the personal computer unit and the operation panel I/O unit
mounted.
365
4 4
0
24
[mm]
105
(Space required for wiring)
Top
Bottom
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
47 IB-1501506-L
[Panel cut dimension]
6 .5
4 1
6 0
.3
170.50.3
2 7
3 0
.3
1 4
3 0
.3
3 7
0 0
.3
2 2
2 0
.3
1 4
8 0
.3
170.50.3
188.50.3 154.50.3
170.2 170.2
2 3
0
.2
1 0
.2
164
(12) (12)
(1 2
) (1
2 )
[mm]
a
a
a a a
a
a
a
aa aa
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
365 (Unit outline)
4 4
0 (
U n
it o
u tl in
e )
328 (Square hole dimension)
4 0
3 (
S q
u a
re h
o le
d im
e n
s io
n )
10- 5 holes
12- 9 holes
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
48IB-1501506-L
4.5.5 19-type (FCU8-DU192-75)
[Outline dimension]
(Note) The figure above shows the state with the personal computer unit and the operation panel I/O unit
mounted.
3 6
5
440 24
[mm]
105
(Space required for wiring)
Top
Bottom
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
49 IB-1501506-L
[Panel cut dimension]
6.5
4160.3
1710.3
2730.3
1 7 0 .5
0 .3
1 8 7 .5
0 .3
1 5 3 .5
0 .3
230.2
1 0 .2
(1 2
) (1
2 )
(12)(12)
[mm]
4170.3
2450.3
1430.3
10.2
6 .5
3930.3
3 4
1 0
.3
3 4
2 0
.3
3 6
5 (
U n
it o
u tl in
e )
440 (Unit outline)
3 2
8
(S q
u a
re h
o le
d im
e n
s io
n )
403
(Square hole
dimension)
10- 5 holes
12- 9 holes
Square hole
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
50IB-1501506-L
4.6 Display Unit [M80W]
4.6.1 8.4-type (FCU8-DU121-12)
[Outline dimension]
(Note 1) The 8.4-type display unit is incompatible with the touchscreen.
(Note 2) The figure above shows the state with the graphic control unit mounted.
[Panel cut dimension]
260
2 0
0
9.5
[mm]
110
(Space required for wiring)
Top
Bottom
0 .5
1 7
2 0
.3
1 8
6 0
.3
2460.3
20.2
(7) (7)
1 2
1 2
[mm] 260
247
1 8
7
2 0
0
2420.3
77
(7 )
(7 )
7 0 .2
4-C 2
4-M3
0.5
(Unit outline)
(U n
it o
u tl in
e )
(Square hole dimension) (S q
u a
re h
o le
d im
e n
s io
n )
screw
4 — 4 holes
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
51 IB-1501506-L
4.6.2 10.4-type (FCU8-DU142-32 / FCU8-DU141-32)
[Outline dimension]
(Note) The figure above shows the state with the graphic control unit mounted.
[Panel cut dimension]
290
2 2
0
9.5
[mm]
110
(Space required for wiring)
Top
Bottom
0 .5
1 9
2 0
.3
2 0
6 0
.3
2760.3
20.2
(7) (7)
1 2
1 2
[mm] 290
277
2 0
7
2 2
0
2720.3
7 7
(7 )
(7 )
7 0
.2
4-C 2
4-M3
0.5
(Unit outline)
(U n
it o
u tl in
e )
(Square hole dimension)
(S q
u a
re h
o le
d im
e n
s io
n )
screw
4 — 4 holes
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
52IB-1501506-L
4.6.3 15-type (FCU8-DU182-32 / FCU8-DU181-32)
[Outline dimension: FCU8-DU182-32]
(Note) The figure above shows the state with the graphic control unit mounted.
400
3 2
0
9.5
[mm]
A
Top
Bottom
(Space required for wiring)
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
53 IB-1501506-L
[Outline dimension: FCU8-DU181-32]
(Note) The figure above shows the state with the graphic control unit mounted.
400
3 2
0
9.5
[mm]
110
(Space required for wiring)
Top
Bottom
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
54IB-1501506-L
[Panel cut dimension]
0 .5
1930.3
1 3
8 0
.3
3 0
2 0
.3
1 5
3 0
.3
1930.3
193.5
80.2 80.2
2 0
.2
(7) (7)
1 2
1 2
[mm]
a
a a a
a
a
a a a
a
b
b b
b
b b
b
b
400
387
3 0
7
3 2
0
1990.3 1830.3
1 5
4 0
.3
1 5
3 0
.3
1 8
5
77
13
26
7
(7 )
(7 )
7 0
.2
12-C 2
8-M3
(Unit outline)
(U n
it o
u tl in
e )
(Square hole dimension)
(S q
u a
re h
o le
d im
e n
s io
n )
10 — 4 holes
screw
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
55 IB-1501506-L
4.6.4 15-type (FCU8-DU182-36 / FCU8-DU181-36)
[Outline dimension]
(Note) The figure above shows the state with the personal computer unit mounted.
400
3 2
0
9.5
[mm]
72
(Space required for wiring)
Top
Bottom
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
56IB-1501506-L
[Panel cut dimension]
0 .5
1930.3
1 3
8 0
.3
3 0
2 0
.3
1 5
3 0
.3
1930.3
193.5
80.2 80.2
2 0
.2
(7) (7)
1 2
1 2
[mm]
a
a a a
a
a
a a a
a
b
b b
b
b b
b
b
400
387
3 0
7
3 2
0
1990.3 1830.3
1 5
4 0
.3
1 5
3 0
.3
1 8
5
77
13
26
7
(7 )
(7 )
7 0
.2
12-C 2
8-M3
(Unit outline)
(U n
it o
u tl in
e )
(Square hole dimension)
(S q
u a
re h
o le
d im
e n
s io
n )
10 — 4 holes
screw
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
57 IB-1501506-L
4.6.5 19-type (FCU8-DU191-77)
[Outline dimension]
(Note) The figure above shows the state with the personal computer unit and the operation panel I/O unit
mounted.
365
4 4
0
24
[mm]
105
(Space required for wiring)
Top
Bottom
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
58IB-1501506-L
[Panel cut dimension]
6 .5
4 1
6 0
.3
170.50.3
2 7
3 0
.3
1 4
3 0
.3
3 7
0 0
.3
2 2
2 0
.3
1 4
8 0
.3
170.50.3
188.50.3 154.50.3
170.2 170.2
2 3
0
.2
1 0
.2
164
(12) (12)
(1 2
) (1
2 )
[mm]
a
a
a a a
a
a
a
aa aa
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
365 (Unit outline)
4 4
0 (
U n
it o
u tl in
e )
328 (Square hole dimension)
4 0
3 (
S q
u a
re h
o le
d im
e n
s io
n )
10- 5 holes
12- 9 holes
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
59 IB-1501506-L
4.6.6 19-type (FCU8-DU192-77)
[Outline dimension]
(Note) The figure above shows the state with the personal computer unit and the operation panel I/O unit
mounted.
3 6
5
440 24
[mm]
105
(Space required for wiring)
Top
Bottom
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
60IB-1501506-L
[Panel cut dimension]
6.5
4160.3
1710.3
2730.3
1 7 0 .5
0 .3
1 8 7 .5
0 .3
1 5 3 .5
0 .3
230.2
1 0 .2
(1 2
) (1
2 )
(12)(12)
[mm]
4170.3
2450.3
1430.3
10.2
6 .5
3930.3
3 4
1 0
.3
3 4
2 0
.3
3 6
5 (
U n
it o
u tl in
e )
440 (Unit outline)
3 2
8
(S q
u a
re h
o le
d im
e n
s io
n )
403
(Square hole
dimension)
10- 5 holes
12- 9 holes
Square hole
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
61 IB-1501506-L
4.7 Personal Computer Unit
4.7.1 Personal Computer Unit (FCU8-PC231)
[Outline dimension]
4.7.2 Built-in Disk of the Display Unit (FCU8-CF032G-1)
[Outline dimension]
53.5220 35
2.5
237
1 8
2
(Unit mount surface)
42.8 3.3
3 6
.4
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
62IB-1501506-L
4.8 Graphic Control Unit
4.8.1 FCU8-GC211
[Outline dimension]
(Note) Refer to the following chapter for the space required for wiring.
«4.5 Display Unit [M800W]»
«4.6 Display Unit [M80W]»
[mm]
47
1 5
6
1 7
2 .4
1 7
3 .4
28
214.5
239.1
208
11
6
6
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
63 IB-1501506-L
4.9 Keyboard Unit
4.9.1 Keyboard for 8.4-type Display Unit (FCU8-KB026)
[Outline dimension]
(Note) The above side view shows the state with the operation panel I/O unit mounted.
[Panel cut dimension]
140
2 0
0
9.5
[mm]
110
(Space required for wiring)
Top
Bottom
[mm]
1280.3
140
127
1260.3
0.5
1 8
7
1 7
3 0
.3
1 8
6 0
.3 (7
) (7
)
(7) (7)
9
1 3
9 1 3
(6.5)
3.53.5
0 .5
(6 .5
)
6 .5
0 .2
10.2 4-M3
2 0
0
(Unit outline)
(U n
it o
u tl in
e )
(Square hole
dimension)
(S q
u a
re h
o le
d im
e n
s io
n )
screw
4 —
4 holes
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
64IB-1501506-L
4.9.2 Keyboard for 8.4-type Display Unit (FCU8-KB028)
[Outline dimension]
(Note) The above side view shows the state with the operation panel I/O unit mounted.
[Panel cut dimension]
140
2 0
0
9.5
[mm]
110
(Space required for wiring)
Top
Bottom
[mm]
1280.3
140
127
1260.3
0.5
1 8
7
1 7
3 0
.3
1 8
6 0
.3 (7
) (7
)
(7) (7)
9
1 3
9 1 3
(6.5)
3.53.5
0 .5
(6 .5
)
6 .5
0 .2
10.2 4-M3
2 0
0
(Unit outline)
(U n
it o
u tl in
e )
(Square hole
dimension)
(S q
u a
re h
o le
d im
e n
s io
n )
screw
4 —
4 holes
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
65 IB-1501506-L
4.9.3 Keyboard for 8.4-type Display Unit (FCU8-KB029)
[Outline dimension]
(Note) The above side view shows the state with the operation panel I/O unit mounted.
[Panel cut dimension]
[mm]
260
1 4
0
9.5 110
(Space required for wiring)
Top
Bottom
[mm]
2480.3
260
247
2460.3
0.5
1 2
7
1 1 3 0 .3
1 2
6 0
.3 (7
) (7
)
(7) (7)
91 3
91 3
(6.5)
3.53.5
0 .5
(6 .5
)
6 .5
0 .2 10.2
4-M3
1 4
0
(Unit outline)
(U n
it o
u tl in
e )
(Square hole dimension)
(S q
u a
re h
o le
d im
e n
s io
n )
screw
4 — 4
holes
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
66IB-1501506-L
4.9.4 Keyboard for 10.4-type Display Unit (FCU8-KB041)
[Outline dimension]
(Note) The above side view shows the state with the operation panel I/O unit mounted.
[Panel cut dimension]
140
2 2
0
9.5
[mm]
110
(Space required for wiring)
Top
Bottom
[mm]
1280.3
140
127
1260.3
0.5
2 0
7
1 9
3 0
.3
2 0
6 0
.3 (7
) (7
)
(7) (7)
9 1 3
9 1 3
(6.5)
3.53.5
0 .5
(6 .5
)
6 .5
0
.2
10.2 4-M3
2 2
0
(Unit outline)
(U n
it o
u tl in
e )
(Square hole
dimension)
(S q
u a
re h
o le
d im
e n
s io
n )
screw
4 — 4
holes
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
67 IB-1501506-L
4.9.5 Keyboard for 10.4-type Display Unit (FCU8-KB046)
[Outline dimension]
(Note) The above side view shows the state with the operation panel I/O unit mounted.
[Panel cut dimension]
140
2 2
0
9.5
[mm]
110
(Space required for wiring)
Top
Bottom
[mm]
1280.3
140
127
1260.3
0.5
2 0
7
1 9
3 0
.3
2 0
6 0
.3 (7
) (7
)
(7) (7)
9 1 3
9 1 3
(6.5)
3.53.5
0 .5
(6 .5
)
6 .5
0
.2
10.2 4-M3
2 2
0
(Unit outline)
(U n
it o
u tl in
e )
(Square hole
dimension)
(S q
u a
re h
o le
d im
e n
s io
n )
screw
4 — 4
holes
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
68IB-1501506-L
4.9.6 Keyboard for 10.4-type Display Unit (FCU8-KB047)
[Outline dimension]
(Note) The above side view shows the state with the operation panel I/O unit mounted.
[Panel cut dimension]
290
1 6
0
9.5
[mm]
110
(Space required for wiring)
Top
Bottom
[mm]
2780.3
290
277
2760.3
0.5 1 4
7
1 3
3 0
.3
1 4
6 0
.3 (7
) (7
)
(7) (7)
9 1 3
9 1 3
(6.5)
3.53.5
0 .5
(6 .5
)
6 .5
0
.2
10.2 4-M3
1 6
0
(Unit outline)
(U n
it o
u tl in
e )
(Square hole dimension)
(S q
u a
re h
o le
d im
e n
s io
n )
screw
4 — 4
holes
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
69 IB-1501506-L
4.9.7 Keyboard for 10.4-type Display Unit (FCU8-KB048)
[Outline dimension]
(Note) The above side view shows the state with the operation panel I/O unit mounted.
[Panel cut dimension]
[mm]
230
2 2
0
9.5 110
(Space required for wiring)
Top
Bottom
[mm]
2180.3
230
217
2160.3
0.5
2 0
7
1 9
3 0
.3
2 0
6 0
.3 (7
) (7
)
(7) (7)
91 3
91 3
(6.5)
3.53.5
0 .5
(6 .5
)
6 .5
0 .2
10.2
4-M3
2 2
0
(Unit outline)
(U n
it o
u tl in
e )
(Square hole dimension)
(S q
u a
re h
o le
d im
e n
s io
n )
screw
4 — 4
holes
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
70IB-1501506-L
4.9.8 Keyboard for 15-type Display Unit (FCU8-KB083)
[Outline dimension]
(Note) The above side view shows the state with the operation panel I/O unit mounted.
[Panel cut dimension]
400
1 4
0
9.5
[mm]
110
(Space required for wiring)
Top
Bottom
[mm]
200.50.3
400
387
1930.3
193.5
1 2
7
1 1 3 0 .3
1 2
6 0
.3 (7
) (7
)
(7) (7)
9
1 3
9 1 3
(6.5)
3.53.5
0 .5
(6 .5
)
6 .5
0 .2
6-M3
1 4
0
187.50.3
1930.3
1 2
8 0
.3 (6
)
6.50.2 6.50.2
(6 )
3 .5
3 .54
4
9 18
1 0 .2
(Unit outline)
(U n
it o
u tl in
e )
(Square hole dimension)
(S q
u a
re h
o le
d im
e n
s io
n )
screw
8 —
4 h
ole s
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
71 IB-1501506-L
4.10 Operation Panel I/O Unit 4.10.1 List of Units
(Note) The connection method of DO (CG32/CG34) of FCU8-DX834 is different from other operation panel I/O units.
Be careful not to connect to a wrong connector. See the descriptions mentioned in the later section for more
specific explanation on connections.
Classification Type Components Remarks
DI 24V/0V common input [64 points] DO Source output [64 points]
FCU8-DX830 Base card Add-on card RIO 2.0 terminator connector (R2-TM)
DI: 64-points 24V/0V common type DO: 64-points source type (200mA/point) Manual pulse generator input: 3ch Display unit I/F Keyboard unit I/F Emergency stop input Remote I/O 2.0 I/F RIO occupied stations (fixed): 1 to 4, 7 to 14, 20 to 22 RIO extensible stations: 5, 6, 15 to 19, 23 to 64 (Note) J291 cable is required for connection with the personal computer unit. (for windows-based display)
DI 24V/0V common input [64 points] DO Source output [64 points] Scan input [64 points] Scan output [64 points]
FCU8-DX834 (Note)
Base card Add-on card RIO 2.0 terminator connector (R2-TM)
DI: 64-points 24V/0V common type DO: 64-points source type (200mA/point) Scan input: 64 points Scan output: 64 points Manual pulse generator input: 3ch Display unit I/F Keyboard unit I/F Emergency stop input Remote I/O 2.0 I/F RIO occupied stations (fixed): 1 to 4, 7 to 14, 20 to 22 RIO extensible stations: 5, 6, 15 to 19, 23 to 64 (Note) J291 cable is required for connection with the personal computer unit. (for windows-based display)
DI 24V/0V common input [64 points] DO Source output [64 points] Safety DI 24V/0V common input [8 points]
FCU8-DX837 Base card Add-on card RIO 2.0 terminator connector (R2-TM)
DI: 64-points 24V/0V common type DO: 64-points source type (200mA/point) Safety DI: 8-points 0V common type Manual pulse generator input: 3ch Display unit I/F Keyboard unit I/F Emergency stop input Remote I/O 2.0 I/F RIO occupied stations (fixed): 1 to 4, 7 to 14, 20 to 22 RIO extensible stations: 5, 6, 15 to 19, 23 to 64 (Note) J291 cable is required for connection with the personal computer unit. (for windows-based display)
DI 24V/0V common input [64 points] DO Source output [64 points]
FCU8-DX730 Base card RIO 2.0 terminator connector (R2-TM)
DI: 64-points 24V/0V common type DO: 64-points source type (200mA/point) Manual pulse generator input: 3ch Graphic control unit I/F Keyboard unit I/F Remote I/O 2.0 I/F RIO occupied stations (fixed): 1, 2, 7 to 12, 20 to 22 RIO extensible stations: 3 to 6, 15 to 19, 23 to 64 (13 and 14 are occupied by the graphic control unit.) (Note) J010 cable is required for connection with the graphic control unit. (for non-Windows-based display)
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
72IB-1501506-L
4.10.2 FCU8-DX830 / FCU8-DX834 / FCU8-DX837 / FCU8-DX730
[Outline dimension : FCU8-DX830]
[Outline dimension : FCU8-DX834]
[mm]
116
1 7
9
99 (Space required for wiring)
[mm]
116
1 7
9
99 (Space required for wiring)
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
73 IB-1501506-L
[Outline dimension : FCU8-DX837]
[Outline dimension : FCU8-DX730]
[mm]
116 1
7 9
99 (Space required for wiring)
[mm]
116
1 7
9
99 (Space required for wiring)
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
74IB-1501506-L
[Installation dimension : FCU8-DX830 / FCU8-DX834 / FCU8-DX837 / FCU8-DX730]
(Note) The unit thickness of the fixed part with screws is 16.6mm.
Select the fixing screws having the length suitable for the thickness.
1 7
1 0
.3
(5)
(4 )
1060.3
(4 )
(5)
[mm]
4-M3 screw
116 (Unit outline)
1 7
9 (
U n
it o
u tl in
e )
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
75 IB-1501506-L
4.11 Remote I/O Unit
Types of signals described on the list of units can be input/output from the remote I/O unit (FCU8-DXxxx) according to
the type and No. of contacts. Remote I/O units are used by being connected to the control unit or the operation panel I/O
unit.
Multiple remote I/O units can be used as long as the total number of occupied stations is 64 or less.
(Note) The maximum connectable number of remote I/O units is 32.
4.11.1 List of Units
Classification Type Components Remarks
DI 24V/0V common input [32 points] DO Source output [32 points]
FCU8-DX220 Base card RIO 2.0 connector set
DI: 32-points 24V/0V common type Do: 32-points source type (200mA/point) Number of occupied stations: 1
DI 24V/0V common input [64 points] DO Source output [48 points]
FCU8-DX230 Base card RIO 2.0 connector set
DI: 64-points 24V/0V common type DO: 48-points source type (200mA/point) Number of occupied stations: 2
DI 24V/0V common input DO Source output [48 points] AO Analog output [1 point]
FCU8-DX231 Base card RIO 2.0 connector set
DI: 64-points 24V/0V common type DO: 48-points source type (200mA/point) AO: 1 point Number of occupied stations: 2
AI Analog input [4 points] AO Analog output [1 point]
FCU8-DX202 Base card RIO 2.0 connector set
AI : 4 points AO: 1 point Number of occupied stations: 1
DI 0V common input [16 points] DO Source output (large capacity) [8 points]
FCU8-DX213 Base card RIO 2.0 connector set
DI: 16-points 0V common type (3mA/point) DO: 8-points source type (2A/point) Number of occupied stations: 1
DI 0V common input [16 points] DO Source output (large capacity) [8 points]
FCU8-DX213-1 Base card RIO 2.0 connector set
DI: 16-points 0V common type (9mA/point) DO: 8-points source type (2A/point) Number of occupied stations: 1
Safety DI 0V common input [8 points] Safety DO Source output (large capacity) [4 points]
FCU8-DX654 Base card RIO 2.0 connector set
Safety DI: 8-points 0V common type (3mA/point) Safety DO: 4-points source type (2A/point) Number of occupied stations: 2
Safety DI 0V common input [8 points] Safety DO Source output (large capacity) [4 points]
FCU8-DX654-1 Base card RIO 2.0 connector set
Safety DI: 8-points 0V common type (9mA/point) Safety DO: 4-points source type (2A/point) Number of occupied stations: 2
DI 24V/0V common input [32points] DO Source output [32 points] Safety DI 0V common input [8 points] (Note 1) Safety relay output [4 points] (Note 2)
FCU8-DX651 Base card Add-on card RIO 2.0 connector set
DI: 32-points 24V/0V common type Do: 32-points source type (200mA/point) Safety DI: 8-points 0V common type Safety relay: 4-points (non-voltage contact) Relay contact welding detection Number of occupied stations: 3 (Note 1) Safety DI uses 16 points of terminal because of the duplication wiring. (Note 2) Safety relay output uses 8 points of terminal because of the duplication wiring.
Thermistor input [12 points] FCU8-DX408 Base card RIO 2.0 connector set
Thermistor input: 12 points Number of occupied stations: 3
Multi-analog input [4 points] (Note 3) FCU8-DX409 Base card RIO 2.0 connector set
Multi-analog input: 4 points (Note 3) Voltage input, current input, thermocouple input and resistance temperature detector input are selected for each CH. Number of occupied stations: 4
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
76IB-1501506-L
4.11.2 FCU8-DX220 / FCU8-DX230 / FCU8-DX231 / FCU8-DX202 / FCU8-DX213 / FCU8-DX213-1 / FCU8-DX654 / FCU8-DX654-1 / FCU8-DX651/ FCU8-DX408 / FCU8-DX409
[Outline dimension : FCU8-DX220]
[Outline dimension : FCU8-DX230]
(S p
a c e
r e
q u
ir e
d a
b o
v e
t h
e u
n it )
(S p
a c e
r e
q u
ir e
d b
e lo
w t h
e u
n it )
(Space
required for
wiring)
Top
Bottom
40
1 6
8 2
.5
45 115
4
[mm]
3 0
3 0
(S p
a c e
r e
q u
ir e
d a
b o
v e
t h
e u
n it )
(S p
a c e
r e
q u
ir e
d b
e lo
w t h
e u
n it )
(Space
required for
wiring)
Top
Bottom
40
1 6
8 2
.5
45 115
4
[mm]
3 0
3 0
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
77 IB-1501506-L
[Outline dimension : FCU8-DX231]
[Outline dimension : FCU8-DX202]
(S p
a c e
r e
q u
ir e
d a
b o
v e
t h
e u
n it )
(S p
a c e
r e
q u
ir e
d b
e lo
w t h
e u
n it )
(Space
required for
wiring)
Top
Bottom
40 1
6 8
2 .5
45 115 4
[mm]
3 0
3 0
40
1 6
8 2
.5
115
4
[mm]
(Space required for
wiring) (S
p a
c e
r e
q u
ir e
d a
b o
v e
t h
e u
n it )
(S p
a c e
r e
q u
ir e
d b
e lo
w t h
e u
n it )
Top
Bottom
80 3
0 3
0
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
78IB-1501506-L
[Outline dimension : FCU8-DX213]
[Outline dimension : FCU8-DX213-1]
(S p
a c e
r e
q u
ir e
d a
b o
v e
t h
e u
n it )
(S p
a c e
r e
q u
ir e
d b
e lo
w t h
e u
n it )
(Space
required for
wiring)
Top
Bottom
40
1 6
8 2
.5
45 115
4 [mm]
3 0
3 0
(S p
a c e
r e
q u
ir e
d a
b o
v e
t h
e u
n it )
(S p
a c e
r e
q u
ir e
d b
e lo
w t h
e u
n it )
(Space
required for
wiring)
Top
Bottom
40
1 6
8 2
.5
45 115
4
[mm]
3 0
3 0
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
79 IB-1501506-L
[Outline dimension : FCU8-DX654]
[Outline dimension : FCU8-DX654-1]
(S p
a c e
r e
q u
ir e
d a
b o
v e
t h
e u
n it )
(S p
a c e
r e
q u
ir e
d b
e lo
w t h
e u
n it )
(Space
required for
wiring)
Top
Bottom
40 1
6 8
2 .5
45 115 4
[mm]
3 0
3 0
(S p
a c e
r e
q u
ir e
d a
b o
v e
t h
e u
n it )
(S p
a c e
r e
q u
ir e
d b
e lo
w t h
e u
n it ) (Space
required for
wiring)
Top
Bottom
40
1 6
8 2
.5
45 115
4
[mm] 3
0 3
0
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
80IB-1501506-L
[Outline dimension : FCU8-DX651]
[Outline dimension : FCU8-DX408]
100
1 6
8
115 [mm]
45
2 .5
4
4
(Space
required for
wiring) Top
Bottom
(Space
required for
wiring)Top
Bottom
40
1 6
8 2
.5
45 109
4
[mm]
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
81 IB-1501506-L
[Outline dimension : FCU8-DX409]
(Space
required for
wiring)Top
Bottom
40 1
6 8
2 .5
45 115 4
[mm]
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
82IB-1501506-L
[Installation dimension : FCU8-DX220 / FCU8-DX230 / FCU8-DX231 / FCU8-DX202 /
FCU8-DX213 / FCU8-DX213-1 / FCU8-DX654 / FCU8-DX654-1 / FCU8-DX408 / FCU8-DX409]
[Installation dimension : FCU8-DX651]
[mm]
1 5
6
0 .2
6
6
(Unit outline)
40
1 6
8
2-M5 Screw
4
(U n
it o
u tl in
e )
(U n
it o
u tl in
e )
[mm]
1 5
6
0 .2
4 1
6 8
88 0.2
100
6
6
4
3-M5 Screw
(U n
it o
u tl in
e )
(U n
it o
u tl in
e )
(Unit outline)
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
83 IB-1501506-L
4.12 Function Expansion Unit
4.12.1 Encoder (Manual Pulse Generator) I/F Expansion (FCU8-EX544)
[Outline dimension]
80 or more
[mm]
30107.5
1 2
4
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
84IB-1501506-L
4.12.2 CC-Link (FCU8-EX561)
[Outline dimension]
80 or more
[mm]
3094.6
1 2
4
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
85 IB-1501506-L
4.12.3 PROFIBUS-DP (FCU8-EX563)
[Outline dimension]
100 or more
[mm]
3094.6
1 2
4
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
86IB-1501506-L
4.12.4 CC-Link IE Field (FCU8-EX564)
[Outline dimension]
80 or more
[mm]
3094.6
1 2
4
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
87 IB-1501506-L
4.12.5 EtherNet/IP (FCU8-EX565)
[Outline dimension]
80 or more
[mm]
3094.6
1 2
4
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
88IB-1501506-L
4.12.6 FL-net (FCU8-EX568)
[Outline dimension]
80 or more
[mm]
3094.6
1 2
4
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
89 IB-1501506-L
4.12.7 Vibration Cutting Expansion Unit (FCU8-EX744)
[Outline dimension]
3094.6
1 2
4
[mm]
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
90IB-1501506-L
4.13 Side Memory I/F Unit
(Note) Side memory I/F unit is only for 19-type display unit.
[Outline dimension]
[Installation dimension]
[mm]38
1 5
4
1 3
4 1
2 3
28 8.8
66
1.4
2- 5 holes
(Packing thickness)
Top
Bottom
290.3
40
4-R 2.5B
B
1 2
4 0
.3
1 3
4 0
.3
1 5
6
8.8
0.8
(8)
2 —
9
B — B
[mm]
Hole
2-M4screw (Valid depth of screw: 5.5 or more)
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
91 IB-1501506-L
4.14 Manual Pulse Generator
4.14.1 5V Manual Pulse Generator (UFO-01-2Z9)
100 pulse/rev
[Outline dimension]
[Panel cut dimension]
Produced by NIDEC NEMICON CORPORATION
3-M4
[mm]
0
10
2 0
3 0
40
50
60
7 0
8 0
90
0V A B
8 0
.5
6 0
61 62 6
R 4
3
5 6
5 8
7 7
8.89 7.6 M3 x 6
5V
Gasket
Above size only
72 at equal pitch
Panel cut diameter
studIndex
Top
Bottom
[mm]
72
62
at equal pitch
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
92IB-1501506-L
4.14.2 12V Manual Pulse Generator (HD60C)
25 pulse/rev
[Outline dimension]
[Panel cut dimension]
3.6
16 27 0.5
L10
8.89 7.60
t 2.0 3-M4
7 7
0 .5
8 0
1
5 8
0 .5
6 0
0 .5
[mm]
24 0.5
5 6
0 .5
Installation of screws
stud bolt Packing
other than M3 x 6 not possible
Top
Bottom
BA0V12V
40
30
50 60
70
10
20
90 0
80
3 — 4. 8
62 +2 0
72 0. 2
120
[mm]
(Divide equally
by three)
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
93 IB-1501506-L
4.15 Synchronous Feed Encoder
4.15.1 Synchronous Feed Encoder (OSE-1024-3-15-68)
[Outline dimension]
19. 5
102
135
5 3
33
2
68
28
20
56
68
4 — 5. 4
21mm
14. 3 0
— 0.11
1. 15 +0.14
0 1. 15 +0.14
0
2
26
16
50
15- 0.006 — 0.017
— 0. 009 — 0. 025
2
5 — 0. 012 — 0. 042
3 + 0 . 1
0
6 8
5 6
50
— 0 . 0 0 9
— 0 . 0 2 5
[mm]
Caution plate
hole
Enlarged drawing of key
Valid depth of key groove is
Cross section BB
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
94IB-1501506-L
[Connector]
Connector pin assignment
Pin Function Pin Function
A A phase K 0V
B Z phase L —
C B phase M —
D — N A phase reverse
E Case grounding P Z phase reverse
F — R B phase reverse
G — S —
H +5V T —
J —
F J
T
G
L
K
M
H
C
D
E RS
P N
B
A
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
95 IB-1501506-L
4.16 Machine Operation Panel
4.16.1 Main Panel A , B (FCU8-KB921 / FCU8-KB922 / FCU8-KB925 , FCU8-KB923 / FCU8-KB924 / FCU8-KB926)
[Outline dimension : FCU8-KB921]
[Outline dimension : FCU8-KB922]
[Outline dimension : FCU8-KB925]
[mm]
260
1 4
0
9.5 60
(Space required
for wiring)
Top
Bottom
[mm]
260
1 4
0
9.5 60
(Space required
for wiring)
Top
Bottom
[mm]
260
1 4
0
9.5 60
(Space required
for wiring)
Top
Bottom
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
96IB-1501506-L
[Outline dimension : FCU8-KB923]
[Outline dimension : FCU8-KB924]
[Outline dimension : FCU8-KB926]
[mm]
290
1 4
0
9.5 60
(Space required
for wiring)
Top
Bottom
[mm]
290
1 4
0
9.5 60
(Space required
for wiring)
Top
Bottom
[mm]
290
1 4
0
9.5 60
(Space required
for wiring)
Top
Bottom
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
97 IB-1501506-L
[Panel cut dimension : FCU8-KB921 / FCU8-KB922 / FCU8-KB925]
[Panel cut dimension : FCU8-KB923 / FCU8-KB924 / FCU8-KB926]
[mm]
2480.3
260
247
2460.3
0.5
1 2
7
1 1
3 0
.3
1 2
6 0
.3 (7
) (7
)
(7) (7) 91 3
91 3
(6.5)
3.53.5
0 .5
(6 .5
)
6 .5
0
.2 10.2
4-M3
1 4
0
(6.5)
(6 .5
)
(Unit outline)
(U n
it o
u tl in
e )
(Square hole dimension)
(S q
u a
re h
o le
d im
e n
s io
n )
screw
4 — 4
holes
[mm]
2780.3
290
277
2760.3
0.5
1 2
7
1 1
3 0
.3
1 2
6 0
.3 (7
) (7
)
(7) (7)
91 3
91 3
(6.5)
3.53.5
0 .5
(6 .5
)
6 .5
0
.2 10.2
4-M3
1 4
0
(6.5)
(6 .5
)
(Unit outline)
(U n
it o
u tl in
e )
(Square hole dimension)
(S q
u a
re h
o le
d im
e n
s io
n )
screw
4 — 4
holes
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
98IB-1501506-L
[Letter label dimension : FCU8-KB922 / FCU8-KB924]
Clear key top
Letter label
(Material: PET or equivalent, t = 0.125 or less)
Example of a letter
12.8 or less 9
.8 o
r le
s s
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
99 IB-1501506-L
4.16.2 Sub Panel A (FCU8-KB931 / FCU8-KB941)
[Outline dimension : FCU8-KB931]
[Outline dimension : FCU8-KB941]
[Panel cut dimension : FCU8-KB931 / FCU8-KB941]
[mm]
140
1 4
0
9.5 70
(Space required for
wiring)
Top
Bottom
[mm]
140
1 4
0
9.5 70
(Space required for
wiring)
Top
Bottom
[mm]
1280.3
140
127
1260.3
0.5
1 2
7
1 1
3 0
.3
1 2
6 0
.3 (7
) (7
)
(7) (7)
91 3
91 3
(6.5)
3.53.5
0 .5
(6 .5
)
6 .5
0
.2 10.2
4-M3
1 4
0
(Unit outline)
(U n
it o
u tl in
e )
(Square hole dimension)
(S q
u a
re h
o le
d im
e n
s io
n )
screw
4 — 4
holes
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
100IB-1501506-L
4.17 Handy Terminal
(Note 1) «Short term» means within one month.
(Note 2) The unit is an IP65F equivalent.
Item Unit name Handy terminal
Type HG1T-SB12UH-MK1346-L5
General Specifications
Ambient temperature
During operation 0 to 40
During storage -20 to 60
Ambient humidity
Long term: 10 to 75% RH (with no dew condensation)
Short term: 10 to 95% RH (with no dew condensation) (Note 1)
Vibration resistance
During operation 9.8m/s2 [1.0G] or less, 10 to 55Hz
Shock resistance
During storage 98m/s2 [10.0G] or less
Working atmosphere
No corrosive gases, dust or oil mist
Power specifications
Power voltage 24VDC5% Ripple noise 240mV (P-P)
Current consumption
(max.) 0.2A
Instantaneous stop tolerance time
24VDC: 4ms or less
Others Heating value 4W (max.)
Mass 0.6kg
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
101 IB-1501506-L
Dimension and names of parts
(Note) Do not press multiple switches simultaneously: When three or more switches are pressed simultaneously,
unpressed switches are also detected as pressed ones.
No. Name Function/ Specification No. Name Function/ Specification
(1) LCD Monochrome display with backlight 192(W) 64(H) dots
(7) HOST Host interface connector (DDK: 17JE-23250-02(D8A6))
(2) SW1
Emergency stop switch Contact rating/ Contact: 24VDC, 1A Contact configuration: 2b contacts (IDEC Corporation: HA1E- V2S2VR)
(8) — Host interface cable (5m)
(3) — Membrane switch (Note) (9) — Simplified hand strap (IDEC Corporation: HG9Z-PS1)
(4) SW2
Enable switch Contact rating/ Contact: 24VDC, 50mA Contact configuration: 3 position contact 2 (OFF-ON-OFF) (IDEC Corporation: HE3B-M2)
(10) — Panel hanging fitting (IDEC Corporation: HG9Z-TK1)
(5) SW4
Manual pulse generator Output: Open collector 4.7k pull-up resistor is connected. (TOKYO SOKUTEIKIZAI CO., LTD: RE19PH50C16RR)
(11) — Serial number plate
(6) SW6 Selector switch
133
255
90
46.7
38
51
11.515
(2)
(5)
(6)
(3)
(1)
(4)
(8)
(7)
(9)
(11)(10)
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
102IB-1501506-L
4.18 Thermistor 4.18.1 Thermistor(PT3C-51F-M2)
[Outline dimension]
Made by SHIBAURA ELECTRONICS Co., Ltd.
Ambient temperature -10 to + 190
Insulation resistance 100M or more at 500VDC [between case and lead wire]
25010
3
123
4.5
[mm]
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
103 IB-1501506-L
4.19 Exclusive SD Cards
(Note 1) SLC stands for Single Level Cell, and it stores one bit data in each memory cell.
This provides longer life span and high product reliability in comparison with MLC (Multi Level Cell), which is
commonly applied to SD cards.
(Note 2) Do not touch the terminal part with fingers, etc. when handling the SD cards.
The contamination of the terminal part of SD card causes a contact failure or a trouble.
Item FCU8-SD001G FCU8-SD004G
Capacity 1GB 4GB
NAND Flash SLC (Note 1)
Ambient temperature During operation -25 to +85
During storage -40 to +85
Ambient humidity During operation 5% to 95%RH (with no dew condensation)
During storage 5% to 95%RH (with no dew condensation)
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
104IB-1501506-L
4.20 Specifications and Precautions of USB/SD/LAN Interface
4.20.1 USB Interface (Personal Computer Unit, Side Memory I/F Unit)
(Note 1) Data transfer speed is the theoretical value on the standard, and the actual speed will be inferior to the value
listed above. The transfer speed may be restrained depending on the specification of the connected device.
(Note 2) Side memory I/F unit is only for 19-type display unit.
(Note 3) Do not connect devices other than the USB memory to the front memory I/F of the graphic control unit.
(1) Precautions for use of commercially available USB keyboards and mice(Only for the display unit with the
computer.)
MITSUBISHI will not provide performance guarantee and maintenance for commercially available USB keyboards
and mice. In case of using one of them, careful performance check must be required by the machine tool builder.
Commercially available devices may not be compatible with MITSUBISHI units or suitable FA environment for
temperature- or noise-wise.
Commercially available USB keyboards/mice are susceptible to noise, etc., and may cause a malfunction in the unit
that may lead to an accident. Do not use them while the machine is operated.
(2) Precautions for use of other commercially available USB devices(Only for the display unit with the
computer.)
When connecting a commercially available USB device that requires power exceeding the maximum current, select
the one of which power can be supplied from an outside source.
MITSUBISHI will not provide performance guarantee and maintenance for commercially available USB printer,
USB floppy disk, USB memory, USB hub, USB-CD drive, USB-DVD drive, and other USB devices. Commercially
available devices may not be compatible with MITSUBISHI units or suitable FA environment for temperature- or
noise-wise.
In the case of using one of them, careful performance check must be required by the machine tool builder, and
necessary noise countermeasures, such as executing EMI countermeasures or adding the ferrite cores, must be
taken.
(3) Precautions for insertion/removal of USB memory
When inserting/removing an USB memory, turn the MITSUBISHI device’s power OFF. Do not pull out the USB
memory or turn OFF the power during access to the USB memory. Failure to observe this could cause the memory
contents to be erased.
When Inserting/removing a USB memory, be sure to have enough interval to perform that (about 10 seconds or
more).
In case of emergency, always perform backups by having your important data duplicate, etc. as MITSUBISHI will
not guarantee the broken or lost data.
(4) Precaution for operation with front-side USB memory
A USB memory to be used has to be supported USB2.0 Hi-Speed (480Mbps).
When connecting the USB memory, connect it directly without using the extension cable or USB hub.
Machine vibration may cause the USB memory to fall out depending on environment. Therefore, the operation with
the front-side USB memory is required to be performed on your own responsibility.
Standards USB3.0 USB2.0
Data transfer speed (Note)
Super Speed (5Gbps) High Speed (480Mbps) Full Speed (12Mbps) Low Speed (1.5Mbps)
High Speed (480Mbps) Full Speed (12Mbps) Low Speed (1.5Mbps)
Power supply to USB device
Supply voltage: 5V 5% Supply current: Max. 900mA/port
Supply voltage: 5V 5% Supply current: Max. 500mA/port (However, max. 200mA/port for side memory I/F unit)
Number of free ports Personal computer unit 2 Personal computer unit 4, Side memory I/F unit 1
Max. cable length 3m (During Super Speed. 5m for up to High Speed)
5m
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
105 IB-1501506-L
4.20.2 SD Interface (Control Unit, Side Memory I/F Unit)
(Note 1) SDXC is not supported.
(Note 2) Side memory I/F unit is only for 19-type display unit.
(1) Precautions for use of commercially available SD card
MITSUBISHI will not provide performance guarantee and maintenance for commercially available SD card, mini SD
card or micro SD card (requires converting adapter). In case of using one of them, careful performance check must
be required by the machine tool builder.
Commercially available devices may not be compatible with MITSUBISHI units or suitable FA environment for
temperature- or noise-wise.
(2) Precautions for insertion/removal of SD card
When inserting/removing an SD card, turn the MITSUBISHI device’s power OFF. Do not pull out the card or turn
OFF the power during access to the SD card. Failure to observe this could cause the memory contents to be
erased.
In case of emergency, always perform backups by having your important data duplicate, etc. as MITSUBISHI will
not guarantee the broken or lost data.
4.20.3 LAN Interface (Control Unit, Personal Computer Unit)
(Note 1) Data transfer speed is the theoretical value on the standard, and the actual speed will be inferior to the value
listed above. The transfer speed may be restrained depending on the specification of the connected device.
(Note 2) When using half-duplex communication, the response time may become long depending on the opposite
device.
Use full-duplex communication to connect with the opposite device via a switching HUB.
(1) Precautions for selection of LAN cable
Make sure to select the LAN cables which are «category 5e or above» and «shielded». Cable wire material with
double shielded, which is appropriate for FA environment., is recommended.
Standards SD/SDHC (Note)
Transfer speed According to the connecting SD card
Capacity 32GB
Number of free ports Control unit 1, Side memory I/F unit 1
Standards 1000BASE-T / 100BASE-TX / 10BASE-T
Data transfer speed (Note)
1000Mbps / 100Mbps / 10Mbps
Number of free ports Control unit 1, Personal computer unit 1
Max. cable length 100m
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800W/M80W Series)
106IB-1501506-L
107 IB-1501506-L
M800S/M80/E80 Series
Hardware
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
108IB-1501506-L
109 IB-1501506-L
1
System Basic Configuration (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
1 System Basic Configuration (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
110IB-1501506-L
1.1 System Basic Configuration Drawing
(Note) For the drive unit configuration, refer to the Instruction Manual of the drive unit you use.
(Control unit is added onto
back of display unit.)
Motor group
Servo/Spindle drive unit
Manual pulse generator
Manual pulse penerator
Remote I/O unit
Remote I/O unit
Display unit
Operation panel I/O unit
Control unit
(Operation panel I/O unit is added
onto back of keyboard unit.)
Keyboard unit
Synchronous
feed encoder
111 IB-1501506-L
2
General Connection Diagram (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
2 General Connection Diagram (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
112IB-1501506-L
2.1 General Connection Diagram [M800S] When the display unit is FCU8-DU142-31/FCU8-DU182-31, refer to «2.4 Difference in Connection Depending on the
Display Unit» for connection of the display unit.
(Note 1) For information on how to connect the drive unit, refer to the drive unit’s manual.
J395/
J396/
G380
FCUA-R050/054
(1ch)
Field Network
L1 L2 L3
D-AL
MC
DCOUT
FG
ACIN
CP/NFB
MC
ON OFF
MC
MC
CP/NFB
FG
Max.
8 points
EMG J120
J303
J070/071
J303
J100
J030(1ch)
J031(2ch)
EMG
LAN1
SKIP
DCIN
SIO LAN2
FCU8-EX56x
FCU8-EX70x
FRONT
RIO2ENC CJ71
BL
< J09x>
RIO1
USB_F
SDC_F
USB_B
SDC_B
< J08x>
NCKB
3ch
J210
RIO3EXT MPG
5V : J023(1ch)/024(2ch)/025(3ch)
12V : J020(1ch)/021(2ch)/022(3ch)
J350/351
LCD
MENUKEY
DI:CJ31/33
DO:CJ32/34
RIO1
DCIN
RIO2
J350/351
J350/351
(R2-TM)
J210
FCU8-KB92x FCU8-KB941/KB931
G460
J026(1ch)
J027(2ch)
J070/071
J070/071
J210
J210
J070/071
DI:CJ31/33
DO:CJ32/34
RIO1
DCIN
RIO2
DI:CJ31/33
DO:CJ32/34
RIO1
DCIN
RIO2
J350/351
J350/351
J070/071
DI:CJ31/33
DO:CJ32/34
RIO1
DCIN
RIO2
DI:CJ31/33
DO:CJ32/34
RIO1
DCIN
RIO2
J350/351
J350/351
(R2-TM)
(R2-TM)
J010 CJ71
FCU8-DX731/DX750/DX760/DX761
DI : CJ37/39
DO : CJ38/40
J460/461
Machine operation panel manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric
(Note 1)
Drive unit
Control unit
Synchronous feed
encoder
No-fuse breaker (NFB)
AC reactor
Circuit protector (CP)
Ethernet device
Ethernet device
24VDC
RS-232C device
Function expansion unit
Menu key
Display unit
Memory mediums
Front memory I/F card
Operation panel I/O unit
Machine control relay/contact
Remote I/O unit
24VDC
Keyboard unit
Machine operation panel made by the machine tool builder
Skip signal input
24VDC stabilized power supply
To the next remote I/O or terminator connector
Manual pulse generator (5V/12V)
Dotted lines indicate the sections prepared by the machine tool builder.
<> Angle brackets indicates attached cable of unit.
Option relay unit
24VDC
Manual pulse
generator (5V)
Remote I/O unit
24VDC
Remote I/O unit
24VDC
Remote I/O unit
24VDC
Remote I/O unit
24VDC
To the next remote I/O or terminator connector
To the next remote I/O or terminator connector
Machine control relay/contact
Machine control relay/contact
G430
/ FCU8-EX744
TP < J421>
FCU8-KB04x
FCU8-KB083
FCU8-DX2xx/DX6xx/DX4xx
OPTH1 OPTH2
J395/
J396/
G380
FCU8-MU54x/FCU8-MA54x
Handy terminal
10.4-type:FCU8-DU141-31
15-type:FCU8-DU181-31
Add-on
CPU card
Drive unit
(Note 1)
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
2 General Connection Diagram (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
113 IB-1501506-L
2.2 General Connection Diagram [M80] When the display unit is FCU8-DU142-32/FCU8-DU182-32, refer to «2.4 Difference in Connection Depending on the
Display Unit» for connection of the display unit.
The general connection diagram with smart safety observation function is as below.
Without smart safety observation function, functional safety expansion unit is not installed in the control unit.
(Note 1) For information on how to connect the drive unit, refer to the drive unit’s manual.
(Note 2) For the 8.4-type display unit, TP connector is not used.
(Note 3) The safety remote I/O unit is available only when the functional safety expansion unit is mounted.
J395/
J396/
G380
FCUA-R050/054
(1ch)
Field Network
L1 L2 L3
D-AL
MC
DCOUT
FG
ACIN
CP/NFB
MC
ON OFF
MC
MC
CP/NFB
FG
Max.
8 points
EMG J120
J303
J070/071
J303
J100
J030(1ch)
J031(2ch)
EMG
LAN1
SKIP
DCIN
SIO LAN2
FCU8-EX56x
FCU8-EX70x
FRONT
RIO2ENC CJ71
BL
< J09x>
RIO1
USB_F
SDC_F
USB_B
SDC_B
< J08x>
NCKB
3ch
J210
RIO3EXT MPG
5V : J023(1ch)/024(2ch)/025(3ch)
12V : J020(1ch)/021(2ch)/022(3ch)
J350/351
LCD
MENUKEY
DI:CJ31/33
DO:CJ32/34
RIO1
DCIN
RIO2
J350/351
J350/351
(R2-TM)
J210
FCU8-KB92x FCU8-KB941/KB931
G460
J026(1ch)
J027(2ch)
J070/071
J070/071
J210
J210
J070/071
DI:CJ31/33
DO:CJ32/34
RIO1
DCIN
RIO2
DI:CJ31/33
DO:CJ32/34
RIO1
DCIN
RIO2
J350/351
J350/351
J070/071
DI:CJ31/33
DO:CJ32/34
RIO1
DCIN
RIO2
DI:CJ31/33
DO:CJ32/34
RIO1
DCIN
RIO2
J350/351
J350/351
(R2-TM)
(R2-TM)
J010 CJ71
FCU8-DX731/DX750/DX760/DX761
DI : CJ37/39
DO : CJ38/40
J460/461
Machine operation panel manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric
(Note 1)
Drive unit
Control unit
Synchronous feed
encoder
No-fuse breaker (NFB)
AC reactor
Circuit protector (CP)
Ethernet device
Ethernet device
24VDC
RS-232C device
Function expansion unit
Menu key
Display unit
Memory mediums
Front memory I/F card
Operation panel I/O unit
Machine control relay/contact
Remote I/O unit
24VDC
Keyboard unit
Machine operation panel made by the machine tool builder
Skip signal input
24VDC stabilized power supply
To the next remote I/O or terminator connector
Manual pulse generator (5V/12V)
Dotted lines indicate the sections prepared by the machine tool builder.
<> Angle brackets indicates attached cable of unit.
Option relay unit
24VDC
Manual pulse
generator (5V)
Remote I/O unit
24VDC
Remote I/O unit
24VDC
Remote I/O unit
24VDC
Remote I/O unit
24VDC
To the next remote I/O or terminator connector
To the next remote I/O or terminator connector
Machine control relay/contact
Machine control relay/contact
G430
/ FCU8-EX744
FCU8-KB04x
FCU8-KB083
TP < J421>
FCU8-DX2xx/DX6xx/DX4xx
FCU8-KB026/KB028/KB029
OPTH1
FCU8-MU511/FCU8-MU512
FCU8-EX133
Handy terminal
8.4-type:FCU8-DU121-12
10.4-type:FCU8-DU141-32
15-type:FCU8-DU181-32
(Note 2)
Functional
safety
expansion unit
(Note 3)
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
2 General Connection Diagram (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
114IB-1501506-L
2.3 General Connection Diagram [E80]
(Note 1) For information on how to connect the drive unit, refer to the drive unit’s manual.
J395/
J396/
G380
FCUA-R050/054
(1ch)
Field Network
L1 L2 L3
D-AL
MC
DCOUT
FG
ACIN
CP/NFB
MC
ON OFF
MC
MC
CP/NFB
FG
Max.
8 points
EMG J120
J303
J070/071
J303
J100
J030(1ch)
J031(2ch)
EMG
LAN1
SKIP
DCIN
SIO LAN2
FCU8-EX56x
FCU8-EX70x
FRONT
RIO2ENC CJ71
BL
< J09x>
RIO1
USB_F
SDC_F
USB_B
SDC_B
< J08x>
NCKB
3ch
J210
RIO3EXT MPG
5V : J023(1ch)/024(2ch)/025(3ch)
12V : J020(1ch)/021(2ch)/022(3ch)
J350/351
LCD
MENUKEY
DI:CJ31/33
DO:CJ32/34
RIO1
DCIN
RIO2
J350/351
J350/351
(R2-TM)
J210
FCU8-KB92x FCU8-KB941/KB931
G460
J026(1ch)
J027(2ch)
J070/071
J070/071
J210
J210
J070/071
DI:CJ31/33
DO:CJ32/34
RIO1
DCIN
RIO2
DI:CJ31/33
DO:CJ32/34
RIO1
DCIN
RIO2
J350/351
J350/351
J070/071
DI:CJ31/33
DO:CJ32/34
RIO1
DCIN
RIO2
DI:CJ31/33
DO:CJ32/34
RIO1
DCIN
RIO2
J350/351
J350/351
(R2-TM)
(R2-TM)
J010 CJ71
FCU8-DX731/DX750/DX760/DX761
DI : CJ37/39
DO : CJ38/40
J460/461
Machine operation panel manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric
(Note 1)
Drive unit
Control unit
Synchronous feed
encoder
No-fuse breaker (NFB)
AC reactor
Circuit protector (CP)
Ethernet device
Ethernet device
24VDC
RS-232C device
Function expansion unit
Menu key
Display unit
Memory mediums
Front memory I/F card
Operation panel I/O unit
Machine control relay/contact
Remote I/O unit
24VDC
Keyboard unit
Machine operation panel made by the machine tool builder
Skip signal input
24VDC stabilized power supply
To the next remote I/O or terminator connector
Manual pulse generator (5V/12V)
Dotted lines indicate the sections prepared by the machine tool builder.
<> Angle brackets indicates attached cable of unit.
Option relay unit
24VDC
Manual pulse
generator (5V)
Remote I/O unit
24VDC
Remote I/O unit
24VDC
Remote I/O unit
24VDC
Remote I/O unit
24VDC
To the next remote I/O or terminator connector
To the next remote I/O or terminator connector
Machine control relay/contact
Machine control relay/contact
FCU8-KB024/KB025
OPTH1
FCU8-MU513/FCU8-MU514
FCU8-DX2xx/DX4xx
8.4-type:FCU8-DU121-13
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
2 General Connection Diagram (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
115 IB-1501506-L
2.4 Difference in Connection Depending on the Display Unit Cables are different depending on the display unit.
The parts surrounded by the dotted lines in the figures below are different.
[FCU8-DU142-31 / FCU8-DU142-32 / FCU8-DU182-31 / FCU8-DU182-32]
[FCU8-DU141-31 / FCU8-DU141-32 / FCU8-DU181-31 / FCU8-DU181-32]
LCD
MENUKEY
TP
BL
FCU8-DU182-31 / FCU8-DU182-32 FCU8-DU142-31 / FCU8-DU142-32
Control unit
LCD
with touch panel
Menu key
Display unit
LCD
MENUKEY
TP
BL
FCU8-DU181-31 / FCU8-DU181-32 FCU8-DU141-31 / FCU8-DU141-32
Control unit
LCD
with touch panel
Menu key
Display unit
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
2 General Connection Diagram (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
116IB-1501506-L
2.5 Connecting an Operation Panel I/O Unit (FCU8-DX834) Dotted lines indicate the sections which is different from the FCU8-DX731/DX750/DX760/DX761 in FCU8-DX834.
[FCU8-DX834]
[FCU8-DX731 / FCU8-DX750 / FCU8-DX760 / FCU8-DX761]
CJ71
NCKB
RIO3EXT MPG
J350/351
Control unit
Operation panel I/O unit
Machine operation panel
made by the
machine tool builder
J070/071
J012 RIO3
FCU8-DX834
DI : CG31/33
DO : CG32/34
J350/351
KEYUSB
CJ71
J460/461
DCIN
OPKB
24VDC
CJ71
NCKB
RIO3EXT MPG
J350/351
Control unit
Operation panel I/O unit
Machine operation panel
made by the
machine tool builder J010
CJ71
FCU8-DX731/DX750/DX760/DX761
DI : CJ37/39
DO : CJ38/40
J460/461
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
2 General Connection Diagram (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
117 IB-1501506-L
2.6 Connecting a Pulse-controlled Inverter [M80/E80] Pulse-controlled inverter refers to an inverter capable of controlling spindle operation through pulse train input.
(Note) When the pulse-controlled inverter is connected, the remote I/O unit cannot be connected to the either of the
RIO1 connector or the RIO2 connector.
2.7 Connecting a BiSS Encoder BiSS encoder refers to an encoder compatible with BiSS-C.
Connect the BiSS encoder to the ENC connector and the RIO2 connector of the control unit.
RIO2ENC RIO1
Control unit
FCUA-R050/054
(1ch)
Synchronous feed
encoder
Spindle motor
Pulse-controlled
inverter
RIO2ENC RIO1
Control unit
BiSS encoder
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
2 General Connection Diagram (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
118IB-1501506-L
119 IB-1501506-L
3
List of Configuration (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
3 List of Configuration (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
120IB-1501506-L
3.1 Control Unit [M800S]
3.2 Control Unit [M80]
3.3 Control Unit [E80]
Classification Type Components Remarks NC functions and display controller For M830S
FCU8-MU542 Base control card Add-on CPU card Front-side memory I/F card
This unit is not compliant with both Export Trade Control Order and Foreign Exchange Order.
NC functions and display controller For M850S
FCU8-MA542 Base control card Add-on CPU card Front-side memory I/F card
This unit is not compliant with Export Trade Control Order, and it is compliant with Foreign Exchange Order.
NC functions and display controller For M830S
FCU8-MU541 Base control card Add-on CPU card Front-side memory I/F card
This unit is not compliant with both Export Trade Control Order and Foreign Exchange Order.
NC functions and display controller For M850S
FCU8-MA541 Base control card Add-on CPU card Front-side memory I/F card
This unit is not compliant with Export Trade Control Order, and it is compliant with Foreign Exchange Order.
Classification Type Components Remarks NC functions and display controller For M80 TypeB
FCU8-MU511 Base control card Front-side memory I/F card
This unit is not compliant with both Export Trade Control Order and Foreign Exchange Order.
NC functions and display controller For M80 TypeA
FCU8-MU512 Base control card Front-side memory I/F card
This unit is not compliant with both Export Trade Control Order and Foreign Exchange Order.
NC functions and display controller For M80 TypeB
FCU8-MU501 Base control card Front-side memory I/F card
This unit is not compliant with both Export Trade Control Order and Foreign Exchange Order.
NC functions and display controller For M80 TypeA
FCU8-MU502 Base control card Front-side memory I/F card
This unit is not compliant with both Export Trade Control Order and Foreign Exchange Order.
Classification Type Components Remarks NC functions and display controller For E80 TypeB
FCU8-MU513 Base control card Front-side memory I/F card
This unit is not compliant with both Export Trade Control Order and Foreign Exchange Order.
NC functions and display controller For E80 TypeA
FCU8-MU514 Base control card Front-side memory I/F card
This unit is not compliant with both Export Trade Control Order and Foreign Exchange Order.
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
3 List of Configuration (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
121 IB-1501506-L
3.4 Display Unit [M800S]
3.5 Display Unit [M80]
3.6 Display Unit [E80]
3.7 Keyboard Unit [M800S]
Classification Type Components Remarks
10.4-type color TFT touch panel (VGA:640*480)
FCU8-DU142-31 / FCU8-DU141-31
LCD panel Menu keys Escutcheon Base metal plate Cable Screw cap set
Front side memory I/F is normally equipped with the control unit
15-type color TFT touch panel (XGA:1024*768)
FCU8-DU182-31 / FCU8-DU181-31
LCD panel Menu keys Escutcheon Base metal plate Cable Screw cap set
Front side memory I/F is normally equipped with the control unit
Classification Type Components Remarks
8.4-type color TFT (VGA:640*480)
FCU8-DU121-12
LCD panel Menu keys Escutcheon Base metal plate Cable Screw cap set
Front side memory I/F is normally equipped with the control unit
10.4-type color TFT touch panel (VGA:640*480)
FCU8-DU142-32 / FCU8-DU141-32
LCD panel Menu keys Escutcheon Base metal plate Cable Screw cap set
Front side memory I/F is normally equipped with the control unit
15-type color TFT touch panel (XGA:1024*768)
FCU8-DU182-32 / FCU8-DU181-32
LCD panel Menu keys Escutcheon Base metal plate Cable Screw cap set
Front side memory I/F is normally equipped with the control unit
Classification Type Components Remarks
8.4-type color TFT (VGA:640*480)
FCU8-DU121-13
LCD panel Menu keys Escutcheon Base metal plate Cable Screw cap set
Front side memory I/F is normally equipped with the control unit
Classification Type Components Remarks
Keyboard for 10.4-type display unit Clear keys
FCU8-KB041 Escutcheon, key switch G402 cable Screw cap set
ONG layout (for L system, XZF)
Keyboard for 10.4-type display unit Clear keys
FCU8-KB046 Escutcheon, key switch G402 cable Screw cap set
ONG layout (for M system/L system, XYZ)
Keyboard for 10.4-type display unit Clear keys
FCU8-KB047 Escutcheon, key switch G402 cable Screw cap set
Full keyboard (for M system/L system) (in tandem)
Keyboard for 10.4-type display unit Clear keys
FCU8-KB048 Escutcheon, key switch G402 cable Screw cap set
ABC layout (for M system/L system)
Keyboard for 15-type display unit Clear keys
FCU8-KB083 Escutcheon, key switch G402 cable Screw cap set
Full keyboard (for M system/L system) (in tandem)
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
3 List of Configuration (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
122IB-1501506-L
3.8 Keyboard Unit [M80]
3.9 Keyboard Unit [E80]
Classification Type Components Remarks
Keyboard for 8.4-type display unit Clear keys
FCU8-KB026 Escutcheon, key switch G402 cable Screw cap set
ONG layout (for M system/L system, XYZ)
Keyboard for 8.4-type display unit Clear keys
FCU8-KB028 Escutcheon, key switch G402 cable Screw cap set
ONG layout (for L system, XZF)
Keyboard for 8.4-type display unit Clear keys
FCU8-KB029 Escutcheon, key switch G402 cable Screw cap set
ONG layout (for M system/L system) (in tandem)
Keyboard for 10.4-type display unit Clear keys
FCU8-KB041 Escutcheon, key switch G402 cable Screw cap set
ONG layout (for L system, XZF)
Keyboard for 10.4-type display unit Clear keys
FCU8-KB046 Escutcheon, key switch G402 cable Screw cap set
ONG layout (for M system/L system, XYZ)
Keyboard for 10.4-type display unit Clear keys
FCU8-KB047 Escutcheon, key switch G402 cable Screw cap set
Full keyboard (for M system/L system) (in tandem)
Keyboard for 10.4-type display unit Clear keys
FCU8-KB048 Escutcheon, key switch G402 cable Screw cap set
ABC layout (for M system/L system)
Keyboard for 15-type display unit Clear keys
FCU8-KB083 Escutcheon, key switch G402 cable Screw cap set
Full keyboard (for M system/L system) (in tandem)
Classification Type Components Remarks
Keyboard for 8.4-type display unit Sheet keys
FCU8-KB024 Escutcheon, key switch G402 cable Screw cap set
ONG layout (for M system/L system, XYZ)
Keyboard for 8.4-type display unit Sheet keys
FCU8-KB025 Escutcheon, key switch G402 cable Screw cap set
ONG layout (for L system, XZF)
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
3 List of Configuration (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
123 IB-1501506-L
3.10 Operation Panel I/O Unit
(Note) DI: Digital input signals, DO: Digital output signals
Classification Type Components Remarks
DI 24V/0V common input [64 points] DO Source output [48 points] AO Analog output [1 point]
FCU8-DX731 Base card RIO 2.0 terminator connector (R2-TM)
DI: 64-points 24V/0V common type DO: 48-points source type (200mA/point) AO: 1 point Manual pulse generator input: 2ch Control unit I/F Keyboard unit I/F Remote I/O 2.0 I/F RIO occupied stations (fixed): 1, 3, 7 to 12, 20 to 22 RIO extensible stations: 2, 4 to 6, 13 to 19, 23 to 64
DI 24V/0V common input [96 points] DO Source output [64 points]
FCU8-DX750 Base card RIO 2.0 terminator connector (R2-TM)
DI: 96-points 24V/0V common type DO: 64-points source type (200mA/point) Manual pulse generator input: 3ch Control unit I/F Keyboard unit I/F Remote I/O 2.0 I/F RIO occupied stations (fixed): 1 to 3, 7 to 12, 20 to 22 RIO extensible stations: 4 to 6, 13 to 19, 23 to 64
DI 24V/0V common input [96 points] DO Source output [96 points]
FCU8-DX760 Base card Add-on card RIO 2.0 terminator connector (R2-TM)
DI: 96-points 24V/0V common type DO: 96-points source type (200mA/point) Manual pulse generator input: 3ch Control unit I/F Keyboard unit I/F Remote I/O 2.0 I/F RIO occupied stations (fixed): 1 to 4, 7 to 12, 20 to 22 RIO extensible stations: 5, 6, 13 to 19, 23 to 64
DI 24V/0V common input [96 points] DO Source output [64 points] AI Analog input [1 point] AO Analog output [1 point]
FCU8-DX761 Base card Add-on card RIO 2.0 terminator connector (R2-TM)
DI: 96-points 24V/0V common type DO: 64-points source type (200mA/point) AI: 1 point AO: 1 point Manual pulse generator input: 3ch Control unit I/F Keyboard unit I/F Remote I/O 2.0 I/F RIO occupied stations (fixed): 1 to 5, 7 to 12, 20 to 22 RIO extensible stations: 6, 13 to 19, 23 to 64
DI 24V/0V common input [64 points] DO Source output [64 points] Scan input [64 points] Scan output [64 points]
FCU8-DX834 Base card Add-on card RIO 2.0 terminator connector (R2-TM)
DI: 64-points 24V/0V common type DO: 64-points source type (200mA/point) Scan input: 64 points Scan output: 64 points Manual pulse generator input: 3ch Keyboard unit I/F Remote I/O 2.0 I/F RIO occupied stations (fixed): 1 to 4, 7 to 14, 20 to 22 RIO extensible stations: 5, 6, 15 to 19, 23 to 64
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
3 List of Configuration (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
124IB-1501506-L
3.11 Remote I/O Unit [M800S/M80]
(Note) DI: Digital input signals, DO: Digital output signals, AI: Analog input signals, AO: Analog output signals
Classification Type Components Remarks
DI 24V/0V common input [32 points] DO Source output [32 points]
FCU8-DX220 Base card RIO 2.0 connector set
DI: 32-points 24V/0V common type Do: 32-points source type (200mA/point) Number of occupied stations: 1
DI 24V/0V common input [64 points] DO Source output [48 points]
FCU8-DX230 Base card RIO 2.0 connector set
DI: 64-points 24V/0V common type DO: 48-points source type (200mA/point) Number of occupied stations: 2
DI 24V/0V common input DO Source output [48 points] AO Analog output [1 point]
FCU8-DX231 Base card RIO 2.0 connector set
DI: 64-points 24V/0V common type DO: 48-points source type (200mA/point) AO: 1 point Number of occupied stations: 2
AI Analog input [4 points] AO Analog output [1 point]
FCU8-DX202 Base card RIO 2.0 connector set
AI : 4 points AO: 1 point Number of occupied stations: 1
DI 0V common input [16 points] DO Source output (large capacity) [8 points]
FCU8-DX213 Base card RIO 2.0 connector set
DI: 16-points 0V common type (3mA/point) DO: 8-points source type (2A/point) Number of occupied stations: 1
DI 0V common input [16 points] DO Source output (large capacity) [8 points]
FCU8-DX213-1 Base card RIO 2.0 connector set
DI: 16-points 0V common type (9mA/point) DO: 8-points source type (2A/point) Number of occupied stations: 1
Safety DI 0V common input [8 points] Safety DO Source output (large capacity) [4 points]
FCU8-DX654 Base card RIO 2.0 connector set
Safety DI: 8-points 0V common type (3mA/point) Safety DO: 4-points source type (2A/point) Number of occupied stations: 2
Safety DI 0V common input [8 points] Safety DO Source output (large capacity) [4 points]
FCU8-DX654-1 Base card RIO 2.0 connector set
Safety DI: 8-points 0V common type (9mA/point) Safety DO: 4-points source type (2A/point) Number of occupied stations: 2
DI 24V/0V common input [32points] DO Source output [32 points] Safety DI 0V common input [8 points] (Note 1) Safety relay output [4 points] (Note 2)
FCU8-DX651 Base card Add-on card RIO 2.0 connector set
DI: 32-points 24V/0V common type Do: 32-points source type (200mA/point) Safety DI: 8-points 0V common type Safety relay: 4-points (non-voltage contact) Relay contact welding detection Number of occupied stations: 3 (Note 1) Safety DI uses 16 points of terminal because of the duplication wiring. (Note 2) Safety relay output uses 8 points of terminal because of the duplication wiring.
Thermistor input [12 points] FCU8-DX408 Base card RIO 2.0 connector set
Thermistor input: 12 points Number of occupied stations: 3
Multi-analog input [4 points] (Note 3) FCU8-DX409 Base card RIO 2.0 connector set
Multi-analog input: 4 points (Note 3) Voltage input, current input, thermocouple input and resistance temperature detector input are selected for each CH. Number of occupied stations: 4
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
3 List of Configuration (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
125 IB-1501506-L
3.12 Remote I/O Unit [E80]
(Note) DI: Digital input signals, DO: Digital output signals, AI: Analog input signals, AO: Analog output signals
3.13 Functional Safety Expansion Unit [M80]
3.14 Function Expansion Unit [M800S/M80]
(Note) To use the function expansion unit, the option relay unit (FCU8-EX70x) is required.
3.15 Function Expansion Unit [E80]
(Note) To use the function expansion unit, the option relay unit (FCU8-EX70x) is required.
Classification Type Components Remarks
DI 24V/0V common input [32 points] DO Source output [32 points]
FCU8-DX220 Base card RIO 2.0 connector set
DI: 32-points 24V/0V common type Do: 32-points source type (200mA/point) Number of occupied stations: 1
DI 24V/0V common input [64 points] DO Source output [48 points]
FCU8-DX230 Base card RIO 2.0 connector set
DI: 64-points 24V/0V common type DO: 48-points source type (200mA/point) Number of occupied stations: 2
DI 24V/0V common input DO Source output [48 points] AO Analog output [1 point]
FCU8-DX231 Base card RIO 2.0 connector set
DI: 64-points 24V/0V common type DO: 48-points source type (200mA/point) AO: 1 point Number of occupied stations: 2
AI Analog input [4 points] AO Analog output [1 point]
FCU8-DX202 Base card RIO 2.0 connector set
AI : 4 points AO: 1 point Number of occupied stations: 1
DI 0V common input [16 points] DO Source output (large capacity) [8 points]
FCU8-DX213 Base card RIO 2.0 connector set
DI: 16-points 0V common type (3mA/point) DO: 8-points source type (2A/point) Number of occupied stations: 1
DI 0V common input [16 points] DO Source output (large capacity) [8 points]
FCU8-DX213-1 Base card RIO 2.0 connector set
DI: 16-points 0V common type (9mA/point) DO: 8-points source type (2A/point) Number of occupied stations: 1
Thermistor input [12 points] FCU8-DX408 Base card RIO 2.0 connector set
Thermistor input: 12 points Number of occupied stations: 3
Multi-analog input [4 points] (Note 3) FCU8-DX409 Base card RIO 2.0 connector set
Multi-analog input: 4 points (Note 3) Select voltage input, current input, thermocouple and resistance temperature detector input for each ch. Number of occupied stations: 4
Classification Type Components Remarks Functional safety expansion unit FCU8-EX133 Add-on card Smart safety observation
Classification Type Components Remarks CC-Link expansion unit FCU8-EX561 CC-Link I/F PCB CC-Link 1ch PROFIBUS-DP master unit FCU8-EX563 PROFIBUS-DP I/F PCB PROFIBUS-DP 1ch CC-Link IE Field Master/local unit
FCU8-EX564 Base card Add-on card
CC-Link IE Field 2ch
EtherNet/IP Scanner/adapter unit
FCU8-EX565 Base card Add-on card
EtherNet/IP 1ch (Only LAN1, LAN2 cannot be used)
FL-net expansion unit FCU8-EX568 Base card Add-on card
FL-net 1ch (Only LAN1, LAN2 cannot be used)
Vibration cutting expansion unit FCU8-EX744 Base card Vibration cutting control
Classification Type Components Remarks Option Relay Unit FCU8-EX702 Relay PCB For function expansion unit 1 slot Option Relay Unit FCU8-EX703 Relay PCB For function expansion unit 2 slots
Classification Type Components Remarks CC-Link expansion unit FCU8-EX561 CC-Link I/F PCB CC-Link 1ch PROFIBUS-DP master unit FCU8-EX563 PROFIBUS-DP I/F PCB PROFIBUS-DP 1ch CC-Link IE Field Master/local unit
FCU8-EX564 Base card Add-on card
CC-Link IE Field 2ch
EtherNet/IP Scanner/adapter unit
FCU8-EX565 Base card Add-on card
EtherNet/IP 1ch (Only LAN1, LAN2 cannot be used)
FL-net expansion unit FCU8-EX568 Base card Add-on card
FL-net 1ch (Only LAN1, LAN2 cannot be used)
Classification Type Components Remarks Option Relay Unit FCU8-EX702 Relay PCB For function expansion unit 1 slot Option Relay Unit FCU8-EX703 Relay PCB For function expansion unit 2 slots
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
3 List of Configuration (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
126IB-1501506-L
3.16 Manual Pulse Generator
3.17 Synchronous Feed Encoder
3.18 Machine Operation Panel [M800S/M80]
Classification Type Components Remarks
5V Manual Pulse Generator UFO-01-2Z9 UFO-01-2Z9 (Produced by NIDEC NEMICON)
Input 5VDC 100pulse/rev
12V Manual Pulse Generator HD60C HD60C Input 12VDC 25pulse/rev
Classification Type Components Remarks
Synchronous feed encoder OSE1024-3-15-68 OSE1024-3-15-68 Input 5VDC 1024pulse/rev 6000r/min, 68-square flange
Synchronous feed encoder OSE1024-3-15-68-8 OSE1024-3-15-68-8 Input 5VDC 1024pulse/rev 8000r/min ,68-square flange
Synchronous feed encoder OSE1024-3-15-160 OSE1024-3-15-160 Input 5VDC 1024pulse/rev 6000r/min, 160-square flange
Classification Type Components Remarks
Main panel A (For 8.4-type/15-type display unit)
FCU8-KB921 Escutcheon, key switch control card G054 cable, Screw cap set
MITSUBISHI standard key layout (55 keys) (Standard specification A)
Main panel A (For 8.4-type/15-type display unit)
FCU8-KB922 Escutcheon, key switch control card G054 cable, Screw cap set
Custom specification key layout (55 keys) (Clear key top cover sold separately)
Main panel B (For 10.4-type display unit)
FCU8-KB923 Escutcheon, key switch control card G054 cable, Screw cap set
MITSUBISHI standard key layout (55 keys) (Standard specification A)
Main panel B (For 10.4-type display unit)
FCU8-KB924 Escutcheon, key switch control card G054 cable, Screw cap set
Custom specification key layout (55 keys) (Clear key top cover sold separately)
Main panel A (For 8.4-type/15-type display unit)
FCU8-KB925 Escutcheon, key switch control card G054 cable, Screw cap set
MITSUBISHI standard key layout (55 keys) (Standard specification B)
Main panel B (For 10.4-type display unit)
FCU8-KB926 Escutcheon, key switch control card G054 cable, Screw cap set
MITSUBISHI standard key layout (55 keys) (Standard specification B)
Sub panel A (Common for all display units)
FCU8-KB931 Escutcheon Emergency stop switch, Override switch ON/OFF switch, Screw cap set
MITSUBISHI standard switch specification (Standard specification A)
Sub panel A (Common for all display units)
FCU8-KB941 Escutcheon Emergency stop switch, Override switch ON/OFF switch, Screw cap set
MITSUBISHI standard switch specification (Standard specification B)
Clear key top set N030C975G51 / N030C975G55
Clear key top cover (20 pcs/60 pcs)
Set of labels for M7 standard key layout N939A169G51 Labels for M7 standard key layout (1 sheet)
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
3 List of Configuration (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
127 IB-1501506-L
3.19 Machine Operation Panel [E80]
3.20 Handy Terminal
3.21 Cable Connector Sets
Classification Type Components Remarks
Main panel A (For 8.4-type/15-type display unit)
FCU8-KB922 Escutcheon, key switch control card G054 cable, Screw cap set
Custom specification key layout (55 keys) (Clear key top cover sold separately)
Main panel A (For 8.4-type/15-type display unit)
FCU8-KB925 Escutcheon, key switch control card G054 cable, Screw cap set
MITSUBISHI standard key layout (55 keys) (Standard specification B)
Sub panel A (Common for all display units)
FCU8-KB941 Escutcheon Emergency stop switch, Override switch ON/OFF switch, Screw cap set
MITSUBISHI standard switch specification (Standard specification B)
Clear key top set N030C975G51 / N030C975G55
Clear key top cover (20 pcs/60 pcs)
Set of labels for M7 standard key layout N939A169G51 Labels for M7 standard key layout (1 sheet)
Classification Type Components Remarks
Handy Terminal HG1T-SB12UH- MK1346-L5
Classification Type Components Remarks General I/O units (For SKIP,SIO,MPG,AIO)
FCUA-CS000 Connector (10120-3000PE,2pcs), Shell kit (10320-52F0-008,2pcs)
Emergency stop connector (For EMG)
005057-9403 0016020103 x 3 pcs.
Connector (50-57-9403), Contact (0016020103,3pcs.)
Connector kit for RIO 2.0 unit RIO2 CON
Connector (1-1318119-3,2pcs.), Contact (1318107-1,8pcs.), Connector (2-178288-3), Contact (1-175218-5,3pcs)
24VDC power supply connector (For DCIN)
FCUA-CN220 Connector (2-178288-3), Contact (1-175218-5,3pcs)
DI/DO connector (For operation panel I/O unit) (For remote I/O unit)
7940-6500SC x 4pcs. 3448-7940 x 4pcs.
Connector (7940-6500SC,4pcs.), Strain relief (3448-7940,4pcs.)
FCU8-DX731
DI connector (For operation panel I/O unit)
7950-6500SC x 2pcs. 3448-7950 x 2pcs.
Connector (7950-6500SC,2pcs.), Strain relief (3448-7950,2pcs.)
FCU8-DX750/760/761
Connector for CJ71 2-1318119-4 1318107-1 x 8pcs.
Connector (2-1318119-4), Contact (1318107-1,8pcs.)
THERMISTOR connector 37104-2165-000FL 10P
Connector (37104-2165-000FL,10pcs.)
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
3 List of Configuration (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
128IB-1501506-L
3.22 Thermistor Sets
3.23 Genuine Memory Card
3.24 Durable Parts
(Note) Contact the Service Center, Sales Office or dealer for repairs or part replacement.
3.25 Replacements
Classification Type Components Remarks Thermistor PT3C-51F-M2 10P Thermistor (PT3C-51F-M2,10pcs.)
Classification Type Components Remarks Exclusive SD cards 1GB FCU8-SD001G FCU8-SD001G 1GB capacity Exclusive SD cards 4GB FCU8-SD004G FCU8-SD004G 4GB capacity
Durable parts Part type Battery for control unit Q6BAT
Replacements Part type Manufacturer Protection fuse for operation panel I/O LM50 Daito Communication Apparatus Co., Ltd. Protection fuse for FCU8-DX220/230/231/651 LM50 Daito Communication Apparatus Co., Ltd. Protection fuse for FCU8-DX213/654/213-1/654-1 MP63 Daito Communication Apparatus Co., Ltd. Pair of SD/USB covers for display unit N031C089G51 —
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
3 List of Configuration (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
129 IB-1501506-L
3.26 List of Cables [Cable relating to NC]
(Note 1) «x» in type columns indicate cable length (unit: m).
(Note 2) Lengths indicated with an asterisk (*) in the max. cable length column indicate the maximum cable length
when connecting via other unit.
Type Application Available cable length (m) Max. cable
length FCUA-R050-xM Synchronous encoder — control unit (straight, with connector) 5 30m FCUA-R054-xM Synchronous encoder — control unit (right angle, with connector) 3, 5, 10, 15, 20 30m G071 LxM 24VDC relay cable for machine operation panel 0.12, 0.5, 1 1m G123 Cable for emergency stop release — — G430 LxM Cable for connection to handy terminal 3, 5, 10 10m
G460 LxM Cable for machine operation panel (Cable between main panel and sub panel)
0.5 0.5m
J010 LxM Operation panel I/O interface cable 0.5, 1 1m J012 LxM Operation panel I/O interface cable (for FCU8-DX834) 0.5, 1 1m J020 LxM Manual pulse generator cable (12V): 1ch 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20, 30 50m J021 LxM Manual pulse generator cable (12V): 2ch 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20, 30 50m J022 LxM Manual pulse generator cable (12V): 3ch 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20, 30 50m J023 LxM Manual pulse generator cable (5V): 1ch 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20 20m J024 LxM Manual pulse generator cable (5V): 2ch 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20 20m J025 LxM Manual pulse generator cable (5V): 3ch 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20 20m
J026 LxM Manual pulse generator cable (5V): 1ch (for connection to control unit)
1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20 20m (*)
J027 LxM Manual pulse generator cable (5V): 2ch (for connection to control unit)
1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20 20m (*)
J030 LxM RS-232C I/F cable: 1ch 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 10 15m (*) J031 LxM RS-232C I/F cable: 2ch 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 10 15m (*) J070 LxM 24VDC power cable 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 10, 15 15m J071 LxM 24VDC power cable (for long distance) 20 20m J100 LxM SKIP input cable 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20 20m J120 LxM Emergency stop cable 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20, 30 30m J121 LxM Emergency stop cable for machine operation panel 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20, 30 30m J210 LxM Remote I/O 2.0 communication cable 0.3, 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20, 30 50m (*) J221 LxM Analog input/output cable (for remote I/O unit) 2, 3, 7 30m J224 LxM Analog input/output cable (for operation panel I/O unit) 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20 30m J225 LxM Analog output cable (for operation panel I/O unit) 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20 30m J303 LxM LAN straight cable 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20, 30 50m J350 LxM DI/DO cable (connectors at both ends) 1, 2, 3, 5 50m J351 LxM DI/DO cable (connector at one end) 3 50m J460 LxM DI/DO cable (connectors at both ends) 1, 2, 3, 5 50m J461 LxM DI/DO cable (connector at one end) 3 50m R2-TM Terminator for remote I/O interface — —
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
3 List of Configuration (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
130IB-1501506-L
[Cable Relating to Drive Unit]
(Note 1) «x» in type columns indicate cable length (unit: m).
(Note 2) Lengths indicated with an asterisk (*) in the max. cable length column indicate the maximum cable length
when connecting via other unit.
3.27 System Type
Type Application Available cable length (m) Max. cable
length
CNP2E-1-xM Motor side PLG cable Spindle side accuracy encoder TS5690 cable
2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 30m
CNP3EZ-2P-xM Spindle side encoder cable OSE-1024 cable
2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 30m
CNP3EZ-3P-xM Spindle side encoder cable OSE-1024 cable
2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 30m
CNV2E-8P-xM For HG/HG-H,HQ/HQ-H Motor side encoder cable (for D48/D51/D74) 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 30m CNV2E-9P-xM For HG/HG-H,HQ/HQ-H Motor side encoder cable (for D48/D51/D74) 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 30m CNV2E-D-xM MDS-B-SD unit cable 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 30m CNV2E-HP-xM MDS-B-HR unit cable 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 30m
DG30-xM Battery cable (For drive unit — Battery box, For drive unit — drive unit)
0.3, 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 10 10m
G380 LxM Optical communication cable For wiring between drive units (outside panel)
5, 10, 12, 15, 20, 25, 30 30m
J395 LxM Optical communication cable For wiring between drive units (outside panel) For wiring between NC-drive units
3, 5, 7, 10 10m
J396 LxM Optical communication cable For wiring between drive units (inside panel)
0.2, 0.3, 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 5 10m
MR- BKS1CBLxMA1-H
<200V Series> Brake cable for HG96 Lead out in direction of motor shaft
2, 3, 5, 7, 10 10m
MR- BKS1CBLxMA2-H
<200V Series> Brake cable for HG96 Lead out in opposite direction of motor shaft
2, 3, 5, 7, 10 10m
MR-BT6V2CBL LxM
Battery cable (MDS-EJ/EJH) (For drive unit — drive unit)
0.3, 1 1m
MR-D05UDL3M-B STO cable 3 3m
MR- PWS1CBLxMA1-H
<200V Series> Power cable for HG96 Lead out in direction of motor shaft
2, 3, 5, 7, 10 10m
MR- PWS1CBLxMA2-H
<200V Series> Power cable for HG96 Lead out in opposite direction of motor shaft
2, 3, 5, 7, 10 10m
SH21 LxM Power supply communication cable Power backup unit communication cable
0.35, 0.5, 1, 2, 3 30m
Series Model name System type Control unit Display unit
M800S Series M850S
FCA850H-8S FCU8-MA542-001
FCU8-DU181-31 (15-type color LCD touchscreen) FCA850H-4S FCU8-DU141-31 (10.4-type color LCD touchscreen)
M830S FCA830H-8S
FCU8-MU542-001 FCU8-DU181-31 (15-type color LCD touchscreen)
FCA830H-4S FCU8-DU141-31 (10.4-type color LCD touchscreen)
M80 Series
M80 TypeA FCA80H-8A
FCU8-MU512-001 FCU8-DU181-32 (15-type color LCD touchscreen)
FCA80H-4A FCU8-DU141-32 (10.4-type color LCD touchscreen) FCA80P-2A FCU8-DU121-12 (8.4-type color LCD)
M80 TypeB FCA80H-8B
FCU8-MU511-001 FCU8-DU181-32 (15-type color LCD touchscreen)
FCA80H-4B FCU8-DU141-32 (10.4-type color LCD touchscreen) FCA80P-2B FCU8-DU121-12 (8.4-type color LCD)
E80 Series E80 TypeA FCA80P-2EA FCU8-MU514-001 FCU8-DU121-13 (8.4-type color LCD) E80 TypeB FCA80P-2EB FCU8-MU513-001 FCU8-DU121-13 (8.4-type color LCD)
131 IB-1501506-L
4
General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
132IB-1501506-L
4.1 Environment Conditions [M800S] 4.1.1 Installation Environment Conditions
(Note 1) «Short term» means roughly within one month.
(Note 2) The current consumption of the display unit is included in that of the control unit.
(Note 3) For the whole NC system, consider the characteristics of the drive units when the altitude is more than 1000
meters above sea level. Refer to the manual of drive unit for details.
(Note 4) When the display unit is mounted on an incline, the inclination angle to place the unit should be 30 degrees or
less from the vertical direction.
Item
Unit name Control unit Display unit
Type FCU8-MU542/MA542 FCU8-MU541/MA541
FCU8-DU142-31 : (10.4-type) FCU8-DU182-31 : (15-type)
FCU8-DU141-31 : (10.4-type) FCU8-DU181-31 : (15-type)
General Specifications
Ambient temperature
During operation
0 to 58C
During storage
-20 to 60C
Ambient humidity
Long term 10 to 75% RH (with no dew condensation)
Short term 10 to 95% RH (with no dew condensation) (Note 1)
Vibration resistance 4.9m/s2 or less
Shock resistance 29.4m/s2 or less
Working atmosphere No corrosive gases, dust or oil mist
Altitude Operation/Storage: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Transportation: 13000 meters or less above sea level
Power supply voltage 24VDC
FCU8-DU142-31 : 12VDC/5VDC/3.3VDC FCU8-DU182-31 : 12VDC/5VDC/3.3VDC FCU8-DU141-31 : 12VDC/5VDC/3.3VDC FCU8-DU181-31 : 12VDC/5VDC/3.3VDC
(Supply from Control Unit)
Current consumption 2.5A — (Note 2)
Maximum heating value
(W) 16
FCU8-DU142-31 : 10 FCU8-DU182-31 : 14 FCU8-DU141-31 : 10 FCU8-DU181-31 : 14
Mass (kg) 1.1
FCU8-DU142-31 : 1.7 FCU8-DU182-31 : 4.1 FCU8-DU141-31 : 1.7 FCU8-DU181-31 : 4
Outline dimension WHD or WH
(mm) 239.1173.475
FCU8-DU142-31 : 290220 FCU8-DU182-31 : 400320 FCU8-DU141-31 : 290220 FCU8-DU181-31 : 400320
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
133 IB-1501506-L
(Note 1) «Short term» means roughly within one month.
(Note 2) The current consumption of the keyboard unit and the operation panel I/O unit (control section) are included in
that of the control unit. Current consumption for the I/O circuit needs to be separately calculated based on the
number of points used and its load.
(Note 3) For the heating value of the I/O circuit, calculate with the number of points used.
(Note 4) For the whole NC system, consider the characteristics of the drive units when the altitude is more than 1000
meters above sea level. Refer to the manual of drive unit for details.
(Note 5) 24V power input is not required for FCU8-KB931/KB941.
(Note 6) Current consumption for the I/O circuit needs to be separately calculated based on the number of points used
and its load.
Item
Unit name Keyboard unit Operation panel I/O unit Machine operation panel
Type
FCU8-KB041/KB046 : (10.4-type) FCU8-KB047 : (10.4-type/vertical
arrangement) FCU8-KB048 : (10.4-type)
FCU8-KB083 : (15-type/vertical arrangement)
FCU8-DX731 FCU8-DX750 FCU8-DX760 FCU8-DX761
FCU8-DX834
FCU8-KB921/KB922/ KB925
FCU8-KB923/KB924/ KB926
FCU8-KB931/KB941
General Specifications
Ambient temperature
During operation
0 to 58C
During storage
-20 to 60C
Ambient humidity
Long term 10 to 75% RH (with no dew condensation)
Short term 10 to 95% RH (with no dew condensation) (Note 1)
Vibration resistance 4.9m/s2 or less
Shock resistance 29.4m/s2 or less
Working atmosphere No corrosive gases, dust or oil mist
Altitude Operation/Storage: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Transportation: 13000 meters or less above sea level
Power supply voltage 5VDC 5VDC/3.3VDC
24VDC 24VDC (Note 5) (Supply from Control Unit)
Current consumption — (Note 2) 0.3A (Note 6) 0.3A (Note 5)
Maximum heating value
(W) 1 4 (Note 3) 8 (Note 3) 7.2
Mass (kg)
FCU8-KB041/KB046 : 0.8 FCU8-KB047 : 1.3 FCU8-KB048 : 1.4 FCU8-KB083 : 1.5
FCU8-DX731 : 0.3
FCU8-DX750 : 0.4
FCU8-DX760 : 0.5
FCU8-DX761 : 0.5
0.4
FCU8-KB921/KB922/ KB925 :
1.1 FCU8-KB923/KB924/
KB926 : 1.2
FCU8-KB931/KB941 : 0.5
Outline dimension WH
(mm)
FCU8-KB041/KB046 : 140220 FCU8-KB047 : 290160 FCU8-KB048 : 230220 FCU8-KB083 : 400140
116179
FCU8-KB921/KB922/ KB925 : 260140
FCU8-KB923/KB924/ KB926 : 290140
FCU8-KB931/KB941 : 140140
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
134IB-1501506-L
(Note 1) «Short term» means roughly within one month.
(Note 2) This value includes the maximum value of DO external load current (3.2A).
(Note 3) This value does not include DO external load current.
(Note 4) For the heating value of the I/O circuit, calculate with the number of points used.
(Note 5) For the whole NC system, consider the characteristics of the drive units when the altitude is more than 1000
meters above sea level. Refer to the manual of drive unit for details.
(Note 6) The maximum value including the heating value of analog input circuit.
Item
Unit name Remote I/O unit
Type FCU8-DX220/
DX230/ DX231
FCU8-DX202
FCU8-DX213/ DX213-1/ DX654/
DX654-1
FCU8-DX408 FCU8-DX409 FCU8-DX651
General Specifications
Ambient temperature
During operation
0 to 58C
During storage
-20 to 60C
Ambient humidity
Long term 10 to 75% RH (with no dew condensation)
Short term 10 to 95% RH
(with no dew condensation) (Note 1)
10 to 85% RH (with no dew
condensation) (Note 1)
Vibration resistance 4.9m/s2 or less
Shock resistance 29.4m/s2 or less
Working atmosphere No corrosive gases, dust or oil mist
Altitude Operation/Storage: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Transportation: 13000 meters or less above sea level
Power supply voltage 24VDC
Current consumption 3.5A (Note 2) 0.3A 0.3A (Note 3) 0.1A 0.2A 3.7A (Note 2)
Maximum heating value
(W) 8 (Note 4) 3 6 (Note 6) 8 (Note 4)
Mass (kg) 0.4 0.2 0.3 0.8
Outline dimension WHD
(mm) 40175133 40175119 40175130 40175109 40175130 104175115
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
135 IB-1501506-L
4.1.2 24VDC Stabilized Power Supply Selecting Conditions
Consider the following characteristics for the stabilized power supply, and select the power supply that complies with
laws, regulations, or safety standards of the country where the machine will be installed.
Item Specifications Remarks
Output
Voltage 24VDC When the stabilized power supply and 24VDC input unit are distant, select the stabilized power supply which is possible to set output voltage 24VDC or more allowing for the influence of voltage down by the cable.
Voltage fluctuation 5%
Current — Calculate the current value as a reference of maximum current consumption for the unit which uses the power supply.
Ripple noise 0.2V (P-P)
Output holding time min 20ms Output holding time is decided by loading ratio; however, the stabilized power supply which complies with the specification on the left must be selected during maximum loading.
Overcurrent output shutoff function
— Use a power supply having the overcurrent output shutoff function.
CAUTION
1. Using a stabilized power supply without overcurrent protection may cause the unit’s failure due to miswiring of
24V.
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
136IB-1501506-L
4.2 Environment Conditions [M80] 4.2.1 Installation Environment Conditions
(Note 1) «Short term» means roughly within one month.
(Note 2) The current consumption of the display unit is included in that of the control unit.
(Note 3) For the whole NC system, consider the characteristics of the drive units when the altitude is more than 1000
meters above sea level. Refer to the manual of drive unit for details.
(Note 4) When the display unit is mounted on an incline, the inclination angle to place the unit should be 30 degrees or
less from the vertical direction.
Item
Unit name Control unit Display unit
Type FCU8-MU511/MU512 FCU8-MU501/MU502
FCU8-DU142-32 : (10.4-type) FCU8-DU182-32 : (15-type) FCU8-DU121-12 : (8.4-type)
FCU8-DU141-32 : (10.4-type) FCU8-DU181-32 : (15-type)
General Specifications
Ambient temperature
During operation
0 to 58C
During storage
-20 to 60C
Ambient humidity
Long term 10 to 75% RH (with no dew condensation)
Short term 10 to 95% RH (with no dew condensation) (Note 1)
Vibration resistance 4.9m/s2 or less
Shock resistance 29.4m/s2 or less
Working atmosphere No corrosive gases, dust or oil mist
Altitude Operation/Storage: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Transportation: 13000 meters or less above sea level
Power supply voltage 24VDC
FCU8-DU142-32 : 12VDC/5VDC/3.3VDC FCU8-DU182-32 : 12VDC/5VDC/3.3VDC
FCU8-DU121-12 : 12VDC/3.3VDC FCU8-DU141-32 : 12VDC/5VDC/3.3VDC FCU8-DU181-32 : 12VDC/5VDC/3.3VDC
(Supply from Control Unit)
Current consumption 2.5A — (Note 2)
Maximum heating value
(W) 12
FCU8-DU142-32 : 10 FCU8-DU182-32 : 14 FCU8-DU121-12 : 6
FCU8-DU141-32 : 10 FCU8-DU181-32 : 14
Mass (kg) 1.1
FCU8-DU142-32 : 1.7 FCU8-DU182-32 : 4.1 FCU8-DU121-12 : 1.2 FCU8-DU141-32 : 1.7 FCU8-DU181-32 : 4
Outline dimension WHD or WH
(mm) 239.1173.475
FCU8-DU142-32 : 290220 FCU8-DU182-32 : 400320 FCU8-DU121-12 : 260200 FCU8-DU141-32 : 290220 FCU8-DU181-32 : 400320
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
137 IB-1501506-L
(Note 1) «Short term» means roughly within one month.
(Note 2) The current consumption of the keyboard unit and the operation panel I/O unit (control section) are included in
that of the control unit. Current consumption for the I/O circuit needs to be separately calculated based on the
number of points used and its load.
(Note 3) For the heating value of the I/O circuit, calculate with the number of points used.
(Note 4) For the whole NC system, consider the characteristics of the drive units when the altitude is more than 1000
meters above sea level. Refer to the manual of drive unit for details.
(Note 5) 24V power input is not required for FCU8-KB931/KB941.
(Note 6) Current consumption for the I/O circuit needs to be separately calculated based on the number of points used
and its load.
Item
Unit name Keyboard unit Operation panel I/O unit Machine operation panel
Type
FCU8-KB026/KB028 : (8.4-type) FCU8-KB029 : (8.4-type/vertical
arrangement) FCU8-KB041/KB046 : (10.4-type) FCU8-KB047 : (10.4-type/vertical
arrangement) FCU8-KB048 : (10.4-type)
FCU8-KB083 : (15-type/vertical arrangement)
FCU8-DX731 FCU8-DX750 FCU8-DX760 FCU8-DX761
FCU8-DX834
FCU8-KB921/KB922/ KB925
FCU8-KB923/KB924/ KB926
FCU8-KB931/KB941
General Specifications
Ambient temperature
During operation
0 to 58C
During storage
-20 to 60C
Ambient humidity
Long term 10 to 75% RH (with no dew condensation)
Short term 10 to 95% RH (with no dew condensation) (Note 1)
Vibration resistance 4.9m/s2 or less
Shock resistance 29.4m/s2 or less
Working atmosphere No corrosive gases, dust or oil mist
Altitude Operation/Storage: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Transportation: 13000 meters or less above sea level
Power supply voltage 5VDC 5VDC/3.3VDC
24VDC 24VDC (Note 5) (Supply from Control Unit)
Current consumption — (Note 2) 0.3A (Note 6) 0.3A (Note 5)
Maximum heating value
(W) 1 4 (Note 3) 8 (Note 3) 7.2
Mass (kg)
FCU8-KB026/KB028 : 0.75 FCU8-KB029 :1.0
FCU8-KB041/KB046 : 0.8 FCU8-KB047 : 1.3 FCU8-KB048 : 1.4 FCU8-KB083 : 1.5
FCU8-DX731 : 0.3
FCU8-DX750 : 0.4
FCU8-DX760 : 0.5
FCU8-DX761 : 0.5
0.4
FCU8-KB921/KB922/ KB925 :
1.1 FCU8-KB923/KB924/
KB926 : 1.2
FCU8-KB931/KB941 : 0.5
Outline dimension WH
(mm)
FCU8-KB026/KB028 : 140200 FCU8-KB029 : 260140
FCU8-KB041/KB046 : 140220 FCU8-KB047 : 290160 FCU8-KB048 : 230220 FCU8-KB083 : 400140
116179
FCU8-KB921/KB922/ KB925 : 260140
FCU8-KB923/KB924/ KB926 : 290140
FCU8-KB931/KB941 : 140140
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
138IB-1501506-L
(Note 1) «Short term» means roughly within one month.
(Note 2) This value includes the maximum value of DO external load current (3.2A).
(Note 3) This value does not include DO external load current.
(Note 4) For the heating value of the I/O circuit, calculate with the number of points used.
(Note 5) For the whole NC system, consider the characteristics of the drive units when the altitude is more than 1000
meters above sea level. Refer to the manual of drive unit for details.
(Note 6) The maximum value including the heating value of analog input circuit.
Item
Unit name Remote I/O unit
Type FCU8-DX220/
DX230/ DX231
FCU8-DX202
FCU8-DX213/ DX213-1/ DX654/
DX654-1
FCU8-DX408 FCU8-DX409 FCU8-DX651
General Specifications
Ambient temperature
During operation
0 to 58C
During storage
-20 to 60C
Ambient humidity
Long term 10 to 75% RH (with no dew condensation)
Short term 10 to 95% RH
(with no dew condensation) (Note 1)
10 to 85% RH (with no dew
condensation) (Note 1)
Vibration resistance 4.9m/s2 or less
Shock resistance 29.4m/s2 or less
Working atmosphere No corrosive gases, dust or oil mist
Altitude Operation/Storage: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Transportation: 13000 meters or less above sea level
Power supply voltage 24VDC
Current consumption 3.5A (Note 2) 0.3A 0.3A (Note 3) 0.1A 0.2A 3.7A (Note 2)
Maximum heating value
(W) 8 (Note 4) 3 6 (Note 6) 8 (Note 4)
Mass (kg) 0.4 0.2 0.3 0.8
Outline dimension WHD
(mm) 40175133 40175119 40175130 40175109 40175130 104175115
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
139 IB-1501506-L
4.2.2 24VDC Stabilized Power Supply Selecting Conditions
Consider the following characteristics for the stabilized power supply, and select the power supply that complies with
laws, regulations, or safety standards of the country where the machine will be installed.
Item Specifications Remarks
Output
Voltage 24VDC When the stabilized power supply and 24VDC input unit are distant, select the stabilized power supply which is possible to set output voltage 24VDC or more allowing for the influence of voltage down by the cable.
Voltage fluctuation 5%
Current — Calculate the current value as a reference of maximum current consumption for the unit which uses the power supply.
Ripple noise 0.2V (P-P)
Output holding time min 20ms Output holding time is decided by loading ratio; however, the stabilized power supply which complies with the specification on the left must be selected during maximum loading.
Overcurrent output shutoff function
— Use a power supply having the overcurrent output shutoff function.
CAUTION
1. Using a stabilized power supply without overcurrent protection may cause the unit’s failure due to miswiring of
24V.
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
140IB-1501506-L
4.3 Environment Conditions [E80] 4.3.1 Installation Environment Conditions
(Note 1) «Short term» means roughly within one month.
(Note 2) The current consumption of the display unit is included in that of the control unit.
(Note 3) For the whole NC system, consider the characteristics of the drive units when the altitude is more than 1000
meters above sea level. Refer to the manual of drive unit for details.
(Note 4) When the display unit is mounted on an incline, the inclination angle to place the unit should be 30 degrees or
less from the vertical direction.
Item
Unit name Control unit Display unit
Type FCU8-MU513 FCU8-MU514
FCU8-DU121-13 : (8.4-type)
General Specifications
Ambient temperature
During operation
0 to 58C
During storage
-20 to 60C
Ambient humidity
Long term 10 to 75% RH (with no dew condensation)
Short term 10 to 95% RH (with no dew condensation) (Note 1)
Vibration resistance 4.9m/s2 or less
Shock resistance 29.4m/s2 or less
Working atmosphere No corrosive gases, dust or oil mist
Altitude Operation/Storage: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Transportation: 13000 meters or less above sea level
Power supply voltage 24VDC 12VDC/3.3VDC
(Supply from Control Unit)
Current consumption 2.5A — (Note 2)
Maximum heating value
(W) 12 6
Mass (kg) 1.1 FCU8-DU121-12 : 1.2 FCU8-DU141-32 : 1.7 FCU8-DU181-32 : 4
Outline dimension WHD or WH
(mm) 239.1173.475 260200
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
141 IB-1501506-L
(Note 1) «Short term» means roughly within one month.
(Note 2) The current consumption of the keyboard unit and the operation panel I/O unit (control section) are included in
that of the control unit. Current consumption for the I/O circuit needs to be separately calculated based on the
number of points used and its load.
(Note 3) For the heating value of the I/O circuit, calculate with the number of points used.
(Note 4) For the whole NC system, consider the characteristics of the drive units when the altitude is more than 1000
meters above sea level. Refer to the manual of drive unit for details.
(Note 5) 24V power input is not required for FCU8-KB941.
(Note 6) Current consumption for the I/O circuit needs to be separately calculated based on the number of points used
and its load.
Item
Unit name Keyboard unit Operation panel I/O unit Machine operation panel
Type FCU8-KB024 FCU8-KB025
FCU8-DX731 FCU8-DX750 FCU8-DX760 FCU8-DX761
FCU8-DX834 FCU8-KB922/KB925
FCU8-KB941
General Specifications
Ambient temperature
During operation
0 to 58C
During storage
-20 to 60C
Ambient humidity
Long term 10 to 75% RH (with no dew condensation)
Short term 10 to 95% RH (with no dew condensation) (Note 1)
Vibration resistance 4.9m/s2 or less
Shock resistance 29.4m/s2 or less
Working atmosphere No corrosive gases, dust or oil mist
Altitude Operation/Storage: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Transportation: 13000 meters or less above sea level
Power supply voltage 5VDC 5VDC/3.3VDC
24VDC 24VDC (Note 5) (Supply from Control Unit)
Current consumption — (Note 2) 0.3A (Note 6) 0.3A (Note 5)
Maximum heating value
(W) 1 4 (Note 3) 8 (Note 3) 7.2
Mass (kg) 0.75
FCU8-DX731 : 0.3
FCU8-DX750 : 0.4
FCU8-DX760 : 0.5
FCU8-DX761 : 0.5
0.4
FCU8-KB922/KB925 : 1.1
FCU8-KB941 : 0.5
Outline dimension WH
(mm) 140200 116179
FCU8-KB922/KB925 : 260140
FCU8-KB941 : 140140
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
142IB-1501506-L
(Note 1) «Short term» means roughly within one month.
(Note 2) This value includes the maximum value of DO external load current (3.2A).
(Note 3) This value does not include DO external load current.
(Note 4) For the heating value of the I/O circuit, calculate with the number of points used.
(Note 5) For the whole NC system, consider the characteristics of the drive units when the altitude is more than 1000
meters above sea level. Refer to the manual of drive unit for details.
(Note 6) The maximum value including the heating value of analog input circuit.
Item
Unit name Remote I/O unit
Type FCU8-DX220/
DX230/ DX231
FCU8-DX202 FCU8-DX213/
DX213-1 FCU8-DX408 FCU8-DX409
General Specifications
Ambient temperature
During operation
0 to 58C
During storage
-20 to 60C
Ambient humidity
Long term 10 to 75% RH (with no dew condensation)
Short term 10 to 95% RH (with no dew condensation) (Note 1)
Vibration resistance 4.9m/s2 or less
Shock resistance 29.4m/s2 or less
Working atmosphere No corrosive gases, dust or oil mist
Altitude Operation/Storage: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Transportation: 13000 meters or less above sea level
Power supply voltage 24VDC
Current consumption 3.5A (Note 2) 0.3A 0.3A (Note 3) 0.1A 0.2A
Maximum heating value
(W) 8 (Note 4) 3 6 (Note 6)
Mass (kg) 0.4 0.2 0.3
Outline dimension WHD
(mm) 40175133 40175119 40175130 40175109 40175130
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
143 IB-1501506-L
4.3.2 24VDC Stabilized Power Supply Selecting Conditions
Consider the following characteristics for the stabilized power supply, and select the power supply that complies with
laws, regulations, or safety standards of the country where the machine will be installed.
Item Specifications Remarks
Output
Voltage 24VDC When the stabilized power supply and 24VDC input unit are distant, select the stabilized power supply which is possible to set output voltage 24VDC or more allowing for the influence of voltage down by the cable.
Voltage fluctuation 5%
Current — Calculate the current value as a reference of maximum current consumption for the unit which uses the power supply.
Ripple noise 0.2V (P-P)
Output holding time min 20ms Output holding time is decided by loading ratio; however, the stabilized power supply which complies with the specification on the left must be selected during maximum loading.
Overcurrent output shutoff function
— Use a power supply having the overcurrent output shutoff function.
CAUTION
1. Using a stabilized power supply without overcurrent protection may cause the unit’s failure due to miswiring of
24V.
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
144IB-1501506-L
4.4 Control Unit [M800S]
4.4.1 FCU8-MU542 / FCU8-MA542 / FCU8-MU541 / FCU8-MA541
[Outline dimension]
[mm]
47
1 5
6
1 7
2 .4
1 7
3 .4
90
28
214.5
239.1
208
11
6
6
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
145 IB-1501506-L
4.5 Control Unit [M80]
4.5.1 FCU8-MU511 / FCU8-MU512 / FCU8-MU501 / FCU8-MU502
[Outline dimension]
[mm]
47
1 5
6
1 7
2 .4
1 7
3 .4
90
28
214.5
239.1
208
11
6
6
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
146IB-1501506-L
4.6 Control Unit [E80]
4.6.1 FCU8-MU513 / FCU8-MU514
[Outline dimension]
[mm]
47
1 5
6
1 7
2 .4
1 7
3 .4
90
28
214.5
239.1
208
11
6
6
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
147 IB-1501506-L
4.7 Display Unit [M800S]
4.7.1 10.4-type (FCU8-DU142-31/FCU8-DU141-31)
[Outline dimension]
(Note) The figure above shows the state with the control unit mounted.
Option relay unit not mounted
Option relay unit, FCU8-EX702 mounted
Option relay unit, FCU8-EX703 mounted
A (Space required for wiring)
110 114
290
2 2
0
9.5
[mm]
A
(Space required for wiring)
Top
Bottom
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
148IB-1501506-L
[Panel cut dimension]
0 .5
1 9
2 0
.3
2 0
6 0
.3
2760.3
20.2
(7) (7) 1
2 1
2
[mm] 290
277
2 0
7
2 2
0
2720.3
7 7
(7 )
(7 )
7 0
.2
4-C 2
4-M3
0.5
(Unit outline)
(U n
it o
u tl in
e )
(Square hole dimension)
(S q
u a
re h
o le
d im
e n
s io
n )
screw
4 — 4 holes
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
149 IB-1501506-L
4.7.2 15-type (FCU8-DU182-31/FCU8-DU181-31)
[Outline dimension: FCU8-DU182-31]
(Note) The figure above shows the state with the control unit mounted.
Option relay unit not mounted
Option relay unit, FCU8-EX702 mounted
Option relay unit, FCU8-EX703 mounted
A (Space required for wiring)
110 114
400
3 2
0
9.5
[mm]
A
(Space required for wiring)
Top
Bottom
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
150IB-1501506-L
[Outline dimension: FCU8-DU181-31]
(Note) The figure above shows the state with the control unit mounted.
Option relay unit not mounted
Option relay unit, FCU8-EX702 mounted
Option relay unit, FCU8-EX703 mounted
A (Space required for wiring)
110 114
400
3 2
0
9.5
[mm]
A
(Space required for wiring)
Top
Bottom
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
151 IB-1501506-L
[Panel cut dimension]
0 .5
1930.3 1
3 8
0
.3
3 0
2 0
.3
1 5
3 0
.3
1930.3
193.5
80.2 80.2
2 0
.2
(7) (7)
1 2
1 2
[mm]
a
a a a
a
a
a a a
a
b
b b
b
b b
b
b
400
387
3 0
7
3 2
0
1990.3 1830.3
1 5
4 0
.3
1 5
3 0
.3
1 8
5 77
13
26
7
(7 )
(7 )
7 0
.2
12-C 2
8-M3
(Unit outline)
(U n
it o
u tl in
e )
(Square hole dimension)
(S q
u a
re h
o le
d im
e n
s io
n )
10 — 4 holes
screw
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
152IB-1501506-L
4.8 Display Unit [M80]
4.8.1 8.4-type (FCU8-DU121-12)
[Outline dimension]
(Note 1) The 8.4-type display unit is incompatible with the touchscreen.
(Note 2) The figure above shows the state with the control unit mounted.
Option relay unit not mounted
Option relay unit, FCU8-EX702 mounted
Option relay unit, FCU8-EX703 mounted
A (Space required for wiring)
110 114
260
2 0
0
9.5
[mm]
A
(Space required for wiring)
Top
Bottom
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
153 IB-1501506-L
[Panel cut dimension]
0 .5
1 7
2 0
.3
1 8
6 0
.3
2460.3
20.2
(7) (7)
1 2
1 2
[mm] 260
247 1
8 7
2 0
0
2420.3
77
(7 )
(7 )
7 0 .2
4-C 2
4-M3
0.5
(Unit outline)
(U n
it o
u tl in
e )
(Square hole dimension) (S q
u a
re h
o le
d im
e n
s io
n )
screw
4 — 4 holes
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
154IB-1501506-L
4.8.2 10.4-type (FCU8-DU142-32/FCU8-DU141-32)
[Outline dimension]
(Note) The figure above shows the state with the control unit mounted.
Option relay unit not mounted
Option relay unit, FCU8-EX702 mounted
Option relay unit, FCU8-EX703 mounted
A (Space required for wiring)
110 114
290
2 2
0
9.5
[mm]
A
(Space required for wiring)
Top
Bottom
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
155 IB-1501506-L
[Panel cut dimension]
0 .5
1 9
2 0
.3
2 0
6 0
.3
2760.3
20.2
(7) (7)
1 2
1 2
[mm] 290
277
2 0
7
2 2
0
2720.3
7 7
(7 )
(7 )
7 0
.2
4-C 2
4-M3
0.5
(Unit outline)
(U n
it o
u tl in
e )
(Square hole dimension)
(S q
u a
re h
o le
d im
e n
s io
n )
screw
4 — 4 holes
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
156IB-1501506-L
4.8.3 15-type (FCU8-DU182-32/FCU8-DU181-32)
[Outline dimension: FCU8-DU182-32]
(Note) The figure above shows the state with the control unit mounted.
Option relay unit not mounted
Option relay unit, FCU8-EX702 mounted
Option relay unit, FCU8-EX703 mounted
A (Space required for wiring)
110 114
400
3 2
0
9.5
[mm]
A
Top
Bottom
(Space required for wiring)
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
157 IB-1501506-L
[Outline dimension: FCU8-DU181-32]
(Note) The figure above shows the state with the control unit mounted.
Option relay unit not mounted
Option relay unit, FCU8-EX702 mounted
Option relay unit, FCU8-EX703 mounted
A (Space required for wiring)
110 114
400
3 2
0
9.5
[mm]
A
(Space required for wiring)
Top
Bottom
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
158IB-1501506-L
[Panel cut dimension]
0 .5
1930.3
1 3
8 0
.3
3 0
2 0
.3
1 5
3 0
.3
1930.3
193.5
80.2 80.2
2 0
.2
(7) (7)
1 2
1 2
[mm]
a
a a a
a
a
a a a
a
b
b b
b
b b
b
b
400
387
3 0
7
3 2
0
1990.3 1830.3
1 5
4 0
.3
1 5
3 0
.3
1 8
5
77
13
26
7
(7 )
(7 )
7 0
.2
12-C 2
8-M3
(Unit outline)
(U n
it o
u tl in
e )
(Square hole dimension)
(S q
u a
re h
o le
d im
e n
s io
n )
10 — 4 holes
screw
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
159 IB-1501506-L
4.9 Display Unit [E80]
4.9.1 8.4-type (FCU8-DU121-13)
[Outline dimension]
(Note 1) The 8.4-type display unit is incompatible with the touchscreen.
(Note 2) The figure above shows the state with the control unit mounted.
Option relay unit not mounted
Option relay unit, FCU8-EX702 mounted
Option relay unit, FCU8-EX703 mounted
A (Space required for wiring)
110 114
260
2 0
0
9.5
[mm]
A
(Space required for wiring)
Top
Bottom
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
160IB-1501506-L
[Panel cut dimension]
0 .5
1 7
2 0
.3
1 8
6 0
.3
2460.3
20.2
(7) (7) 1
2 1
2
[mm] 260
247 1
8 7
2 0
0
2420.3
77
(7 )
(7 )
7 0 .2
4-C 2
4-M3
0.5
(Unit outline)
(U n
it o
u tl in
e )
(Square hole dimension) (S q
u a
re h
o le
d im
e n
s io
n )
screw
4 — 4 holes
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
161 IB-1501506-L
4.10 Keyboard Unit
4.10.1 Keyboard for 8.4-type Display Unit (FCU8-KB026)
[Outline dimension]
(Note) The above side view shows the state with the operation panel I/O unit mounted.
[Panel cut dimension]
140
2 0
0
9.5
[mm]
110
(Space required for wiring)
Top
Bottom
[mm]
1280.3
140
127
1260.3
0.5
1 8
7
1 7
3 0
.3
1 8
6 0
.3 (7
) (7
)
(7) (7)
9
1 3
9 1 3
(6.5)
3.53.5
0 .5
(6 .5
)
6 .5
0 .2
10.2 4-M3
2 0
0
(Unit outline)
(U n
it o
u tl in
e )
(Square hole
dimension)
(S q
u a
re h
o le
d im
e n
s io
n )
screw
4 —
4 holes
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
162IB-1501506-L
4.10.2 Keyboard for 8.4-type Display Unit (FCU8-KB028)
[Outline dimension]
(Note) The above side view shows the state with the operation panel I/O unit mounted.
[Panel cut dimension]
140
2 0
0
9.5
[mm]
110
(Space required for wiring)
Top
Bottom
[mm]
1280.3
140
127
1260.3
0.5
1 8
7
1 7
3 0
.3
1 8
6 0
.3 (7
) (7
)
(7) (7)
9
1 3
9 1 3
(6.5)
3.53.5
0 .5
(6 .5
)
6 .5
0 .2
10.2 4-M3
2 0
0
(Unit outline)
(U n
it o
u tl in
e )
(Square hole
dimension)
(S q
u a
re h
o le
d im
e n
s io
n )
screw
4 —
4 holes
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
163 IB-1501506-L
4.10.3 Keyboard for 8.4-type Display Unit (FCU8-KB029)
[Outline dimension]
(Note) The above side view shows the state with the operation panel I/O unit mounted.
[Panel cut dimension]
[mm]
260
1 4
0
9.5 110
(Space required for wiring)
Top
Bottom
[mm]
2480.3
260
247
2460.3
0.5
1 2
7
1 1 3 0 .3
1 2
6 0
.3 (7
) (7
)
(7) (7)
91 3
91 3
(6.5)
3.53.5
0 .5
(6 .5
)
6 .5
0 .2 10.2
4-M3
1 4
0
(Unit outline)
(U n
it o
u tl in
e )
(Square hole dimension)
(S q
u a
re h
o le
d im
e n
s io
n )
screw
4 — 4
holes
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
164IB-1501506-L
4.10.4 Keyboard for 10.4-type Display Unit (FCU8-KB041)
[Outline dimension]
(Note) The above side view shows the state with the operation panel I/O unit mounted.
[Panel cut dimension]
140
2 2
0
9.5
[mm]
110
(Space required for wiring)
Top
Bottom
[mm]
1280.3
140
127
1260.3
0.5
2 0
7
1 9
3 0
.3
2 0
6 0
.3 (7
) (7
)
(7) (7)
9 1 3
9 1 3
(6.5)
3.53.5
0 .5
(6 .5
)
6 .5
0
.2
10.2 4-M3
2 2
0
(Unit outline)
(U n
it o
u tl in
e )
(Square hole
dimension)
(S q
u a
re h
o le
d im
e n
s io
n )
screw
4 — 4
holes
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
165 IB-1501506-L
4.10.5 Keyboard for 10.4-type Display Unit (FCU8-KB046)
[Outline dimension]
(Note) The above side view shows the state with the operation panel I/O unit mounted.
[Panel cut dimension]
140
2 2
0
9.5
[mm]
110
(Space required for wiring)
Top
Bottom
[mm]
1280.3
140
127
1260.3
0.5
2 0
7
1 9
3 0
.3
2 0
6 0
.3 (7
) (7
)
(7) (7)
9 1 3
9 1 3
(6.5)
3.53.5
0 .5
(6 .5
)
6 .5
0
.2
10.2 4-M3
2 2
0
(Unit outline)
(U n
it o
u tl in
e )
(Square hole
dimension)
(S q
u a
re h
o le
d im
e n
s io
n )
screw
4 — 4
holes
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
166IB-1501506-L
4.10.6 Keyboard for 10.4-type Display Unit (FCU8-KB047)
[Outline dimension]
(Note) The above side view shows the state with the operation panel I/O unit mounted.
[Panel cut dimension]
290
1 6
0
9.5
[mm]
110
(Space required for wiring)
Top
Bottom
[mm]
2780.3
290
277
2760.3
0.5 1 4
7
1 3
3 0
.3
1 4
6 0
.3 (7
) (7
)
(7) (7)
9 1 3
9 1 3
(6.5)
3.53.5
0 .5
(6 .5
)
6 .5
0
.2
10.2 4-M3
1 6
0
(Unit outline)
(U n
it o
u tl in
e )
(Square hole dimension)
(S q
u a
re h
o le
d im
e n
s io
n )
screw
4 — 4
holes
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
167 IB-1501506-L
4.10.7 Keyboard for 10.4-type Display Unit (FCU8-KB048)
[Outline dimension]
(Note) The above side view shows the state with the operation panel I/O unit mounted.
[Panel cut dimension]
[mm]
230
2 2
0
9.5 110
(Space required for wiring)
Top
Bottom
[mm]
2180.3
230
217
2160.3
0.5
2 0
7
1 9
3 0
.3
2 0
6 0
.3 (7
) (7
)
(7) (7)
91 3
91 3
(6.5)
3.53.5
0 .5
(6 .5
)
6 .5
0 .2
10.2
4-M3
2 2
0
(Unit outline)
(U n
it o
u tl in
e )
(Square hole dimension)
(S q
u a
re h
o le
d im
e n
s io
n )
screw
4 — 4
holes
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
168IB-1501506-L
4.10.8 Keyboard for 15-type Display Unit (FCU8-KB083)
[Outline dimension]
(Note) The above side view shows the state with the operation panel I/O unit mounted.
[Panel cut dimension]
400
1 4
0
9.5
[mm]
110
(Space required for wiring)
Top
Bottom
[mm]
200.50.3
400
387
1930.3
193.5
1 2
7
1 1 3 0 .3
1 2
6 0
.3 (7
) (7
)
(7) (7)
9
1 3
9 1 3
(6.5)
3.53.5
0 .5
(6 .5
)
6 .5
0 .2
6-M3
1 4
0
187.50.3
1930.3
1 2
8 0
.3 (6
)
6.50.2 6.50.2
(6 )
3 .5
3 .54
4
9 18
1 0 .2
(Unit outline)
(U n
it o
u tl in
e )
(Square hole dimension)
(S q
u a
re h
o le
d im
e n
s io
n )
screw
8 —
4 h
ole s
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
169 IB-1501506-L
4.10.9 Keyboard for 8.4-type Display Unit (FCU8-KB024)
[Outline dimension]
(Note) The above side view shows the state with the operation panel I/O unit mounted.
[Panel cut dimension]
140
2 0
0
9.5
[mm]
110
(Space required for wiring)
Top
Bottom
[mm]
1280.3
140
127
1260.3
0.5
1 8
7
1 7
3 0
.3
1 8
6 0
.3 (7
) (7
)
(7) (7)
9
1 3
9 1 3
(6.5)
3.53.5
0 .5
(6 .5
)
6 .5
0 .2
10.2 4-M3
2 0
0
(Unit outline)
(U n
it o
u tl in
e )
(Square hole
dimension)
(S q
u a
re h
o le
d im
e n
s io
n )
screw
4 —
4 holes
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
170IB-1501506-L
4.10.10 Keyboard for 8.4-type Display Unit (FCU8-KB025)
[Outline dimension]
(Note) The above side view shows the state with the operation panel I/O unit mounted.
[Panel cut dimension]
140
2 0
0
9.5
[mm]
110
(Space required for wiring)
Top
Bottom
[mm]
1280.3
140
127
1260.3
0.5
1 8
7
1 7
3 0
.3
1 8
6 0
.3 (7
) (7
)
(7) (7)
9
1 3
9 1 3
(6.5)
3.53.5
0 .5
(6 .5
)
6 .5
0 .2
10.2 4-M3
2 0
0
(Unit outline)
(U n
it o
u tl in
e )
(Square hole
dimension)
(S q
u a
re h
o le
d im
e n
s io
n )
screw
4 —
4 holes
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
171 IB-1501506-L
4.11 Operation Panel I/O Unit 4.11.1 List of Units
(Note 1) The form of the CG31/CG32/CG35/CG36 connectors on FCU8-DX731 are the same as that of CJ38/CJ40/
CJ42 connectors on other units.
Be careful not to connect to a wrong connector.
See the descriptions below for more specific explanation on connections.
(Note 2) The connection method of DO (CG32/CG34) of FCU8-DX834 is different from other operation panel I/O units.
Be careful not to connect to a wrong connector. See the descriptions mentioned in the later section for more
specific explanation on connections.
Classification Type Components Remarks
DI 24V/0V common input [64 points] DO Source output [48 points] AO Analog output [1 point]
FCU8-DX731 (Note 1)
Base card RIO 2.0 terminator connector (R2-TM)
DI: 64-points 24V/0V common type DO: 48-points source type (200mA/point) AO: 1 point Manual pulse generator input: 2ch Control unit I/F Keyboard unit I/F Remote I/O 2.0 I/F RIO occupied stations (fixed): 1, 3, 7 to 12, 20 to 22 RIO extensible stations: 2, 4 to 6, 13 to 19, 23 to 64
DI 24V/0V common input [96 points] DO Source output [64 points]
FCU8-DX750 Base card RIO 2.0 terminator connector (R2-TM)
DI: 96-points 24V/0V common type DO: 64-points source type (200mA/point) Manual pulse generator input: 3ch Control unit I/F Keyboard unit I/F Remote I/O 2.0 I/F RIO occupied stations (fixed): 1 to 3, 7 to 12, 20 to 22 RIO extensible stations: 4 to 6, 13 to 19, 23 to 64
DI 24V/0V common input [96 points] DO Source output [96 points]
FCU8-DX760 Base card Add-on card RIO 2.0 terminator connector (R2-TM)
DI: 96-points 24V/0V common type DO: 96-points source type (200mA/point) Manual pulse generator input: 3ch Control unit I/F Keyboard unit I/F Remote I/O 2.0 I/F RIO occupied stations (fixed): 1 to 4, 7 to 12, 20 to 22 RIO extensible stations: 5, 6, 13 to 19, 23 to 64
DI 24V/0V common input [96 points] DO Source output [64 points] AI Analog input [1 point] AO Analog output [1 point]
FCU8-DX761 Base card Add-on card RIO 2.0 terminator connector (R2-TM)
DI: 96-points 24V/0V common type DO: 64-points source type (200mA/point) AI: 1 point AO: 1 point Manual pulse generator input: 3ch Control unit I/F Keyboard unit I/F Remote I/O 2.0 I/F RIO occupied stations (fixed): 1 to 5, 7 to 12, 20 to 22 RIO extensible stations: 6, 13 to 19, 23 to 64
DI 24V/0V common input [64 points] DO Source output [64 points] Scan input [64 points] Scan output [64 points]
FCU8-DX834 (Note 2)
Base card Add-on card RIO 2.0 terminator connector (R2-TM)
DI: 64-points 24V/0V common type DO: 64-points source type (200mA/point) Scan input: 64 points Scan output: 64 points Manual pulse generator input: 3ch Keyboard unit I/F Remote I/O 2.0 I/F RIO occupied stations (fixed): 1 to 4, 7 to 14, 20 to 22 RIO extensible stations: 5, 6, 15 to 19, 23 to 64
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
172IB-1501506-L
4.11.2 FCU8-DX731 / FCU8-DX750 / FCU8-DX760 / FCU8-DX761 / FCU8-DX834
[Outline dimension : FCU8-DX731]
[Outline dimension : FCU8-DX750]
[mm]
116
1 7
9
99 (Space required for wiring)
[mm]
116
1 7
9
99 (Space required for wiring)
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
173 IB-1501506-L
[Outline dimension : FCU8-DX760]
[Outline dimension : FCU8-DX761]
[mm]
116 1
7 9
99 (Space required for wiring)
[mm]
116
1 7
9
99 (Space required for wiring)
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
174IB-1501506-L
[Outline dimension : FCU8-DX834]
[mm]
116
1 7
9
99 (Space required for wiring)
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
175 IB-1501506-L
[Installation dimension: FCU8-DX731 / FCU8-DX750 / FCU8-DX760 / FCU8-DX761 / FCU8-DX834]
(Note) The unit thickness of the fixed part with screws is 16.6mm.
Select the fixing screws having the length suitable for the thickness.
1 7
1 0
.3 (5)
(4 )
1060.3 (4
) (5)
[mm]
4-M3 screw
116 (Unit outline) 1
7 9
( U
n it o
u tl in
e )
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
176IB-1501506-L
4.12 Remote I/O Unit
Types of signals described on the list of units can be input/output from the remote I/O unit (FCU8-DXxxx) according to
the type and No. of contacts. Remote I/O units are used by being connected to the control unit or the operation panel I/O
unit.
Multiple remote I/O units can be used as long as the total number of occupied stations is 64 or less.
(Note) The maximum connectable number of remote I/O units is 32.
4.12.1 List of Units
Classification Type Components Remarks
DI 24V/0V common input [32 points] DO Source output [32 points]
FCU8-DX220 Base card RIO 2.0 connector set
DI: 32-points 24V/0V common type Do: 32-points source type (200mA/point) Number of occupied stations: 1
DI 24V/0V common input [64 points] DO Source output [48 points]
FCU8-DX230 Base card RIO 2.0 connector set
DI: 64-points 24V/0V common type DO: 48-points source type (200mA/point) Number of occupied stations: 2
DI 24V/0V common input DO Source output [48 points] AO Analog output [1 point]
FCU8-DX231 Base card RIO 2.0 connector set
DI: 64-points 24V/0V common type DO: 48-points source type (200mA/point) AO: 1 point Number of occupied stations: 2
AI Analog input [4 points] AO Analog output [1 point]
FCU8-DX202 Base card RIO 2.0 connector set
AI : 4 points AO: 1 point Number of occupied stations: 1
DI 0V common input [16 points] DO Source output (large capacity) [8 points]
FCU8-DX213 Base card RIO 2.0 connector set
DI: 16-points 0V common type (3mA/point) DO: 8-points source type (2A/point) Number of occupied stations: 1
DI 0V common input [16 points] DO Source output (large capacity) [8 points]
FCU8-DX213-1 Base card RIO 2.0 connector set
DI: 16-points 0V common type (9mA/point) DO: 8-points source type (2A/point) Number of occupied stations: 1
Safety DI 0V common input [8 points] Safety DO Source output (large capacity) [4 points]
FCU8-DX654 Base card RIO 2.0 connector set
Safety DI: 8-points 0V common type (3mA/point) Safety DO: 4-points source type (2A/point) Number of occupied stations: 2
Safety DI 0V common input [8 points] Safety DO Source output (large capacity) [4 points]
FCU8-DX654-1 Base card RIO 2.0 connector set
Safety DI: 8-points 0V common type (9mA/point) Safety DO: 4-points source type (2A/point) Number of occupied stations: 2
DI 24V/0V common input [32points] DO Source output [32 points] Safety DI 0V common input [8 points] (Note 1) Safety relay output [4 points] (Note 2)
FCU8-DX651 Base card Add-on card RIO 2.0 connector set
DI: 32-points 24V/0V common type Do: 32-points source type (200mA/point) Safety DI: 8-points 0V common type Safety relay: 4-points (non-voltage contact) Relay contact welding detection Number of occupied stations: 3 (Note 1) Safety DI uses 16 points of terminal because of the duplication wiring. (Note 2) Safety relay output uses 8 points of terminal because of the duplication wiring.
Thermistor input [12 points] FCU8-DX408 Base card RIO 2.0 connector set
Thermistor input: 12 points Number of occupied stations: 3
Multi-analog input [4 points] (Note 3) FCU8-DX409 Base card RIO 2.0 connector set
Multi-analog input: 4 points (Note 3) Voltage input, current input, thermocouple input and resistance temperature detector input are selected for each CH. Number of occupied stations: 4
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
177 IB-1501506-L
4.12.2 FCU8-DX220 / FCU8-DX230 / FCU8-DX231 / FCU8-DX202 / FCU8-DX213 / FCU8-DX213-1 / FCU8-DX654 / FCU8-DX654-1 / FCU8-DX651/ FCU8-DX408 / FCU8-DX409
[Outline dimension : FCU8-DX220]
[Outline dimension : FCU8-DX230]
(S p
a c e
r e
q u
ir e
d a
b o
v e
t h
e u
n it )
(S p
a c e
r e
q u
ir e
d b
e lo
w t h
e u
n it )
(Space
required for
wiring)
Top
Bottom
40
1 6
8 2
.5
45 115
4
[mm]
3 0
3 0
(S p
a c e
r e
q u
ir e
d a
b o
v e
t h
e u
n it )
(S p
a c e
r e
q u
ir e
d b
e lo
w t h
e u
n it )
(Space
required for
wiring)
Top
Bottom
40
1 6
8 2
.5
45 115
4
[mm]
3 0
3 0
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
178IB-1501506-L
[Outline dimension : FCU8-DX231]
[Outline dimension : FCU8-DX202]
(S p
a c e
r e
q u
ir e
d a
b o
v e
t h
e u
n it )
(S p
a c e
r e
q u
ir e
d b
e lo
w t h
e u
n it )
(Space
required for
wiring)
Top
Bottom
40
1 6
8 2
.5
45 115
4 [mm]
3 0
3 0
40
1 6
8 2
.5
115
4
[mm]
(Space required for
wiring)
(S p
a c e
r e
q u
ir e
d a
b o
v e
t h
e u
n it )
(S p
a c e
r e
q u
ir e
d b
e lo
w t h
e u
n it )
Top
Bottom
80 3
0 3
0
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
179 IB-1501506-L
[Outline dimension : FCU8-DX213]
[Outline dimension : FCU8-DX213-1]
(S p
a c e
r e
q u
ir e
d a
b o
v e
t h
e u
n it )
(S p
a c e
r e
q u
ir e
d b
e lo
w t h
e u
n it )
(Space
required for
wiring)
Top
Bottom
40 1
6 8
2 .5
45 115 4
[mm]
3 0
3 0
(S p
a c e
r e
q u
ir e
d a
b o
v e
t h
e u
n it )
(S p
a c e
r e
q u
ir e
d b
e lo
w t h
e u
n it ) (Space
required for
wiring)
Top
Bottom
40
1 6
8 2
.5
45 115
4
[mm] 3
0 3
0
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
180IB-1501506-L
[Outline dimension : FCU8-DX654]
[Outline dimension : FCU8-DX654-1]
(S p
a c e
r e
q u
ir e
d a
b o
v e
t h
e u
n it )
(S p
a c e
r e
q u
ir e
d b
e lo
w t h
e u
n it )
(Space
required for
wiring)
Top
Bottom
40
1 6
8 2
.5
45 115
4 [mm]
3 0
3 0
(S p
a c e
r e
q u
ir e
d a
b o
v e
t h
e u
n it )
(S p
a c e
r e
q u
ir e
d b
e lo
w t h
e u
n it )
(Space
required for
wiring)
Top
Bottom
40
1 6
8 2
.5
45 115
4
[mm]
3 0
3 0
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
181 IB-1501506-L
[Outline dimension : FCU8-DX651]
[Outline dimension : FCU8-DX408]
100 1
6 8
115 [mm]
45 2
.5 4
4
(Space
required for
wiring) Top
Bottom
(Space
required for
wiring)Top
Bottom
40
1 6
8 2
.5
45 109
4
[mm]
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
182IB-1501506-L
[Outline dimension : FCU8-DX409]
(Space
required for
wiring)Top
Bottom
40
1 6
8 2
.5
45 115
4 [mm]
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
183 IB-1501506-L
[Installation dimension : FCU8-DX220 / FCU8-DX230 / FCU8-DX231 / FCU8-DX202 /
FCU8-DX213 / FCU8-DX213-1 / FCU8-DX654 / FCU8-DX654-1 / FCU8-DX408 / FCU8-DX409]
[Installation dimension : FCU8-DX651]
[mm]
1 5
6
0 .2
6
6
(Unit outline)
40
1 6
8
2-M5 Screw
4
(U n
it o
u tl in
e )
(U n
it o
u tl in
e )
[mm]
1 5
6
0 .2
4 1
6 8
88 0.2
100
6
6
4
3-M5 Screw
(U n
it o
u tl in
e )
(U n
it o
u tl in
e )
(Unit outline)
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
184IB-1501506-L
4.13 Functional Safety Expansion Unit
4.13.1 Functional Safety Expansion Unit (FCU8-EX133)
[Outline dimension]
23.4
[mm]
118.2
1 2
9 .3
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
185 IB-1501506-L
4.14 Function Expansion Unit
4.14.1 CC-Link (FCU8-EX561)
[Outline dimension]
3094.6
1 2
4
[mm]
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
186IB-1501506-L
4.14.2 PROFIBUS-DP (FCU8-EX563)
[Outline dimension]
3094.6
1 2
4
[mm]
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
187 IB-1501506-L
4.14.3 CC-Link IE Field (FCU8-EX564)
[Outline dimension]
3094.6
1 2
4
[mm]
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
188IB-1501506-L
4.14.4 EtherNet/IP (FCU8-EX565)
[Outline dimension]
3094.6
1 2
4
[mm]
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
189 IB-1501506-L
4.14.5 FL-net (FCU8-EX568)
[Outline dimension]
3094.6
1 2
4
[mm]
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
190IB-1501506-L
4.14.6 Vibration Cutting Expansion Unit (FCU8-EX744)
[Outline dimension]
3094.6
1 2
4
[mm]
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
191 IB-1501506-L
4.14.7 Option Relay Unit (FCU8-EX702)
[Outline dimension]
50
94.6
1 3
4 .9
[mm]
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
192IB-1501506-L
4.14.8 Option Relay Unit (FCU8-EX703)
[Outline dimension]
78.4
99
1 3
4 .9
[mm]
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
193 IB-1501506-L
4.15 Manual Pulse Generator
4.15.1 5V Manual Pulse Generator (UFO-01-2Z9)
100 pulse/rev
[Outline dimension]
[Panel cut dimension]
Produced by NIDEC NEMICON CORPORATION
3-M4
[mm]
0
10
2 0
3 0
40
50
60
7 0
8 0
90
0V A B
8 0
.5
6 0
61 62 6
R 4
3
5 6
5 8
7 7
8.89 7.6 M3 x 6
5V
Gasket
Above size only
72 at equal pitch
Panel cut diameter
studIndex
Top
Bottom
[mm]
72
62
at equal pitch
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
194IB-1501506-L
4.15.2 12V Manual Pulse Generator (HD60C)
25 pulse/rev
[Outline dimension]
[Panel cut dimension]
3.6
16 27 0.5
L10
8.89 7.60
t 2.0 3-M4
7 7
0 .5
8 0
1
5 8
0 .5
6 0
0 .5
[mm]
24 0.5
5 6
0 .5
Installation of screws
stud bolt Packing
other than M3 x 6 not possible
Top
Bottom
BA0V12V
40
30
50 60
70
10
20
90 0
80
3 — 4. 8
62 +2 0
72 0. 2
120
[mm]
(Divide equally
by three)
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
195 IB-1501506-L
4.16 Synchronous Feed Encoder
4.16.1 Synchronous Feed Encoder (OSE-1024-3-15-68)
[Outline dimension]
19. 5
102
135
5 3
33
2
68
28
20
56
68
4 — 5. 4
21mm
14. 3 0
— 0.11
1. 15 +0.14
0 1. 15 +0.14
0
2
26
16
50
15- 0.006 — 0.017
— 0. 009 — 0. 025
2
5 — 0. 012 — 0. 042
3 + 0 . 1
0
6 8
5 6
50
— 0 . 0 0 9
— 0 . 0 2 5
[mm]
Caution plate
hole
Enlarged drawing of key
Valid depth of key groove is
Cross section BB
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
196IB-1501506-L
[Connector]
Connector pin assignment
Pin Function Pin Function
A A phase K 0V
B Z phase L —
C B phase M —
D — N A phase reverse
E Case grounding P Z phase reverse
F — R B phase reverse
G — S —
H +5V T —
J —
F J
T
G
L
K
M
H
C
D
E RS
P N
B
A
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
197 IB-1501506-L
4.17 Machine Operation Panel
4.17.1 Main Panel A , B (FCU8-KB921 / FCU8-KB922 / FCU8-KB925 , FCU8-KB923 / FCU8-KB924 / FCU8-KB926)
[Outline dimension : FCU8-KB921]
[Outline dimension : FCU8-KB922]
[Outline dimension : FCU8-KB925]
[mm]
260
1 4
0
9.5 60
(Space required
for wiring)
Top
Bottom
[mm]
260
1 4
0
9.5 60
(Space required
for wiring)
Top
Bottom
[mm]
260
1 4
0
9.5 60
(Space required
for wiring)
Top
Bottom
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
198IB-1501506-L
[Outline dimension : FCU8-KB923]
[Outline dimension : FCU8-KB924]
[Outline dimension : FCU8-KB926]
[mm]
290
1 4
0
9.5 60
(Space required
for wiring)
Top
Bottom
[mm]
290
1 4
0
9.5 60
(Space required
for wiring)
Top
Bottom
[mm]
290
1 4
0
9.5 60
(Space required
for wiring)
Top
Bottom
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
199 IB-1501506-L
[Panel cut dimension : FCU8-KB921 / FCU8-KB922 / FCU8-KB925]
[Panel cut dimension : FCU8-KB923 / FCU8-KB924 / FCU8-KB926]
[mm]
2480.3
260
247
2460.3
0.5
1 2
7
1 1
3 0
.3
1 2
6 0
.3 (7
) (7
)
(7) (7) 91 3
91 3
(6.5)
3.53.5
0 .5
(6 .5
)
6 .5
0
.2 10.2
4-M3
1 4
0
(6.5)
(6 .5
)
(Unit outline)
(U n
it o
u tl in
e )
(Square hole dimension)
(S q
u a
re h
o le
d im
e n
s io
n )
screw
4 — 4
holes
[mm]
2780.3
290
277
2760.3
0.5
1 2
7
1 1
3 0
.3
1 2
6 0
.3 (7
) (7
)
(7) (7)
91 3
91 3
(6.5)
3.53.5
0 .5
(6 .5
)
6 .5
0
.2 10.2
4-M3
1 4
0
(6.5)
(6 .5
)
(Unit outline)
(U n
it o
u tl in
e )
(Square hole dimension)
(S q
u a
re h
o le
d im
e n
s io
n )
screw
4 — 4
holes
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
200IB-1501506-L
[Letter label dimension : FCU8-KB922 / FCU8-KB924]
Clear key top
Letter label
(Material: PET or equivalent, t = 0.125 or less)
Example of a letter
12.8 or less 9
.8 o
r le
s s
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
201 IB-1501506-L
4.17.2 Sub Panel A (FCU8-KB931 / FCU8-KB941)
[Outline dimension : FCU8-KB931]
[Outline dimension : FCU8-KB941]
[Panel cut dimension : FCU8-KB931 / FCU8-KB941]
[mm]
140
1 4
0
9.5 70
(Space required for
wiring)
Top
Bottom
[mm]
140
1 4
0
9.5 70
(Space required for
wiring)
Top
Bottom
[mm]
1280.3
140
127
1260.3
0.5
1 2
7
1 1
3 0
.3
1 2
6 0
.3 (7
) (7
)
(7) (7)
91 3
91 3
(6.5)
3.53.5
0 .5
(6 .5
)
6 .5
0
.2 10.2
4-M3
1 4
0
(Unit outline)
(U n
it o
u tl in
e )
(Square hole dimension)
(S q
u a
re h
o le
d im
e n
s io
n )
screw
4 — 4
holes
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
202IB-1501506-L
4.18 Handy Terminal
(Note 1) «Short term» means within one month.
(Note 2) The unit is an IP65F equivalent.
Item Unit name Handy terminal
Type HG1T-SB12UH-MK1346-L5
General Specifications
Ambient temperature
During operation 0 to 40
During storage -20 to 60
Ambient humidity
Long term: 10 to 75% RH (with no dew condensation)
Short term: 10 to 95% RH (with no dew condensation) (Note 1)
Vibration resistance
During operation 9.8m/s2 [1.0G] or less, 10 to 55Hz
Shock resistance
During storage 98m/s2 [10.0G] or less
Working atmosphere
No corrosive gases, dust or oil mist
Power specifications
Power voltage 24VDC5% Ripple noise 240mV (P-P)
Current consumption
(max.) 0.2A
Instantaneous stop tolerance time
24VDC: 4ms or less
Others Heating value 4W (max.)
Mass 0.6kg
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
203 IB-1501506-L
Dimension and names of parts
(Note) Do not press multiple switches simultaneously: When three or more switches are pressed simultaneously,
unpressed switches are also detected as pressed ones.
No. Name Function/ Specification No. Name Function/ Specification
(1) LCD Monochrome display with backlight 192(W) 64(H) dots
(7) HOST Host interface connector (DDK: 17JE-23250-02(D8A6))
(2) SW1
Emergency stop switch Contact rating/ Contact: 24VDC, 1A Contact configuration: 2b contacts (IDEC Corporation: HA1E- V2S2VR)
(8) — Host interface cable (5m)
(3) — Membrane switch (Note) (9) — Simplified hand strap (IDEC Corporation: HG9Z-PS1)
(4) SW2
Enable switch Contact rating/ Contact: 24VDC, 50mA Contact configuration: 3 position contact 2 (OFF-ON-OFF) (IDEC Corporation: HE3B-M2)
(10) — Panel hanging fitting (IDEC Corporation: HG9Z-TK1)
(5) SW4
Manual pulse generator Output: Open collector 4.7k pull-up resistor is connected. (TOKYO SOKUTEIKIZAI CO., LTD: RE19PH50C16RR)
(11) — Serial number plate
(6) SW6 Selector switch
133
255
90
46.7
38
51
11.515
(2)
(5)
(6)
(3)
(1)
(4)
(8)
(7)
(9)
(11)(10)
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
204IB-1501506-L
4.19 Thermistor 4.19.1 Thermistor(PT3C-51F-M2)
[Outline dimension]
Made by SHIBAURA ELECTRONICS Co., Ltd.
Ambient temperature -10 to + 190
Insulation resistance 100M or more at 500VDC [between case and lead wire]
25010
3
123
4.5
[mm]
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
205 IB-1501506-L
4.20 Exclusive SD Cards
(Note 1) SLC stands for Single Level Cell, and it stores one bit data in each memory cell.
This provides longer life span and high product reliability in comparison with MLC (Multi Level Cell), which is
commonly applied to SD cards.
(Note 2) Do not touch the terminal part with fingers, etc. when handling the SD cards.
The contamination of the terminal part of SD card causes a contact failure or a trouble.
Item FCU8-SD001G FCU8-SD004G
Capacity 1GB 4GB
NAND Flash SLC (Note 1)
Ambient temperature During operation -25 to +85
During storage -40 to +85
Ambient humidity During operation 5% to 95%RH (with no dew condensation)
During storage 5% to 95%RH (with no dew condensation)
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
206IB-1501506-L
4.21 Specifications and Precautions of USB/SD/LAN Interface
4.21.1 USB Interface (Memory I/F card)
(Note 1) Data transfer speed is the theoretical value on the standard, and the actual speed will be inferior to the value
listed above. The transfer speed may be restrained depending on the specification of the connected device.
(Note 2) Do not connect the devices other than the USB memory.
(1) Precautions for insertion/removal of USB memory
When inserting/removing an USB memory, turn the MITSUBISHI device’s power OFF. Do not pull out the USB
memory or turn OFF the power during access to the USB memory. Failure to observe this could cause the memory
contents to be erased.
When Inserting/removing a USB memory, be sure to have enough interval to perform that (about 10 seconds or
more).
In case of emergency, always perform backups by having your important data duplicate, etc. as MITSUBISHI will
not guarantee the broken or lost data.
(2) Precaution for operation with front-side USB memory
A USB memory to be used has to be supported USB2.0 Hi-Speed (480Mbps).
When connecting the USB memory, connect it directly without using the extension cable or USB hub.
Machine vibration may cause the USB memory to fall out depending on environment. Therefore, the operation with
the front-side USB memory is required to be performed on your own responsibility.
M800S / M80
Standards USB2.0
Data transfer speed (Note)
High Speed (480Mbps) Full Speed (12Mbps) Low Speed (1.5Mbps)
Power supply to USB device
Supply voltage: 5V 5% Supply current: Max. 500mA/port
Number of free ports Front X 1
Max. cable length 5m
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
207 IB-1501506-L
4.21.2 SD Interface (Memory I/F card)
(Note) SDXC is not supported.
(1) Precautions for use of commercially available SD card
MITSUBISHI will not provide performance guarantee and maintenance for commercially available SD card, mini SD
card or micro SD card (requires converting adapter). In case of using one of them, careful performance check must
be required by the machine tool builder.
Commercially available devices may not be compatible with MITSUBISHI units or suitable FA environment for
temperature- or noise-wise.
(2) Precautions for insertion/removal of SD card
When inserting/removing an SD card, turn the MITSUBISHI device’s power OFF. Do not pull out the card or turn
OFF the power during access to the SD card. Failure to observe this could cause the memory contents to be
erased.
In case of emergency, always perform backups by having your important data duplicate, etc. as MITSUBISHI will
not guarantee the broken or lost data.
4.21.3 LAN Interface (Control Unit)
(Note 1) Data transfer speed is the theoretical value on the standard, and the actual speed will be inferior to the value
listed above. The transfer speed may be restrained depending on the specification of the connected device.
(Note 2) When using half-duplex communication, the response time may become long depending on the connected
device.
Use full-duplex communication to connect with the opposite device via a switching HUB.
(1) Precautions for selection of LAN cable
Make sure to select the LAN cables which are «category 5e or above» and «shielded». Cable wire material with
double shielded, which is appropriate for FA environment., is recommended.
M800S / M80
Standards SD/SDHC (Note)
Transfer speed According to the connecting SD card
Capacity 32GB
Number of free ports Front X 1, Rear X 1
M800S/M80
Standards 100BASE-TX / 10BASE-T
Data transfer speed (Note 1)
100Mbps / 10Mbps
Number of free ports Control unit 2
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (M800S/M80/E80 Series)
208IB-1501506-L
209 IB-1501506-L
C80 Series
Hardware
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
210IB-1501506-L
211 IB-1501506-L
1
System Basic Configuration (C80 Series)
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
1 System Basic Configuration (C80 Series)
212IB-1501506-L
1.1 System Basic Configuration Drawing
(Note) The supported versions of the GT Designer3 are as follows:
SVGA: Version 1.155M or later
VGA: Version 1.165X or later
GX Works3 Version 1.025B or later is required.
CNC CPU
R16NCCPU-S1
RnCPU
LED
GT Designer3
GX Works3
NC Analyzer2
EMG
SKIP
MPG
GOT2000 Series (SVGA, VGA)
SD card
Ethernet connection
PLC CPU Rotary switch
Optical communication
Drive unit
213 IB-1501506-L
2
General Connection Diagram (C80 Series)
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
2 General Connection Diagram (C80 Series)
214IB-1501506-L
(Note 1) HD60C (12VDC) requires another power source 12VDC.
(Note 2) A CPU module can be mounted on the CPU slot of the base unit or the slot No. 0 to 6. A slot between CPU
modules can be left empty for reservation. Note that you cannot mount an I/O module or intelligent function
module on a slot between CPU modules.
EMG
FG
R lO
1
P L
C IO
N C
IO
R IO
2
EMG DISPLAY I/F
M P
G
C N
1
E X
T l/ F
R lO
MPG#1
ACIN/DCIN
AC/DC
H300
H010
H401
H101
H501 H501
R16NCCPU-S1
J303
FA-CBLxxFMV-M
R173SXY
MPG#3MPG#2
R lO
1
P L
C IO
N C
IO
R IO
2
R173SXY
R lO
1
P L
C IO
N C
IO
R IO
2
R173SXY
H501
SKIP
TU l/F
SW
MPG TERMINAL DCIN
H310
MPG#2
MPG#3
MPG#1
DClN
DClN
FA-TBS40P
FA-TBS40P
Machine I/O /Operation panel
Manual Pulse Generator
Drive Units
Power
Unit
MELSEC iQ-R I/O Module
/ Intelligent Module
CPU Module
/ Network Module
UFO-01-2Z9 (5VDC)
(Note1)
cable
(Max:20m)
cable (Max:0.5m)
cable
(Max:20m)
cable
Cable
cable
(Max:20m)
cable
(Max:5m)
Cable G020 (5VDC, 1ch, Max:15m)
G021 (5VDC, 2ch, Max:15m)
G022 (5VDC, 3ch, Max:15m)
F020 (12VDC, 1ch, Max:45m)
F021 (12VDC, 2ch, Max:45m)
F022 (12VDC, 3ch, Max:45m)
Dotted lines indicate the sections prepared by the machine tool builder.
Used with connector. Cannot be used with cable H300 at the same time
Cable for terminal block
(Max:5m)
Terminal block type
24VDC
24VDC or
100 to 240VAC
Source Power
UFO-01-2Z9 (5VDC)
24VDC
Dual Signal Module
Terminal block type
24VDC
Display module
GOT2000 Series
HD60C (12VDC)
(Max:20m)
PLC
CPU
Module
CPU/
Net-
work
Module
#1
Dual
Signal
Module
CNCCPU
Module
Manual Pulse Generator 3CH
SKIP signals. 4 points (24VDC)
/ Manual Pulse Generator 2CH
Specifications including unit names, cable
names, and maximum lengths of cables are
subject to change without notice. Always
confirm these details before placing an order.
cable
24VDC or
100 to 240VAC
Basic
Base
CPU/
Net-
work
Module
#2
Dual
Signal
Module
Dual
Signal
Module
I/O
Module
#5
I/O
Module
#4
I/O
Module
#3
I/O
Module
#2
I/O
Module
#1
I/O
Module
#6
G380 (Max:30m, for wiring outside the panel)
J395 (Max:10m, for wiring outside the panel)
J396 (Max:10m, for wiring inside the panel)
cable
Signal splitter
FCU7-HN387
SKIP signals. 4 points (24VDC)
cable
(Max:15m)
24VDC (Not used)
(12VDC) (Note1)
215 IB-1501506-L
3
List of Configuration (C80 Series)
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
3 List of Configuration (C80 Series)
216IB-1501506-L
3.1 CNC Control Unit (1) Basic base
(2) Power supply
(3) PLC CPU
(4) CNC CPU module
(5) Input module
(a) AC
(b) DC (positive/negative common type)
Model name Remarks Reference
R35B 5 slots: for mounting MELSEC iQ-R series module MELSEC iQ-R Module Configuration Manual (SH(NA)-081262)
R38B 8 slots: for mounting MELSEC iQ-R series module
R312B 12 slots: for mounting MELSEC iQ-R series module
Model name Remarks Reference
R61P AC power supply module input: AC100 to 240V, output: DC5V/6.5A
MELSEC iQ-R Module Configuration Manual (SH(NA)-081262)
R62P AC power supply module input: AC100 to 240V, output: DC5V/3.5A, DC24V/ 0.6A
R63P DC power supply module input: DC24V, output: DC5V/6.5A
R64P AC power supply module input: AC100 to 240V, output: DC5V/9A
Model name Remarks Reference
R04CPU Program capacity: 40k steps, Elementary operation processing speed (LD command): 0.98ns
MELSEC iQ-R CPU Module User’s Manual (Startup) (SH(NA)-081263) MELSEC iQ-R CPU Module User’s Manual (Application) (SH(NA)-081264)
R08CPU Program capacity: 80k steps, Elementary operation processing speed (LD command): 0.98ns
R16CPU Program capacity: 160k steps, Elementary operation processing speed (LD command): 0.98ns
R32CPU Program capacity: 320k steps, Elementary operation processing speed (LD command): 0.98ns
R120CPU Program capacity: 1200k steps, Elementary operation processing speed (LD command): 0.98ns
Model name Remarks
R16NCCPU-S1 CNC CPU module
Model name Remarks Reference
RX10 AC input: 16 points, AC100 to 120V (50/60Hz) MELSEC iQ-R I/O Module User’s Manual (SH(NA)-081247)
Model name Remarks Reference
RX40C7 DC input: 16 points, DC24V, 7.0mA
MELSEC iQ-R I/O Module User’s Manual (SH(NA)-081247)
RX41C4 DC input: 32 points, DC24V, 4.0mA
RX42C4 DC input: 64 points, DC24V, 4.0mA
RX41C4-TS DC input, 32 points, DC24V, 4.0mA, Spring clamp terminal block
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
3 List of Configuration (C80 Series)
217 IB-1501506-L
(6) Analog input module
(a) Voltage input module
(b) Current input module
(c) Voltage/current input module
(7) Output module
(a) Relay
(b) Triac
Model name Remarks Reference
R60ADV8 Voltage input module: 8CH DC-10 to 10V/-32000 to 32000 80s/CH
MELSEC iQ-R Analog-Digital Converter Module User’s Manual (Startup) (SH(NA)-081232) MELSEC iQ-R Analog-Digital Converter Module User’s Manual (Application) (SH(NA)-081233)
Model name Remarks Reference
R60ADI8 Current input module: 8CH DC0 to 20mA/0 to 32000 80s/CH
MELSEC iQ-R Analog-Digital Converter Module User’s Manual (Startup) (SH(NA)-081232) MELSEC iQ-R Analog-Digital Converter Module User’s Manual (Application) (SH(NA)-081233)
Model name Remarks Reference
R60AD4 Voltage/current input module: 4CH DC-10 to 10V/-32000 to 32000DC0 to 20mA/0 to 32000 80s/CH
MELSEC iQ-R Analog-Digital Converter Module User’s Manual (Startup) (SH(NA)-081232) MELSEC iQ-R Analog-Digital Converter Module User’s Manual (Application) (SH(NA)-081233)
Model name Remarks Reference
RY10R2 Relay output: 16 points, 24 V DC/2 A, 240 V AC/2 A MELSEC iQ-R I/O Module User’s Manual (SH(NA)-081247)RY18R2A Relay output, 8 points; 24 V DC/2 A, 240 V AC/2 A
Model name Remarks Reference
RY20S6 Triac output, 16 points: 100-240 VAC / 0.6A MELSEC iQ-R I/O Module User’s Manual (SH(NA)-081247)
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
3 List of Configuration (C80 Series)
218IB-1501506-L
(c) Transistor (sink type)
(d) Transistor (independent)
(8) Analog output module
Voltage output module
(b) Current output module
(c) Voltage/current output module
Model name Remarks Reference
RY40NT5P Transistor (sink type) output: 16 points, DC12 to 24V, 0.5A MELSEC iQ-R I/O Module User’s Manual (SH(NA)-081247)
RY41NT2P Transistor (sink type) output: 32 points, DC12 to 24V, 0.2A
RY42NT2P Transistor (sink type) output: 64 points, DC12 to 24V, 0.2A
Model name Remarks Reference
RY40PT5P Transistor (source type) output: 16 points, DC12 to 24V, 0.5A
MELSEC iQ-R I/O Module User’s Manual (SH(NA)-081247)
RY41PT1P Transistor (source type) output: 32 points, DC12 to 24V, 0.1A
RY42PT1P Transistor (source type) output: 64 points, DC12 to 24V, 0.1A
RY41PT1P-TS Transistor (source type) output: 32 points, DC12 to 24V, 0.1A, Spring clamp terminal block
Model name Remarks Reference
R60DAV8 Voltage output module: 8CH -32000 to 32000/DC-10 to 10V 80s/CH
MELSEC iQ-R Digital-Analog Converter Module User’s Manual (Startup) (SH(NA)-081235) MELSEC iQ-R Digital-Analog Converter Module User’s Manual (Application) (SH(NA)-081237)
Model name Remarks Reference
R60DAI8 Current input module: 8CH 0 to 32000/DC0 to 20mA 80s/CH
MELSEC iQ-R Digital-Analog Converter Module User’s Manual (Startup) (SH(NA)-081235) MELSEC iQ-R Digital-Analog Converter Module User’s Manual (Application) (SH(NA)-081237)
Model name Remarks Reference
R60DA4 Voltage/current input module: 4CH DC-10 to 10V/-32000 to 32000DC0 to 20mA/0 to 32000 80s/CH
MELSEC iQ-R Digital-Analog Converter Module User’s Manual (Startup) (SH(NA)-081235) MELSEC iQ-R Digital-Analog Converter Module User’s Manual (Application) (SH(NA)-081237)
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
3 List of Configuration (C80 Series)
219 IB-1501506-L
(9) Temperature adjustment
(a) Thermocouple
(b) Platinum RTD
Model name Remarks Reference
R60TCTRT2TT2 (R60TCTT4)
4 channels Thermocouple (K,J,T,B,S,E,R,N,U,L,PL ,W5Re/W26Re) Platinum RTD (Pt100,JPt100) Without heater disconnection detection Sampling period: 250ms/4channels, 500ms/4channels 18-point terminal block Channels are isolated Heating and cooling control
Temperature Control Module User’s Manual (Startup) (SH(NA)-081535) Temperature Control Module User’s Manual (Application) (SH(NA)-081536)
R60TCTRT2TT2BW (R60TCTT4BW)
4 channels Thermocouple (K,J,T,B,S,E,R,N,U,L,PL ,W5Re/W26Re) Platinum RTD (Pt100,JPt100) With heater disconnection detection Sampling period: 250ms/4channels, 500ms/4channels 2 units of 18-point terminal block Channels are isolated Heating and cooling control
Model name Remarks Reference
R60TCRT4
4 channels Platinum RTD (Pt100,JPt100) Without heater disconnection detection Sampling period: 250ms/4channels, 500ms/4channels 18-point terminal block Channels are isolated Heating and cooling control
Temperature Control Module User’s Manual (Startup) (SH(NA)-081535) Temperature Control Module User’s Manual (Application) (SH(NA)-081536)
R60TCRT4BW
4 channels Platinum RTD (Pt100,JPt100) With heater disconnection detection Sampling period: 250ms/4channels, 500ms/4channels 2 units of 18-point terminal block Channels are isolated Heating and cooling control
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
3 List of Configuration (C80 Series)
220IB-1501506-L
(10) High-speed counter module
(11) Ethernet
(12) Serial communication
(13) MES interface module
(14) CC-Link
Model name Remarks Reference
RD62P2 DC5/12/24V, input: 2CH Maximum counting speed: 200kpulse/s External output: transistor (sink type) MELSEC iQ-R High-Speed
Counter Module User’s Manual (Startup) (SH(NA)-081239) MELSEC iQ-R High-Speed Counter Module User’s Manual (Application) (SH(NA)-081241)
RD62D2 Differential-input: 2CH Maximum counting speed: 8Mpulse/s External output: transistor (sink type)
RD62P2E DC5/12/24V, input: 2CH Maximum counting speed: 200kpulse/s External output: transistor (source type)
Model name Remarks Reference
RJ71EN71
1Gbps/100Mbps/10Mbps: 2 ports Multi-network supported (Ethernet/CC-Link IE Field Network, CC-Link IE Controller Network (twisted pair cable))
MELSEC iQ-R Ethernet/CC-Link IE User’s Manual (Startup) (SH(NA)-081256) MELSEC iQ-R Ethernet User’s Manual (Application) (SH(NA)-081257) MELSEC iQ-R CC-Link IE Controller Network User’s Manual (Application) (SH(NA)-081258) MELSEC iQ-R CC-Link IE Field Network User’s Manual (Application) (SH(NA)-081259)
Model name Remarks Reference
RJ71C24 Max. 230.4kbps RS-232:1CHRS-422/485:1CH MELSEC iQ-R Serial Communication Module User’s Manual (Startup) (SH(NA)-081250) MELSEC iQ-R Serial Communication Module User’s Manual (Application) (SH(NA)-081251)
RJ71C24-R2 Max. 230.4kbps RS-232:2CH
RJ71C24-R4 Max. 230.4kbps RS-422/485:2CH
Model name Remarks Reference
RD81MES96N 1000BASE-T/100BASE-TX/10BASE-T Database dynamic link (MX ME Interface-R is separately required.)
MELSEC iQ-R MES Interface Module User’s Manual (Startup) (SH(NA)-081422) MELSEC iQ-R MES Interface Module User’s Manual (Application) (SH(NA)-081423)
Model name Remarks Reference
RJ61BT11 Max. 10Mbps master/local station CC-Link Ver.2 supported
MELSEC iQ-R CC-Link System Master/Local Module User’s Manual (Startup) (SH(NA)-081269) MELSEC iQ-R CC-Link System Master/Local Module User’s Manual (Application) (SH(NA)-081270)
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
3 List of Configuration (C80 Series)
221 IB-1501506-L
(15) CC-Link IE controller network
(16) CC-Link IE Field Network
(17) DeviceNet
(18) PROFIBUS-DP
(19) EtherNetI/P
(20) Extension base
Model name Remarks Reference
RJ71GP21-SX 1Gbps optical fiber cable control/normal station
MELSEC iQ-R Ethernet/CC-Link IE User’s Manual (Startup) (SH(NA)-081256) MELSEC iQ-R CC-Link IE Controller Network User’s Manual (Application) (SH(NA)-081258)
Model name Remarks Reference
RJ71GF11-T2 1Gbps master/local station
MELSEC iQ-R Ethernet/CC-Link IE User’s Manual (Startup) (SH(NA)-081256) MELSEC iQ-R CC-Link IE Field Network User’s Manual (Application) (SH(NA)-081259)
Model name Remarks Reference
RJ71DN91 Max. 500kbaud, master/local station
MELSEC iQ-R DeviceNet Master/ Slave Module User’s Manual (Startup) (SH(NA)-081765) MELSEC iQ-R DeviceNet Master/ Slave Module User’s Manual (Application) (SH(NA)-081767)
Model name Remarks Reference
RJ71PB91V Max. 12Mbps, master/local station
MELSEC iQ-R PROFIBUS-DP Module User’s Manual (Startup) (SH(NA)-081855) MELSEC iQ-R PROFIBUS-DP Module User’s Manual (Application) (SH(NA)-081857)
Model name Remarks Reference
RJ71EIP91 EtherNet/IP Scanner Module
MELSEC iQ-R EtherNet/IP Network Interface Module User’s Manual (Startup) (SH(NA)-081913) MELSEC iQ-R EtherNet/IP Network Interface Module User’s Manual (Application) (SH(NA)-081915)
Model name Remarks Reference
R65B 5 slots: for mounting MELSEC iQ-R series module MELSEC iQ-R Module Configuration Manual (SH(NA)-081262)
R68B 8 slots: for mounting MELSEC iQ-R series module
R612B 12 slots: for mounting MELSEC iQ-R series module
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
3 List of Configuration (C80 Series)
222IB-1501506-L
(21) RQ extension base
(22) Spring clamp terminal block
(23) Connector/terminal block converter module
(24) Cable
(a) Cables for CNC CPU
(Note) The Standard cable length column shows the lengths of the cable available from MITSUBISHI.
(b) Cable for connector and terminal block changeover unit
Model name Remarks Reference
RQ65B 5 slots: for mounting MELSEC Q series module MELSEC iQ-R Module Configuration Manual (SH(NA)-081262)
RQ68B 8 slots: for mounting MELSEC Q series module
RQ612B 12 slots: for mounting MELSEC Q series module
Model name Remarks Reference
Q6TE-18SN For 16 points I/O modules, 0.3 to 1.5mm2 (AWG22 to 16) I/O Module Type Building Block User’s Manual (SH(NA)-080042)
Model name Remarks Reference
A6TBX70 For positive common type input modules (3-wire type) I/O Module Type Building Block User’s Manual (SH(NA)-080042)
A6TBXY36 For positive common type input modules and sink type output modules (standard type)
A6TBXY54 For positive common type input modules and sink type output modules (2-wire type)
Cable type Application Max. lengthStandard cable length (m) Remarks
F020 Manual pulse generator: 1ch 45m 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20 12V power supply type can be used. For Signal splitter
F021 Manual pulse generator: 2ch 45m 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20
F022 Manual pulse generator: 3ch 45m 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20
G020 Manual pulse generator: 1ch 15m 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 10, 15 5V power supply type can be used. For Signal splitter
G021 Manual pulse generator: 2ch 15m 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 10, 15
G022 Manual pulse generator: 3ch 15m 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 10, 15
H010 Signal splitter connection 5m 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 5
H101 Emergency stop 20m 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20
H300 SKIP/manual pulse generator input 20m 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20
H310 SKIP connection 15m 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 10, 15 For Signal splitter
H401 Manual pulse generator: 1ch for 5V 20m 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20
H501 Dual-signal module communication 0.5m 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.5
J303 Display module communication (Straight)
20m 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20
Model name Remarks Reference
AC05TB For A6TBXY36/A6TBXY54/A6TBX70 (positive common/sink type modules) 0.5m
I/O Module Type Building Block User’s Manual (SH(NA)-080042)
AC10TB For A6TBXY36/A6TBXY54/A6TBX70 (positive common/sink type modules) 1m
AC20TB For A6TBXY36/A6TBXY54/A6TBX70 (positive common/sink type modules) 2m
AC30TB For A6TBXY36/A6TBXY54/A6TBX70 (positive common/sink type modules) 3m
AC50TB For A6TBXY36/A6TBXY54/A6TBX70 (positive common/sink type modules) 5m
AC80TB For A6TBXY36/A6TBXY54/A6TBX70 (positive common/sink type modules) 8m (Common current not exceeding 0.5A)
AC100TB For A6TBXY36/A6TBXY54/A6TBX70 (positive common/sink type modules) 10m (Common current not exceeding 0.5A)
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
3 List of Configuration (C80 Series)
223 IB-1501506-L
(c) Cable for drive unit
(Note 1) The Standard cable length column shows the lengths of the cable available from MITSUBISHI.
(Note 2) «x» in type columns indicate cable length (unit: m).
Cable type Application Max. length Standard cable length (m)
CNP2E-1-xM Motor side PLG cable Spindle side accuracy encoder TS5690 cable
30m 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30
CNP3EZ-2P-xM Spindle side encoder cable OSE-1024 cable
30m 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30
CNP3EZ-3P-xM Spindle side encoder cable OSE-1024 cable
30m 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30
CNV2E-8P-xM Motor side encoder cable for HG/HG-H, HQ/HQ-H (For D48/D51/D74) 30m 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30
CNV2E-9P-xM Motor side encoder cable for HG/HG-H, HQ/HQ-H (For D48/D51/D74) 30m 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30
CNV2E-D-xM MDS-B-SD unit cable 30m 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30
CNV2E-HP-xM MDS-B-HR unit cable 30m 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30
DG30-xM Battery cable (drive unit — battery box, drive unit — drive unit)
10m 0.3, 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 10
G380 LxM Optical communication cable for wiring between drive units (outside panel)
30m 5, 10, 12, 15, 20, 25, 30
J395 LxM Optical communication cable for wiring between drive units (outside panel) for wiring between NC-drive units
10m 3, 5, 7, 10
J396 LxM Optical communication cable for wiring between drive units (inside panel)
10m 0.2, 0.3, 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 5
MR-BKS1CBLxMA1-H <200V Series> Brake cable for HG96 Lead out in direction of motor shaft
10m 2, 3, 5, 7, 10
MR-BKS1CBLxMA2-H <200V Series> Brake cable for HG96 Lead out in opposite direction of motor shaft
10m 2, 3, 5, 7, 10
MR-BT6V2CBL LxM Battery cable (MDS-EJ/EJH) (drive unit — drive unit)
1m 0.3, 1
MR-D05UDL3M-B STO cable 3m 3
MR-PWS1CBLxMA1- H
<200V Series> Power cable for HG96 Lead out in direction of motor shaft
10m 2, 3, 5, 7, 10
MR-PWS1CBLxMA2- H
<200V Series> Power cable for HG96 (Note) It can not be used with HF-KP13. Lead out in opposite direction of motor shaft
10m 2, 3, 5, 7, 10
SH21 LxM Power supply communication cable Power backup unit communication cable
30m 0.35, 0.5, 1, 2, 3
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
3 List of Configuration (C80 Series)
224IB-1501506-L
(25) Relay terminal unit
(a) Unit
(b) Cable
(26) Extension cable
(27) Connector
Model name Remarks Reference
A6TE2-16SRN 40 pin connector For 24VDC Transistor output unit (sink type module) Relay Terminal Module User’s Manual (Hardware) A6TE2- 16SRN (IB(NA)-66833)
Model name Remarks Reference
AC06TE For A6TE2-16SRN 0.6m For 32 points (1 connector), one of this cable and two units of the relay terminal unit are used
Relay Terminal Module User’s Manual (Hardware) A6TE2- 16SRN (IB(NA)-66833)
AC10TE For A6TE2-16SRN 1m For 32 points (1 connector), one of this cable and two units of the relay terminal unit are used
AC30TE For A6TE2-16SRN 3m For 32 points (1 connector), one of this cable and two units of the relay terminal unit are used
AC50TE For A6TE2-16SRN 5m For 32 points (1 connector), one of this cable and two units of the relay terminal unit are used
AC100TE For A6TE2-16SRN 10m For 32 points (1 connector), one of this cable and two units of the relay terminal unit are used
Model name Remarks Reference
RC06B 0.6m cable for connecting the extension base/the RQ extension base with the basic base
MELSEC iQ-R Module Configuration Manual (SH(NA)-081262)
RC12B 1.2m cable for connecting the extension base/the RQ extension base with the basic base
RC30B 3m cable for connecting the extension base/the RQ extension base with the basic base
RC50B 5m cable for connecting the extension base/the RQ extension base with the basic base
Model name Remarks Reference
A6CON1 Soldering type 32 point-connector (40-pin connector)
I/O Module Type Building Block User’s Manual (SH(NA)-080042)
A6CON2 Crimp-contact type 32 point-connector (40-pin connector)
A6CON3 Flat cable pressure displacement type 32-point connector (40-pin connector)
A6CON4 Soldering type 32 point-connector (40-pin connector; two-way cable can be mounted)
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
3 List of Configuration (C80 Series)
225 IB-1501506-L
(28) CC-Link Remote I/O unit
(a) Thread terminal block type
(b) Waterproof connector type
(29) I/O mixed unit
(a) DC input/transistor output
(30) SD memory card
(31) Extended SRAM cassette
Model name Remarks Reference
AJ65SBTB1-16D Input 16 points: 24VDC (positive/negative common shared type), 1-wire, terminal block type, response time: 1.5 ms
CC-Link System Compact Type Remote I/O Module User’s Manual (SH(NA)-4007)
AJ65SBTB1-32D Input 32 points: 24VDC (positive/negative common shared type), 1-wire, terminal block type, response time: 1.5 ms
AJ65SBTB1-16TE Output 16 points: 12/24VDC (0.1A), transistor output (source type), 1-wire, terminal block type
AJ65SBTB1-32TE1 Output 32 points: 12/24VDC (0.5A), transistor output (source type), 1-wire, terminal block type
Model name Remarks Reference
AJ65FBTA4-16DE Input 16 points: 24VDC (negative common), 4-wire, super-slim waterproof type, response time: 1.5 ms CC-Link System Compact Type
Remote I/O Module User’s Manual (SH(NA)-4007)AJ65FBTA2-16TE
Output 16 points: 12/24VDC (1.0A), transistor output (source type), 2-wire, super-slim waterproof type
Model name Remarks Reference
RH42C4NT2P DC input: 32 points, DC24V, 4.0mA Transistor (sink type) output: 32 points, DC12 to 24V, 0.2A
MELSEC iQ-R I/O Module User’s Manual (SH(NA)-081247)
Model name Remarks Reference
NZ1MEM-2GBSD 2G byte MELSEC iQ-R Module Configuration Manual (SH(NA)-081262)
Model name Remarks Reference
NZ2MC-1MBS 1M byte MELSEC iQ-R Module Configuration Manual (SH(NA)-081262)
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
3 List of Configuration (C80 Series)
226IB-1501506-L
3.2 GOT 3.2.1 GT27
(1) GOT
(a) GT2715
(b) GT2712
(c) GT2710
Model name Remarks Reference
GT2715-XTBA
15-type XGA [1024768 dots] TFT color liquid crystal display, 65536 colors 100-240VAC, user memory, storage memory (ROM):57MB, operation memory (RAM): 128MB Requiring GT Designer3 Version(GOT2000) 1.117X or later.
GT27 General Description (IB(NA)-0800502)
Model name Remarks Reference
GT2712-STBA
12.1-type SVGA [800600 dots] TFT color liquid crystal display, 65536 colors 100-240VAC, user memory, storage memory (ROM):57MB, operation memory (RAM): 128MB Requiring GT Designer3 Version1 (GOT2000) 1.155M or later. GT27 General Description
(IB(NA)-0800502)
GT2712-STBD
12.1-type SVGA [800600 dots] TFT color liquid crystal display, 65536 colors 24VDC, user memory, storage memory (ROM): 57MB, operation memory (RAM): 128MB Requiring GT Designer3 Version1 (GOT2000) 1.155M or later.
Model name Remarks Reference
GT2710-STBA
10.4-type SVGA [800600 dots] TFT color liquid crystal display, 65536 colors 100-240VAC, user memory, storage memory (ROM):57MB, operation memory (RAM): 128MB Requiring GT Designer3 Version1 (GOT2000) 1.155M or later. GT27 General Description
(IB(NA)-0800502)
GT2710-STBD
10.4-type SVGA [800600 dots] TFT color liquid crystal display, 65536 colors 24VDC, user memory, storage memory (ROM): 57MB, operation memory (RAM): 128MB Requiring GT Designer3 Version1 (GOT2000) 1.155M or later.
GT2710-VTBA
10.4-type VGA640480 dots] TFT color liquid crystal display, 65536 colors 100-240VAC, user memory, storage memory (ROM):57MB, operation memory (RAM): 128MB Requiring GT Designer3 Version1 (GOT2000) 1.165X or later. GT27 General Description
(IB(NA)-0800502)
GT2710-VTBD
10.4-type VGA640480 dots] TFT color liquid crystal display, 65536 colors 24VDC, user memory, storage memory (ROM): 57MB, operation memory (RAM): 128MB Requiring GT Designer3 Version1 (GOT2000) 1.165X or later.
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
3 List of Configuration (C80 Series)
227 IB-1501506-L
(d) GT2708
(e) GT2705
(2) SD card
(3) Protection sheet
Model name Remarks Reference
GT2708-STBA
8.4-type SVGA [800600 dots] TFT color liquid crystal display, 65536 colors 100-240VAC, user memory, storage memory (ROM): 57MB, operation memory (RAM): 128MB Requiring GT Designer3 Version1 (GOT2000) 1.155M or later. GT27 General Description
(IB(NA)-0800502)
GT2708-STBD
8.4-type SVGA [800600 dots] TFT color liquid crystal display, 65536 colors 24VDC, user memory, storage memory (ROM): 57MB, operation memory (RAM): 128MB Requiring GT Designer3 Version1 (GOT2000) 1.155M or later.
GT2708-VTBA
8.4-type VGA640480 dots] TFT color liquid crystal display, 65536 colors 100-240VAC, user memory, storage memory (ROM): 57MB, operation memory (RAM): 128MB Requiring GT Designer3 Version1 (GOT2000) 1.165X or later. GT27 General Description
(IB(NA)-0800502)
GT2708-VTBD
8.4-type VGA640480 dots] TFT color liquid crystal display, 65536 colors 24VDC, user memory, storage memory (ROM): 57MB, operation memory (RAM): 128MB Requiring GT Designer3 Version1 (GOT2000) 1.165X or later.
Model name Remarks Reference
GT2705-VTBD
5.7-type VGA640480 dots] TFT color liquid crystal display, 65536 colors 24VDC, user memory, storage memory (ROM): 32MB, operation memory (RAM): 80MB Requiring GT Designer3 Version1 (GOT2000) 1.165X or later.
GT27 General Description (IB(NA)-0800502)
Model name Remarks Reference
NZ1MEM-2GBSD 2GB SD memory card for GOT MELSEC iQ-R Module Configuration Manual (SH(NA)-081262)
Model name Remarks Reference
GT27-15PSCC Protection sheet for 15-type (Clear, 5 sheets) Surface treatment: clear, sheet color: clear, USB environment resistant cover part: with opening, the number of sheets in a set: 5 sheets
GOT2000 Series Protective Sheet for GT27/GT25/GT23 User’s Manual (IB(NA)-0800499)
GT25-12PSCC Protection sheet for 12.1-type (Clear, 5 sheets) Surface treatment: clear, sheet color: clear, USB environment resistant cover part: with opening, the number of sheets in a set: 5 sheets
GT25-10PSCC Protection sheet for 10.4-type (Clear, 5 sheets) Surface treatment: clear, sheet color: clear, USB environment resistant cover part: with opening, the number of sheets in a set: 5 sheets
GT25-08PSCC Protection sheet for 8.4-type (Clear, 5 sheets) Surface treatment: clear, sheet color: clear, USB environment resistant cover part: with opening, the number of sheets in a set: 5 sheets
GT25-05PSCC Protection sheet for 5.7-type (Clear, 5 sheets) Surface treatment: clear, sheet color: clear, USB environment resistant cover part: with opening, the number of sheets in a set: 5 sheets
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
3 List of Configuration (C80 Series)
228IB-1501506-L
3.2.2 GT25
(1) GOT
(a) GT2512
(b) GT2510
(c) GT2508
(d) GT25 Handy GOT
(e) GT25 Handy Connector conversion box
(f) GT25 Handy External connection cable (to connect the connector conversion box)
Model name Remarks Reference
GT2512-STBA
12.1-type SVGA [800600 dots] TFT color liquid crystal display, 65536 colors 100-240VAC, user memory, storage memory (ROM):32MB, operation memory (RAM): 80MB Requiring GT Designer3 Version1 (GOT2000) 1.155X or later. GT25 General Description
(IB(NA)-0800537)
GT2512-STBD
12.1-type SVGA [800600 dots] TFT color liquid crystal display, 65536 colors 24VDC, user memory, storage memory (ROM): 32MB, operation memory (RAM): 80MB Requiring GT Designer3 Version1 (GOT2000) 1.155X or later.
Model name Remarks Reference
GT2510-VTBA
10.4-type VGA640480 dots] TFT color liquid crystal display, 65536 colors 100-240VAC, user memory, storage memory (ROM):32MB, operation memory (RAM): 80MB Requiring GT Designer3 Version1 (GOT2000) 1.165X or later. GT25 General Description
(IB(NA)-0800537)
GT2510-VTBD
10.4-type VGA640480 dots] TFT color liquid crystal display, 65536 colors 24VDC, user memory, storage memory (ROM): 32MB, operation memory (RAM): 80MB Requiring GT Designer3 Version1 (GOT2000) 1.165X or later.
Model name Remarks Reference
GT2508-VTBA
8.4-type VGA640480 dots] TFT color liquid crystal display, 65536 colors 100-240VAC, user memory, storage memory (ROM): 32MB, operation memory (RAM): 80MB Requiring GT Designer3 Version1 (GOT2000) 1.165X or later. GT25 General Description
(IB(NA)-0800537)
GT2508-VTBD
8.4-type VGA640480 dots] TFT color liquid crystal display, 65536 colors 24VDC, user memory, storage memory (ROM): 32MB, operation memory (RAM): 80MB Requiring GT Designer3 Version1 (GOT2000) 1.165X or later.
Model name Remarks Reference
GT2506HS-VTBD Display section: 6.5″ VGA, TFT color liquid crystal display, 65536 colors, panel color: black, power supply: 24 V DC Requiring GT Works3 Version1.195D or later
GT25 Handy GOT General Description (GT2506HS-V) (JY997D72901)
Model name Remarks Reference
GT16H-CNB-42S For converting the Handy GOT signals into individual signals for the terminal block, D-sub connector, and Ethernet RJ-45.
CONNECTOR CONVERSION BOX GT16H-CNB-42S User’s Manual (JY997D40401)
Model name Remarks Reference
GT16H-C30-42P For connection between the Handy GOT and the connector conversion box (GT16H-CNB-42S) 3m
GT2506/GT16 Handy GOT External Cable User’s Manual (JY997D42601)
GT16H-C60-42P For connection between the Handy GOT and the connector conversion box (GT16H-CNB-42S) 6m
GT16H-C100-42P For connection between the Handy GOT and the connector conversion box (GT16H-CNB-42S) 10m
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
3 List of Configuration (C80 Series)
229 IB-1501506-L
(2) SD card
(3) Protection sheet
3.3 Peripheral Device (1) Signal splitter
(2) FL-net (OPCN-2) Interface module
(3) Manual pulse generator
3.4 Dual Signal Module (1) Dual signal module
(2) Terminal block
(3) Cable
Model name Remarks Reference
NZ1MEM-2GBSD 2GB SD memory card for GOT MELSEC iQ-R Module Configuration Manual (SH(NA)-081262)
Model name Remarks Reference
GT25-12PSCC Protection sheet for 12.1-type (Clear, 5 sheets) Surface treatment: clear, sheet color: clear, USB environment resistant cover part: with opening, the number of sheets in a set: 5 sheets
GOT2000 Series Protective Sheet for GT27/GT25/GT23 User’s Manual (IB(NA)-0800499)
GT25-10PSCC Protection sheet for 10.4-type (Clear, 5 sheets) Surface treatment: clear, sheet color: clear, USB environment resistant cover part: with opening, the number of sheets in a set: 5 sheets
GT25-08PSCC Protection sheet for 8.4-type (Clear, 5 sheets) Surface treatment: clear, sheet color: clear, USB environment resistant cover part: with opening, the number of sheets in a set: 5 sheets
Model name Remarks
FCU7-HN387 Manual pulse generator is required for 2 or 3 axes specifications
Model name Remarks
ER-1FL2-T 10BASE-T, 100BASE-TX
Model name Remarks
UFO-01-2Z9 5V specifications
HD60C 12V specifications, for connection to operation panel I/O module 12V power supply is separately required.
Model name Remarks
R173SXY I/O duplication monitoring module (Maximum 3 modules)
Model name Remarks
FA-TBS40P Terminal block converter module (Arrangement : MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC ENGINEERING COMPANY LIMITED) UL supported.
FA-LTB40P Terminal block converter module (Arrangement : MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC ENGINEERING COMPANY LIMITED)
Model name Remarks
FA-CBL FMV-M Cable for terminal block converter module (Cable length = 05:0.5m, 10:1m, 20:2m, 30:3m, 50:5m) (Arrangement: MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC ENGINEERING COMPANY LIMITED)
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
3 List of Configuration (C80 Series)
230IB-1501506-L
3.5 List of Q Series Units (for RQ extension base unit)
(1) Extension base
(2) Extension cable
(3) Power supply
(4) Output module
(a) Transistor (independent)
(5) Analog output module
(a) Voltage/current output module
Model name Remarks Reference
Q63B 3 slots; for mounting Q series modules including power supply module
QCPU Users Manual (Hardware Design, Maintenance and Inspection) (SH(NA)-080483ENG)
Q65B 5 slots; for mounting Q series modules including power supply module
Q68B 8 slots; for mounting Q series modules including power supply module
Q612B 12 slots; for mounting Q series modules including power supply module
Q52B 2 slots; for mounting Q series modules including power supply module
Q55B 5 slots; for mounting Q series modules including power supply module
Model name Remarks Reference
QC05B 0.45m Cable
QCPU Users Manual (Hardware Design, Maintenance and Inspection) (SH(NA)-080483ENG)
QC06B 0.6m Cable
QC12B 1.2m Cable
QC30B 3m Cable
QC50B 5m Cable
QC100B 10m Cable
Model name Remarks Reference
Q61P Input power supply: 100 to 240VAC, output power supply: 5VDC, output current: 6A
QCPU Users Manual (Hardware Design, Maintenance and Inspection) (SH(NA)-080483ENG)
Q63P Input voltage: 24VDC, output voltage: 5VDC, output current: 6A
Q64PN Input voltage: 100 to 240VAC, output voltage: 5VDC, output current: 8.5A
Model name Remarks Reference
QY68A
8 points, 5 to 24VDC OFF-time leakage current: 0.1mA Response time: 10ms, Sink/source type 18-point terminal block, Surge killer provided All points isolated
I/O Module Type Building Block User’s Manual (SH(NA)-080042)
Model name Remarks Reference
Q62DA-FG
2 channels Input (resolution): 0 to 12000; -12000 to 12000; -16000 to 16000 Output: -12 to 12VDC, 0 to 22mADC Conversion speed: 10ms/2channels 18-point terminal block, Channels are isolated
Channel Isolated Digital-Analog Converter Module User’s Manual (SH(NA)-080281)
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
3 List of Configuration (C80 Series)
231 IB-1501506-L
(6) MELSECNET/H
(a) SI/QSI optical interface
(b) Coaxial interface
(7) FL-net (OPCN-2)
(a) Ver.2.00
(8) AS-i
(9) DeviceNet
Model name Remarks Reference
QJ71LP21-25 SI/QSI/H-PCF/Broad-band H-PCF optical cable, Double loop PLC to PLC network (control/normal station)/Remote I/O net (remote master station)
Q Corresponding MELSECNET/ H Network System Reference Manual (PLC to PLC network) (SH(NA)-080049) Q Corresponding MELSECNET/ H Network System Reference Manual (Remote I/O network) (SH(NA)-080124) For QnA/Q4AR MELSECNET/10 Network System Reference Manual (IB(NA)-66690)
Model name Remarks Reference
QJ71BR11 3C-2V/5C-2V coaxial cable, Single bus PLC to PLC network (control/normal station)/ Remote I/O net (remote master station)
Q Corresponding MELSECNET/ H Network System Reference Manual (PLC to PLC network) (SH(NA)-080049) Q Corresponding MELSECNET/ H Network System Reference Manual (Remote I/O network) (SH(NA)-080124) For QnA/Q4AR MELSECNET/10 Network System Reference Manual (IB(NA)-66690)
Model name Remarks Reference
QJ71FL71-T-F01 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX FL-net(OPCN-2) Interface Module Users Manual (SH(NA)-080350E)
Model name Remarks Reference
QJ71AS92 Master station, AS-Interface Specification Version 2.11 supported AS-i Master Module User’s Manual (Hardware) (IB(NA)-0800122E)
Model name Remarks Reference
QJ71DN91
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
3 List of Configuration (C80 Series)
232IB-1501506-L
233 IB-1501506-L
4
General Specifications (C80 Series)
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (C80 Series)
234IB-1501506-L
For the specifications of GOT, I/O unit, etc. refer to the manuals listed in «3 List of Configuration».
For the drive unit specifications, refer to the specification manual for the drive unit you are using.
4.1 Installation Environment Conditions This NC system, which is an open equipment, must be installed within a sealed metal control panel (IP54 or higher).
This NC system must also be used and stored under the conditions listed in the table of specifications below.
(Note 1) This indicates the section of the power supply to which the equipment is assumed to be connected between the
public electrical power distribution network and the machinery within premises.
Category II applies to equipment for which electrical power is supplied from fixed facilities.
The surge withstand voltage for the equipment up to the rated 300V is 2500V.
(Note 2) This index indicates the degree to which conductive material is generated in terms of the environment in which
the equipment is used.
Pollution level 2 is when only non-conductive pollution occurs. A temporary conductivity caused by condensing
must be expected occasionally.
(Note 3) Do not use or store this NC system under pressure higher than the atmospheric pressure of altitude 0m. Doing
so can cause an operation failure.
(Note 4) The following environment conditions are also required for the layout design.
— No large amount of conductible dust, iron filings, oil mist, salt, or organic solvents
— No direct sunlight
— No strong electrical or magnetic fields
— No direct vibrations nor shocks on this NC system
Item Specification
Operating ambient temperature 0 to 55 (-13 to 167F)
Storage ambient temperature -25 to 75 (-13 to 167F)
Operating ambient humidity
5 to 95%RH non-condensing
Storage ambient humidity 5 to 95%RH non-condensing
Vibration resistance
Compliant with JIS B 3502 and IEC 61131-2
Frequency Constant
acceleration Half amplitude Sweep count
Under intermittent vibration
5 to 8.4Hz — 3.5mm 10 times each in X, Y, Z directions (For 80
min.)8.4 to 150Hz 9.8m/s2 —
Under continuous vibration
5 to 8.4Hz — 1.75mm —
8.4 to 150Hz 4.9m/s2 —
Shock resistance 147m/s2, 3 times in each of 3 directions X, Y, Z
Operating ambience No corrosive gases nor inflammable gases
Operating altitude 2000m (6561.68ft.) or less (Note 3)
Installation location Inside control panel
Overvoltage category (Note 1)
II or less
Pollution level (Note 2) 2 or less
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (C80 Series)
235 IB-1501506-L
4.2 Base Unit 4.2.1 Basic Base Unit
[mm]
R35B R38B R312B
n 4 5 5
W 245 328 439
WS1 — 1900.3 1900.3
WS2 — 1160.3 2270.3
WS3 — (170) (170)
WS4 — (138) (249)
WS1+WS2 222.50.3 — —
WS3+WS4 (224.5) — —
Number Name Description
(1) Extension cable connector (OUT)
A connector for connecting to an extension base unit. A MELSEC iQ-R series extension cable is connected here. When no cable is connected, attach the supplied extension connector cover to prevent entry of foreign matter such as dust.
(2) Extension connector cover A protective cover for the extension cable connector.
(3) Module connector A connector for mounting MELSEC iQ-R series modules. Attach the supplied connector cover or the blank cover module (RG60) to the connector(s) where no module is mounted to prevent entry of foreign matter such as dust.
(4) Module fixing hole A screw hole to fix a module to the base unit (M312 screw)
(5) Base unit installation hole A hole to install a base unit to a control panel. (M4 screw)
(6) DIN rail adapter mounting hole A hole to mount a DIN rail adapter.
(7) Guide A guide to mount a module to the base unit.
(8) Production information marking Shows the production information (16 digits) of the module.
9 8
1 0
1
8 0
0 .3
1 0
15.5
7
W
WS2WS1
WS4WS3
32.5
(6)
(5) (4)
(8)
(3) (7)
(1) (2) n — M4x14 [mm]
Top
Bottom
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (C80 Series)
236IB-1501506-L
4.2.2 Extension Base Unit
(1) R65B/R68B/RQ612B
[mm]
R65B R68B R612B
n 4 5 5
W 245 328 439
WS1 — 1900.3 1900.3
WS2 — 1160.3 2270.3
WS3 — (170) (170)
WS4 — (138) (249)
WS1+WS2 222.50.3 — —
WS3+WS4 (224.5) — —
No. Name Description
(1) Extension cable connector (IN) A connector for connecting to a base unit (upper level). A MELSEC iQ-R series extension cable is connected here.
(2) Extension cable connector (OUT)
A connector for connecting to a base unit (lower level). A MELSEC iQ-R series extension cable is connected here. When no cable is connected, attach the supplied extension connector cover to prevent entry of foreign matter such as dust.
(3) Extension connector cover A protective cover for the extension cable connector.
(4) Module connector
A connector for mounting MELSEC iQ-R series modules. The CPU module and remote head module cannot be mounted on an extension base unit. Attach the supplied connector cover or the blank cover module (RG60) to the connector(s) where no module is mounted to prevent entry of foreign matter such as dust.
(5) Module fixing hole A screw hole to fix a module to the base unit. (M312 screw)
(6) Base unit installation hole A hole to install a base unit to a control panel. (M4 screw)
(7) DIN rail adapter mounting hole A hole to mount a DIN rail adapter.
(8) Guide A guide to mount a module to the base unit.
(9) Production information marking Shows the production information (16 digits) of the module.
(9)
1 0
1
8 0
0
.3 1
0
15.5
W
WS1
WS3
WS2
WS4
n — M4x14(6)
(2) (5)
(4) (8)
(1) (3) [mm]
9 8
7
32.5
(7)
Top
Bottom
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (C80 Series)
237 IB-1501506-L
(2) Q63B/Q65B/Q68B/Q612B/Q52B/Q55B
[mm]
Q63B Q65B Q68B Q612B Q52B Q55B
n 4 4 5 5 4 4
W 189 245 328 439 106 189
WS1 15.5
WS2 — — 1900.3 1900.3 — —
WS3 — — 1160.3 2270.3 — —
WS4 1670.3 222.50.3 — — 83.50.3 1670.3
H 98
HS1 7
HS2 800.3
No. Name Application
(1) Extension cable connector Connector to which the extension cables are connected for sending and receiving signals from the extension base unit.
(2) Base cover Protective cover of extension cable connector. Before an extension cable is connected, the area of the base cover surrounded by the groove under the word «OUT» on the base cover must be removed with a tool such as nippers.
(3) Module connector
Connector for installing the Q series power supply module, CPU module, I/O modules, and intelligent function module. Attach the supplied connector cover or the blank cover module (QG60) to the connector(s) where no module is mounted to prevent entry of foreign matter such as dust.
(4) Module fixing screw hole Screw hole for fixing the module to the base unit. Screw size: M3x12
(5) Base fixing hole Hole for fixing this base unit onto the panel of the control panel. (for M4 screw)
W
M4 x n
7.5
(2)
(1)
(3)
(4) (5)
WS2 WS1 WS3
WS4
H
H S
1 H
S 2
[mm]
Top
Bottom
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (C80 Series)
238IB-1501506-L
4.2.3 RQ Extension Base Unit
[mm]
RQ65B RQ68B RQ612B
n 4 5 5
W 245 328 439
WS1 — 1900.3 1900.3
WS2 — 1160.3 2270.3
WS1+WS2 222.50.3 — —
No. Name Description
(1) Extension cable connector (IN) A connector for connecting to a MELSEC iQ-R series base unit (upper level). A MELSEC iQ-R series extension cable is connected here.
(2) Extension cable connector (OUT)
A connector for connecting to a MELSEC-Q series base unit (lower level). A MELSEC-Q series extension cable is connected here. When no cable is connected, attach the supplied extension connector cover to prevent entry of foreign matter such as dust.
(3) Extension connector cover A protective cover for the extension cable connector.
(4) Module connector
A connector for mounting the MELSEC-Q series unit. The CPU module cannot be mounted on the extension base unit. Attach the supplied connector cover or the blank cover module (QG60) to the connector(s) where no module is mounted to prevent entry of foreign matter such as dust.
(5) Module fixing hole A screw hole to fix a module to the base unit. (M312 screw)
(6) Base unit installation hole A hole to install a base unit to a control panel. (M4 screw)
(7) DIN rail adapter mounting hole A hole to mount a DIN rail adapter.
(8) Production information marking Shows the production information (16 digits) of the module.
[mm]
(6) n — M4x14
(2) (5)
(7)
(4)
(1)(3)
(8)8 0
0 .3
9 8
7
15.5
44.1
7.5
W
WS2WS1
Top
Bottom
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (C80 Series)
239 IB-1501506-L
4.3 Power Supply
4.3.1 R61P/R62P/R63P/R64P
Specifications
Item AC input power supply module
DC input power supply module
R61P R62P R64P R63P
Input power supply voltage (*1) 100 to 240VAC (85 to 264VAC)
24VDC (15.6 to 31.2VDC)
Input frequency 50/60Hz5% —
Input voltage distortion factor Within 5% —
Maximum input apparent power 130VA 120VA 160VA —
Maximum input power — 50W
Inrush current (*2) 20A, 8ms or less 100A, 1ms or less
Rated output current
5VDC 6.5A 3.5A 9A 6.5A
24VDC — 0.6A — —
Overcurrent protection (*3)
5VDC 7.1A or higher 3.8A or higher 10.0A or higher 7.1A or higher
24VDC — 0.66A or higher — —
Overvoltage protection (*4)
5VDC 5.5 to 6.5V
Efficiency 76% or more 70% or more
Allowable momentary power failure time (*5)
Within 20ms Within 10ms
Withstand voltage 2300VACrms per minute (altitude 0 to 2000m), Between the combined «line input/LG terminals» and the «FG terminal and output»
510VAC per minute (altitude 0 to 2000m), between primary terminal and 5VDC terminal
Insulation resistance 10M or higher by 500VDC insulation resistance tester (between the combined «line input/LG terminals» and the «FG terminal and output», the line input and LG terminals, the output and FG terminals)
Noise withstand level Noise voltage 1500Vp-p, noise width 1s, noise frequency 25 to 60Hz (noise simulator condition) Noise immunity test IEC 61000-4-4: 2kV
Fuse Built-in (user-unchangeable)
Contact output section
Application ERR contact
Rated switching voltage/current
24VDC, 0.5A
Minimum switching load
5VDC, 1mA
Response time Off on: 10ms or less On off: 12ms or less
Life time Mechanical: 20 million times or more Electrical: Rated switching voltage/current, 100 thousand times or more
Surge suppressor None
Fuse None
Terminal screw size M4 (M3.5 for +24V and 24G terminals of the R62P)
Applicable wire size 0.75 to 2mm2
Applicable solderless terminal
RAV1.25-4, RAV2-4, thickness of 0.8mm or less, up to two solderless terminal connections per terminal (for the +24V and 24G terminals of the R62P: RAV1.25-3.5, RAV2-3.5, thickness of 0.8mm or less, up to two solderless terminal connections per terminal)
Applicable tightening torque M4 screw: 1.02 to 1.38Nm M3.5 screw: 0.66 to 0.89Nm
External dimensions
Height 106mm (Base unit mounting side: 98mm)
Width 54.6mm
Depth 110mm
Mass 0.41kg 0.45kg 0.46kg 0.41kg
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (C80 Series)
240IB-1501506-L
(*1) Input power supply voltage
Input power supply voltage is a voltage required for the power supply module to operate normally. If the
voltage is out of the specified range, an error is detected and the system may stop.
(*2) Inrush current
Inrush current is the maximum, instantaneous input current drawn into the circuits immediately after power-on.
If power is supplied to the system immediately after shut-off, an inrush current of more than the specified value
may flow.
Wait for five seconds or more after shut-off, and supply power to the system again.
When selecting a fuse or a breaker for the external circuit, consider blowouts, sensing property, and specified
value of inrush current.
(*3) Overcurrent protection
The function of this protection is to shut off the circuit to stop the system if a current exceeding the specification
value flows into a circuit of 5VDC or 24VDC.
With overcurrent protection activated, the LED of the power supply module goes off or lights dim green due to
a voltage drop.
To restart the system, shut off the power and eliminate the cause of the problem, such as insufficient current or
short-circuit. After the cause is eliminated, wait for a few minutes, and supply power to the system again. When
the output current is back to normal, the system starts initially.
(*4) Overvoltage protection
The function of this protection is to shut off the circuit to stop the system if an overvoltage exceeding the
specified value is applied to a 5VDC circuit.
With overvoltage protection activated, the POWER LED of the power supply module turns off.
To restart the system, shut off the power, wait for a few minutes, and supply power to the system again. Then,
the system starts initially.
If the system does not restart and the POWER LED remains off, replace the power supply module.
(*5) Allowable momentary power failure time
The system detects an input voltage down and stops its operation when a momentary power failure occurs.
Allowable momentary power failure time is a period of time that the system can continue its operation even
after the power failure.
If power fails exceeding this period of time, the system can either continue its operation or start initially,
depending on the load of the power supply module. When the system continues its operation, the operation
will be the same as that of the system returned within the allowable momentary power failure time.
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (C80 Series)
241 IB-1501506-L
Outline dimension
54.6
1 0
6
9 8
4
110
[mm]
182
1 9 .5
Top
Bottom
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (C80 Series)
242IB-1501506-L
Names of parts
(*1) Individually ground the FG and LG terminals with a ground resistance of 100 ohms or less.
(*2) Only the R62P has these terminals.
No. Name Description
(1) POWER LED Indicates the operating status of the power supply module. On: Normal operation Off: Power-off, power failure, or hardware failure
(2) ERR contact
[When mounting the module on the main base unit] The contact turns on when the entire system operates normally. (M4 screw) This contact turns off (opens) in the following cases: When the power supply module fails When the power is not supplied When a stop error (including reset) occurs in the CPU module When the fuse is blown In a multiple CPU system, the contact turns off when a stop error occurs in any of the CPU modules. When the remote head module is mounted, this contact turns off when moderate or major error (including reset) occurs. [When mounting the module on the extension base unit] The contact is off at all times. When the module is mounted on a redundant power supply extension base unit, the following operation is performed: The contact turns on when the power supply module operates normally. (M4 screw) This contact turns off (opens) when the power supply module fails, the power is not supplied, or the fuse is blown.
(3) FG terminal (*1) A ground terminal connected to the shield pattern of the printed circuit board. This terminal is a functional ground terminal. (M4 screw)
(4) LG terminal (*1) A ground terminal for the power supply input filter. This terminal is a functional ground terminal. For AC input, the terminal has one-half the potential of the input voltage. (M4 screw)
(5) Power input terminal A power input terminal for the power supply module. The power supply to be connected differs depending on a power supply module. (M4 screw) (Refer to the specifications list.)
(6) Terminal cover A protective cover for the terminal block.
(7) Production information marking Shows the production information (16 digits) of the module.
(8)(*2) +24V terminal and 24G terminal Used for a device that requires a supply of 24VDC. (M3.5 screw) The power is supplied to a device through the external wiring.
(7)
(1)
(2)
(8)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (C80 Series)
243 IB-1501506-L
4.3.2 Q61P/Q63P/Q64PN
Specifications
Item Q61P
Base loading position Q series power supply module loading slot
Applicable base unit Q63B, Q65B, Q68B, Q612B
Input power supply 100 to 240VAC+10%-15%
(85 to 264VAC)
Input frequency 50/60Hz5%
Input voltage distortion factor Within 5%
Maximum input apparent power 130VA
Inrush current Within 20A 8ms (*4)
Rated output current 5VDC 6A
24VDC —
Overcurrent protection (*1)
5VDC 6.6A or higher
24VDC —
Overvoltage protection (*2) 5VDC 5.5 to 6.5V
Efficiency 70% or more
Permissible instantaneous
power off time (*3) Within 20ms
Withstand voltage Across inputs/LG and outputs/FG
2830VAC rms/3 cycles (Altitude: 2000m)
Insulation resistance
Across inputs and outputs (LG and FG separated), across inputs for LG/FG, across outputs for LG/FG
10M or more by insulation resistance tester (500VDC)
Noise withstand level By noise simulator of 1500Vp-p noise voltage, 1s noise width and 25 to 60Hz noise frequency
Noise voltage IEC61000-4-4, 2kV
Operation display LED display (Normal: ON (Green), Error: OFF)
Fuse Built-in (Unchangeable by user)
Contact output section
Application ERR contact
Rated switching voltage/current
24VDC, 0.5A
Minimum switching load
5VDC, 1mA
Response time OFF to ON:10ms or less, ON to OFF:12ms or less
Life time Mechanical: 20 million times or more
Electrical: 100 thousand times or more at rated switching voltage/current
Surge suppressor None
Fuse None
Terminal screw size M3.5 screw
Applicable size of wire 0.75 to 2mm 2
Applicable solderless terminal RAV1.25-3.5, RAV2-3.5
Applicable tightening torque 0.66 to 0.89Nm
Mass [kg] 0.4
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (C80 Series)
244IB-1501506-L
Item Q63P Q64PN
Base loading position Q series power supply module loading slot
Applicable base unit Q63B, Q65B, Q68B, Q612B
Input power supply 24VDC+30%-35% (15.6 to 31.2VDC)
100 to 240VAC+10%-15% (85 to 264VAC)
Input frequency — 50/60Hz5%
Input voltage distortion factor
— Within 5%
Maximum input apparent power
45W 160VA
Input current at 24VDC input: 1.82A or less at 15.6VDC input: 2.8A or less
at 100VAC input: 1.3A or less at 200VAC input: 0.75A or less
Repetitive peak current — 4A or less
Inrush current 100A 1ms or less (at 24VDC input) Within 20A 8ms (*4)
Rated output current
5VDC 6A 8.5A
24VDC — —
Overcurrent
protection (*1)
5VDC 6.6A or higher 9.9A or higher
24VDC — —
Overvoltage
protection (*2) 5VDC 5.5 to 6.5V
Efficiency 70% or more
Permissible instantaneous
power off time (*3) Within 10ms (at 24VDC input) Within 20ms
Withstand voltage 500VAC across primary and 5VDC Across inputs/LG and outputs/FG
2,830VAC rms/3 cycles (Altitude: 2,000m (6,561.68ft.))
Insulation resistance 10M or more (measured with an insulation
resistance tester)
Input and LG batched, output and FG batched, batch input-LG, batch output-FG
10M or m ore by insulation resistance tester (500VDC)
Noise withstand level By noise simulator of 500Vp-p noise voltage, 1s
noise width and 25 to 60Hz noise frequency
By noise simulator of 1,500Vp-p noise voltage, 1s noise width and 25 to 60Hz noise frequency
Noise voltage IEC61000-4-4, 2kV
Operation display LED display
(Normal: ON (Green), Error: OFF) LED display
(Normal: ON (Green), Error: OFF)
Fuse Built-in (Unchangeable by user)
C o
n ta
ct o
u tp
u t
se ct
io n
Application ERR contact
Rated switching voltage/current
24VDC, 0.5A
Minimum switching load
5VDC, 1mA
Response time OFF to ON: 10ms or less, ON to OFF: 12ms or less
Life time Mechanical: 20 million times or more
Electrical: 100 thousand times or more at rated switching voltage/current
Surge suppressor None
Fuse None
Terminal screw size M3.5 screw
Applicable size of wire 0.75 to 2mm 2
Applicable solderless terminal
RAV1.25-3.5, RAV2-3.5
Applicable tightening torque 0.66 to 0.89Nm
Mass [kg] 0.33 0.47
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (C80 Series)
245 IB-1501506-L
(*1) Overcurrent protection
The overcurrent protection device shuts off the 5V, 24VDC circuit and stops the system if the current flowing in the
circuit exceeds the specified value.
The LED of the power supply module is turned off or lights up in dim green when voltage is lowered.
If this device is activated, switch the input power supply off and eliminate the cause such as insufficient current
capacity or short. Then, a few minutes later, switch it on to restart the system.
The initial start for the system takes place when the current value becomes normal.
(*2) Overvoltage protection
The overvoltage protection device shuts off the 5VDC circuit and stops the system if a voltage of 5.5VDC or more is
applied to the circuit.
When this device is activated, the power supply module LED is switched OFF.
To restart the system, switch the input power OFF, then a few minutes later ON.
The initial start for the system will take place.
The power supply module must be changed if the system is not booted and the LED remains OFF.
(*3) Permissible instantaneous power off time
(1) For AC input power supply
An instantaneous power failure lasting less than 20ms will cause AC down to be detected, but
operation will continue.
An instantaneous power failure lasting in excess of 20ms may cause the operation to continue or initial start to
take place depending on the power supply load.
Further, when the AC supply of the AC input module is the same as that of the power supply module, it
prevents the sensor connected to the AC input module, which is ON at power-off, from turning OFF by
switching off the power supply.
However, if only the AC input module is connected to the AC line, which is connected to the power supply,
detection of the AC down for the power supply module may be delayed by the capacitor in the AC input
module. Thus, connect a load of approx. 30mA per AC input module to the AC line.
(2) For DC input power supply
An instantaneous power failure lasting less than 10ms* will cause 24VDC down to be detected, but operation
will continue.
An instantaneous power failure lasting in excess of 10ms* may cause the operation to continue or
initial start to take place depending on the power supply load. * : This is for a 24VDC input. This is 10ms or less
for less than 24VDC.
(*4) Inrush current
When power is switched on again immediately (within 5 seconds) after power-off, an inrush current of more than the
specified value (2ms or less) may flow. Reapply power 5 seconds after power-off.
When selecting a fuse and breaker in the external circuit, take account of the blow out, detection characteristics and
above matters.
(*5) Operation indication
During the operation, do not allow the input voltage to change from 200VAC level (170 to 264VAC) to 100VAC level
(85 to 132VAC).
(If changed, the POWER LED of the module turns off and the system operation stops.)
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (C80 Series)
246IB-1501506-L
Outline dimension
Names of parts
(1) POWER LED
Q61P/Q64PN
ON (green):
Normal (5VDC output, instantaneous power failure within 20ms)
OFF:
— The power supply module is out of order while AC power supply is ON. (5VDC error, internal circuit
failure, blown fuse)
— Over current protection or over voltage protection operated.
— AC power supply is not ON (including power failure and an instantaneous power failure of more than
20ms)
Q63P
ON (green):
Normal (5VDC output, instantaneous power failure within 10ms)
OFF:
— The power supply module is out of order while DC power supply is ON. (5VDC error, internal circuit
failure, blown fuse)
— Over current protection or over voltage protection operated.
— DC power supply is not ON (including power failure and an instantaneous power failure of more than
10ms)
Q64PNQ61P/Q63P
Top
Bottom
Top
Bottom
Q61P/Q64PNQ63P
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (C80 Series)
247 IB-1501506-L
(2) ERR terminal
Q61P/Q64PN
— Turned ON when the whole system operates normally.
— This terminal turns OFF (opens) when the AC power is not input, a stop error (including a reset) occurs in the
CPU module, or the fuse is blown.
— In a Multiple CPU system configuration, turned OFF when a stop error occurs in any of the CPU modules.
— Normally OFF when loaded in an extension base unit.
Q63P
— Turned ON when the whole system operates normally.
— This terminal turns OFF (opens) when the DC power is not input, a stop error (including a reset) occurs in the
CPU module, or the fuse is blown.
— In a Multiple CPU system configuration, turned OFF when a stop error occurs in any of the CPU modules.
— Normally OFF when loaded in an extension base unit.
(3) FG terminal
Ground terminal connected to the shield pattern of the printed circuit board.
(4) LG terminal
— Grounding for the power supply filter.
— This terminal has potential of 1/2 of the input voltage for AC input (Q61P, Q64PN and Q64P).
— This is also a protective earth terminal (PE).
(5) Power input terminals
— Power input terminals connected to a power supply of 100VAC or 200VAC. (Q64PN)
— Power input terminals connected to a power supply of 24VDC. (Q63P)
— Power input terminals connected to a power supply of 100-200VAC. (Q61P)
(6) Terminal screw
M3.5 x 7 screw
(7) Terminal cover
Protective cover of the terminal block
(8) Module fixing screw hole
Used to fix the module to the base unit.
M3 x 12 screw (user-prepared) (Tightening torque: 0.36 to 0.48 Nm)
(9) Module loading lever
Used to load the module into the base unit.
(Note 1) Q63P is dedicated for inputting a voltage of 24VDC. Q63P may break down unless connected to 24VDC for
inputting or with reversed polarity.
(Note 2) Ensure that the earth terminals LG and FG are grounded. (Ground resistance: 100 or less) Since the LG
terminals have potential of 1/2 input voltage, the operator may receive an electric shock when touching metal
parts.
(Note 3) When Q61P, Q63P, Q64PN or Q64P is loaded on the extension base unit, a system error cannot be detected
by the ERR terminal. (ERR terminal is always OFF.)
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (C80 Series)
248IB-1501506-L
4.4 PLC CPU For the further details than the following descriptions, refer to the following manuals:
MELSEC iQ-R CPU Module User’s Manual (Startup) (SH(NA)-081263)
MELSEC iQ-R CPU Module User’s Manual (Application) (SH(NA)-081264)
Outline dimension
9 8
1 0
6
4
110
154
27.8
2 7
[mm]
Top
Bottom
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (C80 Series)
249 IB-1501506-L
Names of parts
(1)
(9)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(12)
(11)
(14)
(15)
(17)
(13)
(21)
(10)
(18)
(19)
(20)
(16)
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (C80 Series)
250IB-1501506-L
Number Name Details
(1) READY LED Indicates the operating status of the CPU module and the error level. [READY LED-ERROR LED status] On-off: Normal operation On-on: Minor error On-flashing: Moderate error Flashing-on: Minor error (Changing module online) Flashing (every 2s)-off: Initial processing Flashing (every 400ms)-off: Changing module online Off-on/flashing: Major error
(2) ERROR LED
(3)
PROGRAM RUN LED
Indicates the operating status of the program. On: Being executed (RUN state) Flashing: Being suspended (PAUSE state) Off: Stopped (STOP state) or stop error
PROGRAM RUN LED (When the Process CPU is used in redundant mode)
Indicates the operating status of the program. (a) Control system (CTRL LED of the redundant function module: On) On: Being executed (RUN state) Flashing: Being suspended (PAUSE state) Off: Stopped (STOP state) or stop error (b) Standby system (SBY LED of the redundant function module: On) [Backup mode] On: Being executed (programs being executed in both systems) Flashing: Being suspended (PAUSE state) (programs being executed in both systems) Off: Stopped (STOP state/RUN state/PAUSE state) (no program being executed in both systems) or stop error [Separate mode] On: Being executed (RUN state) Flashing: Being suspended (PAUSE state) or waiting for state transition to RUN (same as STOP state) Off: Stopped (STOP state) or stop error (c) Systems not determined Flashing: Waiting for state transition to RUN by switch operation (same as STOP state) Off: Under normal operation
(4) USER LED Indicates the status of the annunciator (F). On: Annunciator (F) ON Off: Normal operation
(5) BATTERY LED Indicates the battery status. Flashing: Battery low Off: Normal operation
(6) CARD READY LED
Indicates the availability of the SD memory card. On: Available Flashing: Ready Off: Not available or not inserted
(7) CARD ACCESS LED Indicates the access status of the SD memory card. On: Being accessed Off: Not accessed
(8) FUNCTION LED Indicates the status of the function being executed.
(9) SPEED LED Refer to the following. MELSEC iQ-R Ethernet/CC-Link IE User’s Manual (Startup)(10) SD/RD LED
(11) RUN/STOP/RESET switch
A switch for controlling the operating status of the CPU module. RUN: Executes the program. STOP: Stops the program. RESET: Resets the CPU module. (Keep the switch in the RESET position for approximately one second.) Operate the RUN/STOP/RESET switch with your fingers. To prevent the switch from being damaged, do not use any tool such as a screwdriver.
(12) SD memory card access control switch A switch for disabling access to the SD memory card to remove it from the CPU module.
(13) SD memory card slot A slot where an SD memory card is inserted.
(14) USB port (*1) A connector for a USB-compatible peripheral. (connector type: miniB)
(15) Ethernet port Refer to the following. MELSEC iQ-R Ethernet/CC-Link IE User’s Manual (Startup)
(16) Battery A backup battery to hold clock data and to use the backup power function for the device/label memory.
(17) Battery connector pin A pin for connecting a lead wire of the battery. To save the battery, the lead wire is disconnected from the connector before shipment.
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (C80 Series)
251 IB-1501506-L
(*1) When a cable is connected to the USB connector at all times, clamp the cable. It prevents a poor connection,
moving, and disconnection by unintentional pulling.
Battery life
There are two types of values for describing a battery life: actual service value and guaranteed value.
Actual service value: The battery life estimated based on the value actually measured by Mitsubishi under a
storage ambient temperature of 40C. This value varies depending on the characteristics and variation of the
components, and should be referred to as a reference value.
Guaranteed value: Refers to the battery life at 70C guaranteed by Mitsubishi in a storage ambient temperature of
70C based on the characteristics of the memory device provided by the component manufacturer.
[Actual service value (reference value)]
(18) Cassette cover A cover for the connector where an extended SRAM cassette is inserted. To use an extended SRAM cassette, open the cover, and insert the cassette.
(19) LED cover A cover for the LED indicators, SD memory card slot, and switches. Open this cover and insert or remove an SD memory card or set the RUN/STOP/RESET switch. Otherwise, keep the cover closed to prevent entry of foreign matter such as dust.
(20) USB cover A cover for the USB port. Open this cover and connect a USB-compatible peripheral. Otherwise, keep the cover closed to prevent entry of foreign matter such as dust.
(21) Production information marking Shows the production information (16 digits) of the module.
Extended SRAM cassette
Power-on time
ratio (*1)
Actual service value when used with the R04CPU
Actual service value when used with the R08CPU, R16CPU, R32CPU, or
R120CPU
Q6BAT Q7BAT Q6BAT Q7BAT
Not used, used (1MB type), used (2MB type), used (4MB type), used (8MB type)
0 to 100% 43800 hours (5.00 years)
43800 hours (5.00 years)
43800 hours (5.00 years)
43800 hours (5.00 years)
Used (16MB type) (*2)
0% 30100 hours (3.43 years)
25500 hours (2.91 years)
30% 43000 hours (4.90 years)
36400 hours (4.15 years)
50 to 100% 43800 hours (5.00 years)
43800 hours (5.00 years)
Number Name Details
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (C80 Series)
252IB-1501506-L
[Guaranteed value]
(*1) The power-on time ratio indicates the ratio of the programmable controller power-on time to 24 hours. (If the total
power-on time is 12 hours, the ratio will be 50%. If the total power-on time is 6 hours, the ratio will be 25%.)
(*2) To use the extended SRAM cassette (16MB type) with the RnCPU, check the version of the CPU module and
engineering tool.
Extended SRAM cassette
Power-on time
ratio (*1)
Guaranteed value when used with the R04CPU
Guaranteed value when used with the R08CPU, R16CPU, R32CPU, or
R120CPU
Q6BAT Q7BAT Q6BAT Q7BAT
Not used
0% 31700 hours (3.61 years)
43800 hours (5.00 years)
30600 hours (3.49 years)
43800 hours (5.00 years)
30% 43800 hours (5.00 years)
43700 hours (4.98 years)
50 to 100% 43800 hours (5.00 years)
Used (1MB type)
0% 22000 hours (2.51 years)
21500 hours (2.45 years)
30% 31400 hours (3.58 years)
30700 hours (3.50 years)
50% 43800 hours (5.00 years)
43000 hours (4.90 years)
70 to 100% 43800 hours (5.00 years)
Used (2MB type)
0% 19600 hours (2.23 years)
19100 hours (2.18 years)
43100 hours (4.92 years)
30% 28000 hours (3.19 years)
27200 hours (3.10 years)
43800 hours (5.00 years)
50% 39200 hours (4.47 years)
38200 hours (4.36 years)
70 to 100% 43800 hours (5.00 years)
43800 hours (5.00 years)
Used (4MB type)
0% 15300 hours (1.74 years)
39600 hours (4.52 years)
15000 hours (1.71 years)
36200 hours (4.13 years)
30% 21800 hours (2.48 years)
43800 hours (5.00 years)
21400 hours (2.44 years)
43800 hours (5.00 years)
50% 30600 hours (3.49 years)
30000 hours (3.42 years)
70 to 100% 43800 hours (5.00 years)
43800 hours (5.00 years)
Used (8MB type)
0% 10100 hours (1.15 years)
26900 hours (3.07 years)
10000 hours (1.14 years)
24800 hours (2.83 years)
30% 14400 hours (1.64 years)
38400 hours (4.38 years)
14200 hours (1.62 years)
35400 hours (4.04 years)
50% 20200 hours (2.30 years)
43800 hours (5.00 years)
20000 hours (2.28 years)
43800 hours (5.00 years)
70% 33600 hours (3.83 years)
33300 hours (3.80 years)
100% 43800 hours (5.00 years)
43800 hours (5.00 years)
Used (16MB type) (*2)
0% 6400 hours (0.73 years)
16100 hours (1.83 years)
6400 hours (0.73 years)
16000 hours (1.82 years)
30% 9100 hours (1.03 years)
23000 hours (2.62 years)
9100 hours (1.03 years)
22800 hours (2.62 years)
50% 12800 hours (1.46 years)
32200 hours (3.67 years)
12800 hours (1.46 years)
32000 hours (3.65 years)
70% 21300 hours (2.43 years) 43800 hours (5.00
years)
21300 hours (2.43 years) 43800 hours (5.00
years) 100%
43800 hours (5.00 years)
43800 hours (5.00 years)
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (C80 Series)
253 IB-1501506-L
4.5 CNC CPU Module Dimension and Names of parts
(1) READY LED
(2) ERROR LED
The operating state and the error state of CNC CPU will be displayed.
(3) SW
Rotary switch for maintenance (usually set to «0»)
(4) Dot matrix LED
The operating state and the error information will be displayed. (3 digits)
READY LED ERROR LED Operating state
Not lit Not lit Power OFF or hardware failure
Flashing Not lit Initializing
Lit Not lit Under normal operation
Lit Flashing Occurrence of a moderate error
Not lit Lit or flashing Occurrence of a severe error
4 9
8
110
1 0
6
27.8
(9) (8) (7)
(1) (2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(10)
[mm]
Top
Bottom
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (C80 Series)
254IB-1501506-L
(5) CN1
Connector for servo/spindle drive unit
(6) DISPLAY I/F
Connector for display (GOT)
(7) EMG
Connector for the emergency stop signal input
Input type: Current sinking/sourcing
Insulation method: Optocoupler insulation
Input voltage: 24VDC (+10%, -15%, ripple ratio within 5%)
OFF voltage/current : 17.5VDC or more / 3.0mA or less
ON voltage/current : 1.8VDC or less / 0.18mA or less
Input resistance: Approximate 10k
Response time (OFF -> ON or ON -> OFF): 1ms
Applicable size of wire : 0.3mm2
2
1
1 IN RD
2 OUT TD
1
8
1 OUT TD+
2 OUT TD-
3 IN RD+
4 CMTR
5 CMTR
6 IN RD-
7 CMIT
8 CMIT
2
1 1 SG(0V)
2 IN
70553-0001
(MOLEX)
2
1
EMG
SG(0V)
10kEMG
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (C80 Series)
255 IB-1501506-L
(8) MPG
Connector for 5V manual pulse generator
Input pulse signal type: 90phase difference between HA1 and HB1
Max. input pulse frequency: 5kHz
Number of pulses per rotation: 100pulse/rev
Input signal voltage: H level 3.5V to 5.25V, L level 0V to 0.5V
For pulse generators
Power voltage for pulse generators : 5VDC10%
Max. output current: 100mA
a.b.c.d.e: HA1 or HB1 rising edge (falling edge) phase difference = T/4 T/10
T: Ha1 or HB1 phase cycle (Min. 10s)
(9) RIO
Connector for Dual signal module
1
6
1 OUT 5VDC
2 IN HA1
3 IN HB1
4 OUT SG(0V)
5 —
6 FG 2
1
FG
4
6
+5VDC
SG(0V)
HB1
HA1
470
+5VDC
220
0V
4700pF
3
470
220
0V
4700pF
0V
FG
70553-0005
(MOLEX)
T
HA1(HB1)
HB1(HA1)
b da c e
3
1 1 IN/OUT RXTXH
2 IN/OUT RXTXL
3 SG(0V)
70553-0002
(MOLEX)
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (C80 Series)
256IB-1501506-L
(10) EXT I/F
Connector for the expansion connection of skip signal/ 5V manual pulse generator
—Manual pulse generator I/F specification—- Input pulse signal type: 90phase difference between HA1 and HB1. Max. input pulse frequency : 5kHz Number of pulses per rotation: 100pulse/rev Input signal voltage : H level 3.5V to 5.25V, L level 0V to 0.5V Output power voltage : +5VDC -10% -10% Max. output current : 100mA (Note) The connector MPG and EXT I/F have input pins for HA1 and HB1. Use either of the connectors. Use either of the connectors.
a.b.c.d.e: HA1 or HB1 rising edge (falling edge) phase difference = T/4 T/10 T: Ha1 or HB1 phase cycle (Min. 10s)
—SKIP I/F specification— Input ON voltage : 18V or more to 25.2V or less Input ON current : 2mA or more Input OFF voltage : 4V or less Input OFF current : 0.4mA or less Input signal holding time (Ton) : 2ms or more Internal response time : 0.08ms or less
(Note) NC recognizes input signals of 2ms or more as the valid skip signals. If machine contacts (relay, etc.) are used, malfunctions will occur due to chattering. Use semiconductor contacts (transistor, etc.).
1
25
26
50
HDR-EC50LFDT1-SDL+
(HONDA)
1 OUT 5VDC 26 OUT 5VDC
2 OUT 5VDC 27 OUT 5VDC
3 OUT SG(0V) 28 OUT SG(0V)
4
11
(Reserve)
29 OUT SG(0V)
30
36 (Reserve)
12 OUT SG(0V) 37 OUT SG(0V)
13 (Reserve) 38 (Reserve)
14 (Reserve) 39 (Reserve)
15 OUT SG(0V) 40 OUT SG(0V)
16 (Reserve) 41 (Reserve)
17 OUT SG(0V) 42 OUT SG(0V)
18 IN HA3 43 IN HB3
19 IN HA2 44 IN HB2
20 IN HA1 45 IN HB1
21 (Reserve) 46 (Reserve)
22 (Reserve) 47 (Reserve)
23 IN SKIPCOM 48 IN SKIPCOM
24 IN SKIP1 49 IN SKIP2
25 IN SKIP3 50 IN SKIP4
10k
20
1
15
+5VDC
SG(0V)
HB1
HA1
470
+5VDC
220
0V
4700pF
45
470
220
0V
4700pF
FG
2
3
MPG
19
HB2
HA2
470
220
0V
4700pF
44
470
220
0V
4700pF
26+5VDC
40SG(0V)
2
17
+5VDC
SG(0V)
18
HB3
HA3
470
220
0V
4700pF
43
470
220
0V
4700pF
27+5VDC
42SG(0V)
10k
10k
10k
24
49
25
50
23SKIPCOM
48SKIPCOM
SKIP4
SKIP3
SKIP2
SKIP1
T
HA1(HB1)
HB1(HA1)
b da c e
t0V
+24VDC
Ton >= 2ms
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (C80 Series)
257 IB-1501506-L
4.6 Dual Signal Module Use the dual signal module within the following specifications.
Items Specifications
R173SXY
Number of input points 32 points x 2 systems (32 points for PLC CPU control + 32 points for CNC CPU control, 20 points x 2 systems for safety input, 12 points x 2 systems for feedback input for output)
Input insulation method Optocoupler insulation
Rated input voltage 24VDC (+20/-15%, ripple ratio within 5%)
Rated input current Approximate 4mA
Input derating Refer to the derating figure
ON voltage/ON current 19V or more/3mA or more
OFF voltage/OFF current 4V or less / 1.7mA or less
Input resistance Approximate 5.6k
Input response time 1ms
Input common method 32 points/common (Common terminal 1A01, 1A02, 2A01, 2A02) (Each part-system has a different common.)
Input type Type 1, Current sinking
Number of output points 12 points x 2 systems
Output insulation method Optocoupler insulation
Rated load voltage 24VDC (+20/-15%)
Maximum load current (0.1A x 8 points, 0.2A x 4 points) x 2 systems Common current: 1.6A or less for each connector
Utilization category DC12/DC13
Maximum rush current 0.7A,10ms or less (1.4A, 10ms or less for 0.2A output pin)
OFF-time leakage current 0.1mA or less
ON-time maximum voltage drop 0.1VDC(TYP.)0.1A, 0.2VDC(MAX.)0.1A
Output response time 1ms or less (at rated load and resistance load)
Output common method 12 points/common (Common terminal 1B01, 1B02, 2B01, 2B02) (Each part-system has a different common.)
Output Current sourcing
Surge suppressor Zener diode
Fuse Not provided
External power supply Voltage 24VDC (+20/-15%, ripple ratio within 5%)
Electric current 40mA
Protection Provided (thermal protection and short circuit protection) Thermal protection works for each 2 points. Short circuit protection works for each 1 point. (1 to 3A/point)
Withstand voltage 560VAC rms/3cycles (at 2000m elevation)
Insulation resistance 10M or more (measured with an insulation resistance tester)
Noise withstand level
Simulator noise 500Vp-p, Noise width 1s measured with a noise simulator with noise frequency 25 to 60Hz
First transient noise IEC61000-4-4: 1kV
Protection degree IP2X
Number of I/O occupational points 32 points (with I/O assignments as 32 points I/O mixed unit)
Operation display ON display (LED) and 32 input points display for PLC CPU control
External connection method 40-pin connector
Applicable size of wire 0.3mm2 (for A6CON1 and A6CON4)
Connector for external wiring A6CON1, A6CON2, A6CON3, A6CON4 (sold separately)
Terminal block changeover unit FA-LTB40P (Cable FA-CBL FMV-M)
5VDC internal power dissipation 200mA (TYP. when all points are ON)
Mass 0.14kg
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (C80 Series)
258IB-1501506-L
Names of parts
(1) RUN LED
Shows the operating state of the dual signal module.
(2) LED
Shows the input signal state of PLCIO (part-system 2).
(3) ALM LED
Shows the communication state with the CNC CPU module.
(4) RSW
Rotary switch for station No. setting Set within the range of 0 to 2.
(5) RIO1/RIO2
Connector for connecting the CNC CPU module and the 2nd or subsequent dual signal module.
4 9
8
110 1
0 6
27.8
(5) (4) (3)
(6)
(1)
(7)
(2)
[mm]
Top
Bottom
3
1 1 IN/OUT RXTXH
2 IN/OUT RXTXL
3 SG(V)
70553-0005
(MOLEX)
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (C80 Series)
259 IB-1501506-L
(6) NCIO
Part-system 1 I/O signal connector
(Note 1) Output pins with (*) allow 0.2A output. Other pins have 0.1A output.
(Note 2) Pins with signal names «NC-Y0A» and «NC-X0A» are the output signals controlled by CNC CPU. When any of
the signals is output to Y0A, the signal is input to X0A as a feedback signal.
(Note 3) The device Nos. written above are for the assignment on hardware. These Nos. are different from the device
Nos. to be actually used.
1A20
1A19
1A18
1A17
1A18
1A15
1A14
1A13
1A12
1A11
1A10
1A09
1A08
1A07
1A06
1A05
1A04
1A03
1A02
1A01
1B20
1B19
1B18
1B17
1B18
1B15
1B14
1B13
1B12
1B11
1B10
1B09
1B08
1B07
1B06
1B05
1B04
1B03
1B02
1B01
R
R
R
R
R
L
L
1B20
1A11
1B10
1A05
1B02
1A02
1B01
1A01
+
2B02
2B01
1B20 IN NC-X00 1A20 IN NC-X10
1B19 IN NC-X01 1A19 IN NC-X11
1B18 IN NC-X02 1A18 IN NC-X12
1B17 IN NC-X03 1A17 IN NC-X13
1B16 IN NC-X04 1A16 IN NC-X14
1B15 IN NC-X05 1A15 IN NC-X15
1B14 IN NC-X06 1A14 IN NC-X16
1B13 IN NC-X07 1A13 IN NC-X17
1B12 IN NC-X08 1A12 IN NC-X18
1B11 IN NC-X09 1A11 IN NC-X19
1B10(*) IN/OUT NC-Y0A/PC-X0A 1A10(*) IN/OUT NC-Y1A/PC-X1A
1B09(*) IN/OUT NC-Y0B/PC-X0B 1A09(*) IN/OUT NC-Y1B/PC-X1B
1B08 IN/OUT NC-Y0C/PC-X0C 1A08 IN/OUT NC-Y1C/PC-X1C
1B07 IN/OUT NC-Y0D/PC-X0D 1A07 IN/OUT NC-Y1D/PC-X1D
1B06 IN/OUT NC-Y0E/PC-X0E 1A06 IN/OUT NC-Y1E/PC-X1E
1B05 IN/OUT NC-Y0F/PC-X0F 1A05 IN/OUT NC-Y1F/PC-X1F
1B04 — 1A04 —
1B03 — 1A03 —
1B02 24VDC(COM1) 1A02 0V(COM2)
1B01 24VDC(COM1) 1A01 0V(COM2)
0 10 20 30 40 50 55 ( ) 20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
( )
ON
rate
Temperature
24VDC
24VDC
26.4VDC
28.8VDC
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (C80 Series)
260IB-1501506-L
(7) PLCIO
Part-system 2 I/O signal connector
(Note 1) Output pins with (*) allow 0.2A output. Other pins have 0.1A output.
(Note 2) The device Nos. written above are for the assignment on hardware. These Nos. are different from the device
Nos. to be actually used.
0 10 20 30 40 50 55 ( ) 20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
( )
ON
rate
Temperature
R
R
R
R
R
L
L
2B20
2A11
2B10
2A05
2B02
2A02
2B01
2A01
+
1B02
1B01
2A20
2A19
2A18
2A17
2A18
2A15
2A14
2A13
2A12
2A11
2A10
2A09
2A08
2A07
2A06
2A05
2A04
2A03
2A02
2A01
2B20
2B19
2B18
2B17
2B18
2B15
2B14
2B13
2B12
2B11
2B10
2B09
2B08
2B07
2B06
2B05
2B04
2B03
2B02
2B01
2B20 IN PC-X00
2B19 IN PC-X01
2B18 IN PC-X02
2B17 IN PC-X03
2B16 IN PC-X04
2B15 IN PC-X05
2B14 IN PC-X06
2B13 IN PC-X07
2B12 IN PC-X08
2B11 IN PC-X09
2B10(*) IN/OUT PC-Y0A/NC-X0A
2B09(*) IN/OUT PC-Y0B/NC-X0B
2B08 IN/OUT PC-Y0C/NC-X0C
2B07 IN/OUT PC-Y0D/NC-X0D
2B06 IN/OUT PC-Y0E/NC-X0E
2B05 IN/OUT PC-Y0F/NC-X0F
2B04 —
2B03 —
2B02 24VDC(COM1)
2B01 24VDC(COM1)
2A20 IN PC-X10
2A19 IN PC-X11
2A18 IN PC-X12
2A17 IN PC-X13
2A16 IN PC-X14
2A15 IN PC-X15
2A14 IN PC-X16
2A13 IN PC-X17
2A12 IN PC-X18
2A11 IN PC-X19
2A10(*) IN/OUT PC-Y1A/NC-X1A
2A09(*) IN/OUT PC-Y1B/NC-X1B
2A08 IN/OUT PC-Y1C/NC-X1C
2A07 IN/OUT PC-Y1D/NC-X1D
2A06 IN/OUT PC-Y1E/NC-X1E
2A05 IN/OUT PC-Y1F/NC-X1F
2A04 —
2A03 —
2A02 0V(COM2)
2A01 0V(COM2)
24VDC
24VDC
26.4VDC
28.8VDC
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (C80 Series)
261 IB-1501506-L
Connector type Pressure displacement type
Crimp-contact type Soldering type
Connector FCN-367J040-AU/F FCN-363J040 FCN-361J040-AU
Contact — AWG#24 to #28: FCN-363J-AU AWG#22 to #26: FCN-363J-AU/S
—
Case —
FCN-360C040-B FCN-360C040-D (Wide-mouthed type) FCN-360C040-E (Long screw type)
—
FCN-360C040-H/E (Side-mouthed type) FCN-360C040-J1 (Sloped-mouth cover) FCN-360C040-J2 (Thin sloped-mouth cover)
Manufacturer FUJITSU Component
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (C80 Series)
262IB-1501506-L
4.7 Signal Splitter (Note) Signal splitter allows DIN rail installation only.
Dimension and Names of parts
(1) NC I/F
Connector for CNC CPU
(2) RIO1
(Not used)
(3) DCIN
Terminal block for power supply (Used for the 12V power supply type manual pulse generator)
(4) SKIP
Connector for skip signal
—SKIP I/F specification— Input ON voltage: 18V or more to 25.2V or less Input ON current: 6mA or more Input OFF voltage: 4V or less Input OFF current: 2mA or less Input signal holding time (Ton): 2ms or more Internal response time: 0.08ms or less (Note) NC recognizes input signals of 2ms or more as the valid skip signals. If machine contacts (relay, etc.) are used, malfunctions will occur due to chattering. Use semiconductor contacts (transistor, etc.).
86
172 45
6 6
3 3
RIO1
DIN Rail
DIN Rail
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
[mm]
1 2 3 4 SKIP4
5 —
IN
IN
IN
IN
SKIP1
SKIP2
SKIP3
1
5
6
9
D-SUB 9pin
6 7 8 9 COM4IN
IN
IN
IN
COM1
COM2
COM3
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (C80 Series)
263 IB-1501506-L
(5) MPG
5V/12V Connector for manual pulse generator
a.b.c.d.e: HA1 or HB1 rising edge (falling edge) phase difference = T/4 T/10
T: HA1 or HB1 cycle (Min. 10s)
(Note) 12V power is separately required to connect 12V manual pulse generator.
(Refer to «6.9 Connecting the Manual Pulse Generator».)
(6) TERMINAL
(Not used)
5V manual pulse generator (UFO-01-2Z9) input conditions
12V manual pulse generator (HD60C) input conditions
Input pulse signal type HA1 and HB1 phases (with phase difference 90) (Refer to the waveform below.)
Input signal voltage H level 3.5V to 5.25V
L level 0V to 0.5V
Max. input pulse frequency
5kHz
Pulse generators power supply voltage
5VDC10% 12VDC10%
Current consumption 100mA or less
Number of pulses per rotation
100 pulse/rev 25 pulse/rev
1
8
9
15
D-SUB 15pin
1 2 3 4 HB2
5 HA3
6 7 +5VDC
8 +5VDC
OUT
OUT
IN HB3
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
HA1
HB1
HA2
9 10 11 12 +12VDC
13 SG(0V)
14 15 —
OUT +12VDC
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
SG(0V)
+12VDC
SG(0V)
T
b da c e
HA1 (HB1)
HB1 (HA1)
0V
+5V
1
3
2
4
7
8
0V
+5V
+5V
+5V
0V
0V
0V
10
12
+12V +12V
5V
12V
5
6
14+12V
0V
9
11
13
0.1F
HA1
HA2
HA3
HB1
HB2
HB3
12V
MPG
0.1F
Signal
input
Power
output
Power
output
Control
unit
(Note)
CNC CPUSignal Splitter
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (C80 Series)
264IB-1501506-L
4.8 Manual Pulse Generator
4.8.1 5V Manual Pulse Generator (UFO-01-2Z9)
100 pulse/rev
[Outline dimension]
[Panel cut dimension]
Produced by NIDEC NEMICON CORPORATION
3-M4
[mm]
0
10
2 0
3 0
40
50
60
7 0
8 0
90
0V A B
8 0
.5
6 0
61 62 6
R 4
3
5 6
5 8
7 7
8.89 7.6 M3 x 6
5V
Gasket
Above size only
72 at equal pitch
Panel cut diameter
studIndex
Top
Bottom
[mm]
72
62
at equal pitch
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (C80 Series)
265 IB-1501506-L
4.8.2 12V Manual Pulse Generator (HD60C)
25 pulse/rev
[Outline dimension]
[Panel cut dimension]
4.9 Recommended Terminal Block for Dual Signal Module Terminal block converter module FA-TBS40P or FA-LTB40P, produced by MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC ENGINEERING, is
recommended to connect the dual signals to the dual signal module. Use the connection cable FA-CBL FMV-M
produced by MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC ENGINEERING.
[MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC ENGINEERING: http://www.mee.co.jp]
3.6
16 27 0.5
L10
8.89 7.60
t 2.0 3-M4
7 7
0 .5
8 0
1
5 8
0 .5
6 0
0 .5
[mm]
24 0.5
5 6
0 .5
Installation of screws
stud bolt Packing
other than M3 x 6 not possible
Top
Bottom
BA0V12V
40
30
50 60
70
10
20
90 0
80
3 — 4. 8
62 +2 0
72 0. 2
120
[mm]
(Divide equally
by three)
M800/M80/E80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hardware)
4 General Specifications (C80 Series)
266IB-1501506-L
4.10 GOT (Panel Cut Dimensions) Make an installation hole on the control panel with the dimensions as shown below.
The C dimension shows the measurements for installing fittings on the control panel.
A
C B
C
A
C B C
A B C
GT2712-S 302
GT2710-S,GT2710-V 289
GT2708-S,GT2708-V 227 176
GT2705-V 153 121
+2 0
+2 0
+2 0
+2 0
+2 0
+2 0
+2 0
+2 0
GT2512-S 302 228
GT2510-V 289 200
GT2508-V 227 176
+2 0
+2 0
+2 0
+2 0
+2 0
+2 0
GT2715-X 383.5 282.5 +2
0 +2
0
228
200
Horizontal Vertical
Model Panel thickness
10 or More 1.6 to 4
Unit: mm
Revision History
Date of revision
Manual No. Revision details
Sep. 2017 IB(NA)1501506-A The first edition was created excerpting from General specifications pages in «M800/ M80/C80 Series Specifications Manual» (IB-1501267(ENG)-G). «M800W/M80W Series Hardware» was created integrating «M800W Series General Specifications» and «M80W Series General Specifications». «M800S/M80 Series Hardware» was created integrating «M800S Series General Specifications» and «M80 Series General Specifications». The chapter title «C80 Series General Specifications» was changed to «C80 Series Hardware». Other contents were added/revised/deleted according to specification.
Dec. 2017 IB(NA)1501506-B The descriptions of M800 Series/M80 Series were revised in response to S/W version C7. «M800W/M80W Series Hardware» The following units were added. FCU8-KB922 (MITSUBISHI CNC Machine operation panel) FCU8-KB924 (MITSUBISHI CNC Machine operation panel) The following cable was deleted. CNV2E-MB (Cable for MBE405W/MBA405W) The following contents were changed. 3.16 MITSUBISHI CNC Machine Operation Panel 3.23 List of Cables 4.1.1 Environment Conditions inside the Operation Panel 4.2.1 Environment Conditions inside the Operation Panel 4.15.2 12V Manual Pulse Generator (HD60C) 4.17.1 Main Panel A , B (FCU8-KB921 / FCU8-KB922 , FCU8-KB923 / FCU8-KB924) «M800S/M80 Series Hardware» The following units were added. FCU8-KB922 (MITSUBISHI CNC Machine operation panel) FCU8-KB924 (MITSUBISHI CNC Machine operation panel) The following cable was deleted. CNV2E-MB (Cable for MBE405W/MBA405W) The following contents were changed. 3.13 MITSUBISHI CNC Machine Operation Panel 3.20 List of Cables 4.1.1 Installation Environment Conditions 4.2.1 Installation Environment Conditions 4.8.2 FCU8-DX750 / FCU8-DX760 / FCU8-DX761 4.12.2 12V Manual Pulse Generator (HD60C) 4.14.1 Main Panel A , B (FCU8-KB921 / FCU8-KB922 , FCU8-KB923 / FCU8-KB924) Other contents were added/revised/deleted according to specification.
Mar.2018 IB(NA)1501506-C The descriptions were revised in response to Mitsubishi Electric CNC E80 Series. «M800W/M80W Series Hardware» The following units were added. FCU8-DX409 (Remote I/O unit) FCU8-EX564 (Communication expansion unit) FCU8-KB925 (MITSUBISHI CNC Machine operation panel) FCU8-KB926 (MITSUBISHI CNC Machine operation panel) FCU8-KB941 (MITSUBISHI CNC Machine operation panel) The following chapters were added. 4.13.3 CC-Link IE Field (FCU8-EX564) The following contents were changed. 3.10 Remote I/O Unit 3.12 Communication Expansion Unit 3.16 MITSUBISHI CNC Machine Operation Panel 4.1.1 Environment Conditions inside the Operation Panel 4.1.2 Environment Conditions inside the Control Panel 4.2.1 Environment Conditions inside the Operation Panel 4.2.2 Environment Conditions inside the Control Panel 4.11 Remote I/O Unit 4.13.1 CC-Link (FCU8-EX561) 4.13.2 PROFIBUS-DP (FCU8-EX563) 4.13.4 EtherNet/IP (FCU8-EX565) 4.17.1 Main Panel A , B (FCU8-KB921 / FCU8-KB922 / FCU8-KB925 , FCU8-KB923 / FCU8-KB924 / FCU8-KB92) 4.17.2 Sub Panel A (FCU8-KB931 / FCU8-KB94) (Continue to the next page)
Date of revision
Manual No. Revision details
Mar.2018 IB(NA)1501506-C (Continued from the previous page) «M800S/M80/E80 Series Hardware» The following units were added. FCU8-MU513 (Control unit) FCU8-MU514 (Control unit) FCU8-DU121-13 (Display unit) FCU8-KB024 (Keyboard unit) FCU8-KB025 (Keyboard unit) FCU8-DX731 (Operation panel I/O unit) FCU8-DX409 (Remote I/O unit) FCU8-EX564 (Communication expansion unit) FCU8-KB925 (MITSUBISHI CNC Machine operation panel) FCU8-KB926 (MITSUBISHI CNC Machine operation panel) FCU8-KB941 (MITSUBISHI CNC Machine operation panel) The following cable was added. J225 (Analog output cable) The following chapters were added. 2.3 General Connection Diagram [E80] 3.3 Control Unit [E80] 3.6 Display Unit [E80] 3.9 Keyboard Unit [E80] 3.12 Remote I/O Unit [E80] 3.18 MITSUBISHI CNC Machine Operation Panel [E80] 4.3 Environment Conditions [E80] 4.6 Control Unit [E80] 4.9 Display Unit [E80] 4.10.9 Keyboard for 8.4-type Display Unit (FCU8-KB024) 4.10.10 Keyboard for 8.4-type Display Unit (FCU8-KB025) 4.14.3 CC-Link IE Field (FCU8-EX564) The following contents were changed. 2 General Connection Diagram 3.10 Operation Panel I/O Unit 3.11 Remote I/O Unit [M800S/M80] 3.14 Communication Expansion Unit 3.17 MITSUBISHI CNC Machine Operation Panel [M800S/M80] 3.20 Cable Connector Sets 3.25 List of Cables 4.1.1 Installation Environment Conditions 4.2.1 Installation Environment Conditions 4.10 Keyboard Unit 4.11 Operation Panel I/O Unit 4.12 Remote I/O Unit 4.14.1 CC-Link (FCU8-EX561) 4.14.2 PROFIBUS-DP (FCU8-EX563) 4.14.4 EtherNet/IP (FCU8-EX565) 4.17.1 Main Panel A , B (FCU8-KB921 / FCU8-KB922 / FCU8-KB925 , FCU8-KB923 / FCU8-KB924 / FCU8-KB926) 4.17.2 Sub Panel A (FCU8-KB931 / FCU8-KB941) Other contents were added/revised/deleted according to specification.
Date of revision
Manual No. Revision details
Sep. 2018 IB(NA)1501506-D The descriptions were revised corresponding to S/W version B0 of Mitsubishi Electric CNC C80 series. «C80 Series Hardware» Added the following chapter. 4.10 GOT (Panel Cut Dimensions) Changed the following contents. 3.1 CNC Control Unit 4.6 Dual Signal Module Other mistakes were corrected.
Apr. 2019 IB(NA)1501506-E The descriptions of M800 Series/M80 Series/E80 Series were revised in response to S/W version E0. «M800W/M80W Series Hardware» The following contents were changed. 2.1.1 M800W, Windows-based Display (15-type) 2.1.2 M800W, Windows-based Display (19-type) 2.1.3 M800W, Non-Windows-based Display (10.4-type / 15-type) 2.2.1 M80W, Windows-based Display (15-type) 2.2.2 M80W, Windows-based Display (19-type) 2.2.3 M80W, Non-Windows-based Display (8.4-type /10.4-type /15-type) 3.9 Operation Panel I/O Unit 3.18 Cable Connector Sets 3.22 Replacements 4.10 Operation Panel I/O Unit 4.10.1 List of Units 4.10.2 FCU8-DX830 / FCU8-DX837 / FCU8-DX730 «M800S/M80/E80 Series Hardware» The following contents were changed. 2.1 General Connection Diagram [M800S] 2.2 General Connection Diagram [M80] 2.3 General Connection Diagram [E80] 3.10 Operation Panel I/O Unit 3.14 Communication Expansion Unit 3.20 Cable Connector Sets 3.24 Replacements 4.11.1 List of Units 4.11.2 FCU8-DX731 / FCU8-DX750 / FCU8-DX760 / FCU8-DX761 Other mistakes were corrected.
Sep. 2019 IB(NA)1501506-F The descriptions of M800 Series/M80 Series/E80 Series were revised in response to S/W version E1. «M800W/M80W Series Hardware» The following units were added. FCU8-DX834 (Operation panel I/O unit) FCU8-EX568 (FL-net expansion unit) The following cable was added. J460 (DI/DO cable) J461 (DI/DO cable) (Continue to the next page)
Date of revision
Manual No. Revision details
Sep. 2019 IB(NA)1501506-F (Continued from the previous page) The following chapters were added. 3.24 System Type 4.13.5 FL-net (FCU8-EX568) The following contents were changed. 2.1.1 M800W, Windows-based Display (15-type) 2.1.2 M800W, Windows-based Display (19-type) 2.2.1 M80W, Windows-based Display (15-type) 2.2.2 M80W, Windows-based Display (19-type) 3.9 Operation Panel I/O Unit 3.12 Communication Expansion Unit 3.23 List of Cables 4.1.1 Environment Conditions inside the Operation Panel 4.2.1 Environment Conditions inside the Operation Panel 4.5.1 10.4-type (FCU8-DU141-31) 4.5.2 15-type (FCU8-DU181-31) 4.5.3 15-type (FCU8-DU181-34) 4.5.4 19-type (FCU8-DU191-75) 4.5.5 19-type (FCU8-DU192-75) 4.6.1 8.4-type (FCU8-DU121-12) 4.6.2 10.4-type (FCU8-DU141-32) 4.6.3 15-type (FCU8-DU181-32) 4.6.4 15-type (FCU8-DU181-36) 4.6.5 19-type (FCU8-DU191-77) 4.6.6 19-type (FCU8-DU192-77) 4.10 Operation Panel I/O Unit 4.10.1 List of Units 4.10.2 FCU8-DX830 / FCU8-DX834 / FCU8-DX837 / FCU8-DX730 «M800S/M80/E80 Series Hardware» The following units were added. FCU8-DX834 (Operation panel I/O unit) FCU8-EX568 (FL-net expansion unit) The following cable was added. J012 (Operation panel I/O interface cable) The following chapters were added. 2.3.1 Connecting a Spindle Drive Unit 2.3.2 Connecting a Pulse-controlled Inverter 3.26 System Type 4.14.5 FL-net (FCU8-EX568) (Continue to the next page)
Date of revision
Manual No. Revision details
Sep. 2019 IB(NA)1501506-F (Continued from the previous page) The following contents were changed. 2.1 General Connection Diagram [M800S] 2.2 General Connection Diagram [M80] 2.3 General Connection Diagram [E80] 3.10 Operation Panel I/O Unit 3.14 Communication Expansion Unit 3.25 List of Cables 4.1.1 Installation Environment Conditions 4.2.1 Installation Environment Conditions 4.3.1 Installation Environment Conditions 4.4.1 FCU8-MU542 / FCU8-MA542 / FCU8-MU541 / FCU8-MA541 4.6.1 FCU8-MU513 / FCU8-MU514 4.7.1 10.4-type (FCU8-DU141-31) 4.7.2 15-type (FCU8-DU181-31) 4.8.1 8.4-type (FCU8-DU121-12) 4.8.2 10.4-type (FCU8-DU141-32) 4.8.3 15-type (FCU8-DU181-32) 4.9.1 8.4-type (FCU8-DU121-13) 4.11 Operation Panel I/O Unit 4.11.1 List of Units 4.11.2 FCU8-DX731 / FCU8-DX750/ FCU8-DX760 / FCU8-DX761 / FCU8-DX834 Other mistakes were corrected.
Jan. 2020 IB(NA)1501506-G The descriptions were revised in response to S/W version F0 of M800/M80/E80 Series. The descriptions were revised in response to S/W version B5 of C80 Series. «M800S/M80/E80 Series Hardware» The following chapters were added. 2.2.1 Connecting a Spindle Drive Unit 2.2.2 Connecting a Pulse-controlled Inverter The following contents were changed. 2.3.2 Connecting a Pulse-controlled Inverter «C80 Series Hardware» The following contents were changed. 3.1 CNC Control Unit 3.2.1 GT27 3.2.2 GT25 3.3 Peripheral Device 4.5 CNC CPU Module 4.10 GOT (Panel Cut Dimensions) Other mistakes were corrected.
Date of revision
Manual No. Revision details
Jun. 2020 IB(NA)1501506-H The descriptions were revised in response to S/W version F1 of M800/M80/E80 Series. «M800W/M80W Series Hardware» — The following contents were changed. 2.1.1 M800W, Windows-based Display (15-type) 2.1.2 M800W, Windows-based Display (19-type) 2.1.3 M800W, Non-Windows-based Display (10.4-type / 15-type) 2.2.1 M80W, Windows-based Display (15-type) 2.2.2 M80W, Windows-based Display (19-type) 2.2.3 M80W, Non-Windows-based Display (8.4-type /10.4-type /15-type) 3.1 Control Unit [M800W] 3.2 Control Unit [M80W] 3.20 Genuine Memory Card 3.23 List of Cables 4.1.1 Environment Conditions inside the Operation Panel 4.1.2 Environment Conditions inside the Control Panel 4.2.1 Environment Conditions inside the Operation Panel 4.2.2 Environment Conditions inside the Control Panel 4.11.2 FCU8-DX220 / FCU8-DX230 / FCU8-DX231 / FCU8-DX202 / FCU8-DX213 / FCU8-DX213-1 / FCU8-DX654 / FCU8-DX654-1 / FCU8-DX651 / FCU8-DX408 / FCU8-DX409 — The chapter titles were corrected. 3.16 Machine Operation Panel 4.17 Machine Operation Panel 4.20 Exclusive SD Cards «M800S/M80/E80 Series Hardware» — The following contents were changed. 2.1 General Connection Diagram [M800S] 2.2.1 Connecting a Spindle Drive Unit 2.3.1 Connecting a Spindle Drive Unit 2.3.2 Connecting a Pulse-controlled Inverter 3.1 Control Unit [M800S] 3.2 Control Unit [M80] 3.3 Control Unit [E80] 3.22 Genuine Memory Card 3.25 List of Cables 4.1.1 Installation Environment Conditions 4.2.1 Installation Environment Conditions 4.3.1 Installation Environment Conditions 4.4.1 FCU8-MU542 / FCU8-MA542 / FCU8-MU541 / FCU8-MA541 4.6.1 FCU8-MU513 / FCU8-MU514 4.12.2 FCU8-DX220 / FCU8-DX230 / FCU8-DX231 / FCU8-DX202 / FCU8-DX213 / FCU8-DX213-1 / FCU8-DX654 / FCU8-DX654-1 / FCU8-DX651 / FCU8-DX408 / FCU8-DX409 — The chapter titles were corrected. 3.17 Machine Operation Panel [M800S/M80] 3.18 Machine Operation Panel [E80] 4.17 Machine Operation Panel 4.20 Exclusive SD Cards Other mistakes were corrected.
Date of revision
Manual No. Revision details
Mar. 2021 IB(NA)1501506-J The descriptions were revised in response to S/W version F4 of M800/M80/E80 Series. The descriptions were revised in response to S/W version B7 of C80 Series. «M800W/M80W Series Hardware» — The following units were added. FCU8-EX744 (Vibration cutting expansion unit) — The following chapters were added. 4.12.7 Vibration Cutting Expansion Unit (FCU8-EX744) [M800S/M80] — The following contents were changed. 2.1.1 M800W, Windows-based Display (15-type) 2.1.2 M800W, Windows-based Display (19-type) 2.1.3 M800W, Non-Windows-based Display (10.4-type / 15-type) 2.2.1 M80W, Windows-based Display (15-type) 2.2.2 M80W, Windows-based Display (19-type) 2.2.3 M80W, Non-Windows-based Display (8.4-type /10.4-type /15-type) 3.3 Display Unit [M800W] 3.4 Display Unit [M80W] 3.11 Function Expansion Unit 4.3.1 M830W(FCU8-MU042) / M850W(FCU8-MA041) 4.4.1 FCU8-MU044 4.5.1 10.4-type (FCU8-DU141-31) 4.5.2 15-type (FCU8-DU181-31) 4.5.3 15-type (FCU8-DU181-34) 4.5.4 19-type (FCU8-DU191-75) 4.5.5 19-type (FCU8-DU192-75) 4.6.1 8.4-type (FCU8-DU121-12) 4.6.2 10.4-type (FCU8-DU141-32) 4.6.3 15-type (FCU8-DU181-32) 4.6.4 15-type (FCU8-DU181-36) 4.6.5 19-type (FCU8-DU191-77) 4.6.6 19-type (FCU8-DU192-77) 4.9.1 Keyboard for 8.4-type Display Unit (FCU8-KB026) 4.9.2 Keyboard for 8.4-type Display Unit (FCU8-KB028) 4.9.3 Keyboard for 8.4-type Display Unit (FCU8-KB029) 4.9.4 Keyboard for 10.4-type Display Unit (FCU8-KB041) 4.9.5 Keyboard for 10.4-type Display Unit (FCU8-KB046) 4.9.6 Keyboard for 10.4-type Display Unit (FCU8-KB047) 4.9.7 Keyboard for 10.4-type Display Unit (FCU8-KB048) 4.9.8 Keyboard for 15-type Display Unit (FCU8-KB083) 4.11.2 FCU8-DX220 / FCU8-DX230 / FCU8-DX231 / FCU8-DX202 / FCU8-DX213 / FCU8-DX213-1 / FCU8-DX654 / FCU8-DX654-1 / FCU8-DX651 / FCU8-DX408 / FCU8-DX409 4.13 Side Memory I/F Unit 4.14.1 5V Manual Pulse Generator (UFO-01-2Z9) 4.14.2 12V Manual Pulse Generator (HD60C) 4.16.1 Main Panel A , B (FCU8-KB921 / FCU8-KB922 / FCU8-KB925 , FCU8-KB923 / FCU8-KB924 / FCU8-KB926) 4.16.2 Sub Panel A (FCU8-KB931 / FCU8-KB941) — Chapter title deleted. 3.12 Communication Expansion Unit 4.13 Communication Expansion Unit (Continue to the next page)
Date of revision
Manual No. Revision details
Mar. 2021 IB(NA)1501506-J (Continued from the previous page) «M800S/M80/E80 Series Hardware» — The following units were added. FCU8-EX744 (Vibration cutting expansion Unit) — The following chapters were added. 2.4 Connecting a Pulse-controlled Inverter [M80/E80] 3.15 Function Expansion Unit [E80] 4.14.6 Vibration Cutting Expansion Unit (FCU8-EX744) — The following chapter was deleted. 2.2.2 Connecting a Pulse-controlled Inverter 2.3.2 Connecting a Pulse-controlled Inverter — The following contents were changed. 2.1 General Connection Diagram [M800S] 2.2 General Connection Diagram [M80] 2.3 General Connection Diagram [E80] 3.14 Function Expansion Unit [M800S/M80] 4.4.1 FCU8-MU542 / FCU8-MA542 / FCU8-MU541 / FCU8-MA541 4.5.1 FCU8-MU511 / FCU8-MU512 / FCU8-MU501 / FCU8-MU502 4.6.1 FCU8-MU513 / FCU8-MU514 4.7.1 10.4-type (FCU8-DU141-31) 4.7.2 15-type (FCU8-DU181-31) 4.8.1 8.4-type (FCU8-DU121-12) 4.8.2 10.4-type (FCU8-DU141-32) 4.8.3 15-type (FCU8-DU181-32) 4.9.1 8.4-type (FCU8-DU121-13) 4.10.1 Keyboard for 8.4-type Display Unit (FCU8-KB026) 4.10.2 Keyboard for 8.4-type Display Unit (FCU8-KB028) 4.10.3 Keyboard for 8.4-type Display Unit (FCU8-KB029) 4.10.4 Keyboard for 10.4-type Display Unit (FCU8-KB041) 4.10.5 Keyboard for 10.4-type Display Unit (FCU8-KB046) 4.10.6 Keyboard for 10.4-type Display Unit (FCU8-KB047) 4.10.7 Keyboard for 10.4-type Display Unit (FCU8-KB048) 4.10.8 Keyboard for 15-type Display Unit (FCU8-KB083) 4.10.9 Keyboard for 8.4-type Display Unit (FCU8-KB024) 4.10.10 Keyboard for 8.4-type Display Unit (FCU8-KB025) 4.11.2 FCU8-DX731 / FCU8-DX750 / FCU8-DX760 / FCU8-DX761 / FCU8-DX834 4.12.2 FCU8-DX220 / FCU8-DX230 / FCU8-DX231 / FCU8-DX202 / FCU8-DX213 / FCU8-DX213-1 / FCU8-DX654 / FCU8-DX654-1 / FCU8-DX651 / FCU8-DX408 / FCU8-DX409 4.15.1 5V Manual Pulse Generator (UFO-01-2Z9) 4.15.2 12V Manual Pulse Generator (HD60C) 4.17.1 Main Panel A , B (FCU8-KB921 / FCU8-KB922 / FCU8-KB925 , FCU8-KB923 / FCU8-KB924 / FCU8-KB926) 4.17.2 Sub Panel A (FCU8-KB931 / FCU8-KB941) — The chapter titles were corrected. 3.13 Function Safety Expansion Unit [M80] 3.14 Function Expansion Unit [M800S/M80] 4.13 Functional Safety Expansion Unit 4.14 Function Expansion Unit 4.14.7 Option Relay Unit (FCU8-EX702) 4.14.8 Option Relay Unit (FCU8-EX703) — Chapter title deleted. 2.2.1 Connecting a Spindle Drive Unit 2.3.1 Connecting a Spindle Drive Unit (Continue to the next page)
Date of revision
Manual No. Revision details
Mar. 2021 IB(NA)1501506-J (Continued from the previous page) «C80 Series Hardware» — Changed the following contents. 4.6 Dual Signal Module Other mistakes were corrected.
Jul. 2022 IB(NA)1501506-K The descriptions were revised in response to S/W version F8 of Mitsubishi Electric CNC M800/M80/E80 Series. «M800W/M80W Series Hardware» — The following display units were added. FCU8-DU142-31 / FCU8-DU182-31 / FCU8-DU182-34 / FCU8-DU142-32 / FCU8- DU182-32 / FCU8-DU182-36 — The following chapters were added. 2.3 Difference in Connection Depending on the Display Unit — The following contents were changed. 2.1.1 M800W, Windows-based Display (15-type) 2.1.3 M800W, Non-Windows-based Display (10.4-type / 15-type) 2.2.1 M80W, Windows-based Display (15-type) 2.2.3 M80W, Non-Windows-based Display (8.4-type /10.4-type /15-type) 4.1.1 Environment Conditions inside the Operation Panel 4.2.1 Environment Conditions inside the Operation Panel 4.5.2 15-type (FCU8-DU182-31 / FCU8-DU181-31) 4.5.6 Precautions 4.6.3 15-type (FCU8-DU182-32 / FCU8-DU181-32) 4.6.7 Precautions 4.8.1 FCU8-GC211 4.16.1 Main Panel A,B (FCU8-KB921 / FCU8-KB922 / FCU8-KB925, FCU8-KB923 / FCU8-KB924 / FCU8-KB926) — The chapter titles were changed. 4.5.1 10.4-type (FCU8-DU142-31 / FCU8-DU141-31) 4.5.2 15-type (FCU8-DU182-31 / FCU8-DU181-31) 4.5.3 15-type (FCU8-DU182-34 / FCU8-DU181-34) 4.6.2 10.4-type (FCU8-DU142-32 / FCU8-DU141-32) 4.6.3 15-type (FCU8-DU182-32 / FCU8-DU181-32) 4.6.4 15-type (FCU8-DU182-36 / FCU8-DU181-36) «M800S/M80/E80 Series Hardware» — The following display units were added. FCU8-DU142-31 / FCU8-DU182-31 / FCU8-DU142-32 / FCU8-DU182-32 — The following chapters were added. 2.4 Difference in Connection Depending on the Display Unit 2.5 Connecting an Operation Panel I/O Unit (FCU8-DX834) 2.7 Connecting a BiSS Encoder (Continue to the next page)
Date of revision
Manual No. Revision details
Jul. 2022 IB(NA)1501506-K (Continued from the previous page) — The following contents were changed. 2.1 General Connection Diagram [M800S] 2.2 General Connection Diagram [M80] 2.3 General Connection Diagram [E80] 3.4 Display Unit [M800S] 3.5 Display Unit [M80] 3.27 System Type 4.1.1 Installation Environment Conditions 4.2.1 Installation Environment Conditions 4.3.1 Installation Environment Conditions 4.4.1 FCU8-MU542 / FCU8-MA542 / FCU8-MU541 / FCU8-MA541 4.7.2 15-type (FCU8-DU182-31/FCU8-DU181-31) 4.7.3 Precautions 4.8.3 15-type (FCU8-DU182-32/FCU8-DU181-32) 4.8.4 Precautions 4.17.1 Main Panel A,B (FCU8-KB921 / FCU8-KB922 / FCU8-KB925, FCU8-KB923 / FCU8-KB924 / FCU8-KB926) — The chapter titles were changed. 4.7.1 10.4-type (FCU8-DU142-31/FCU8-DU141-31) 4.7.2 15-type (FCU8-DU182-31/FCU8-DU181-31) 4.8.2 10.4-type (FCU8-DU142-32/FCU8-DU141-32) 4.8.3 15-type (FCU8-DU182-32/FCU8-DU181-32) — Mistakes were corrected.
Dec. 2022 IB(NA)1501506-L «M800W/M80W Series Hardware» — The following contents were corrected. 2.1.1 M800W, Windows-based Display (15-type) 2.1.2 M800W, Windows-based Display (19-type) 2.1.3 M800W, Non-Windows-based Display (10.4-type / 15-type) 2.2.1 M80W, Windows-based Display (15-type) 2.2.2 M80W, Windows-based Display (19-type) 2.2.3 M80W, Non-Windows-based Display (8.4-type /10.4-type /15-type) «M800S/M80/E80 Series Hardware» — The following contents were corrected. 2.1 General Connection Diagram [M800S] 2.2 General Connection Diagram [M80] 2.3 General Connection Diagram [E80] «C80 Series Hardware» The descriptions were revised corresponding to S/W version BC of C80 series. — The following contents were changed. 3.1 CNC Control Unit 3.2.2 GT25 — The following contents were corrected. 4.10 GOT (Panel Cut Dimensions)
Date of revision
Manual No. Revision details
Global Service Network
AMERICA EUROPE
.V.B EPORUE CIRTCELE IHSIBUSTIM)RETNEC AF ACIREMA( .CNI NOITAMOTUA CIRTCELE IHSIBUSTIM Central Region Service Center (Chicago) European Service Headquarters (Dusseldorf, GERMANY)
YNAMREG ,NEGNITAR 28804 1 ztalP-cirtcelE-ihsibustiM .A.S.U ,16006 SIONILLI ,SLLIH NONREV ,YAWKRAP SDOOW ETAROPROC 005
0195-684-2012-94+ :XAF / 0005-684-2012-94+ :LET 0562-874-748-1+ :XAF / 0052-874-748-1+ :LET
Minneapolis, MN Service Satellite Detroit, MI Service Satellite South Germany Service Center (Stuttgart) Grand Rapids, MI Service Satellite SCHELMENWASENSTRASSE 16-20, 70567 STUTTGART, GERMANY
Milwaukee, WI Service Satellite TEL: + 49-711-770598-0 / FAX: +49-711-770598-141
Cleveland, OH Service Satellite Indianapolis, IN Service Satellite France Service Center (Paris) St. Louis, MO Service Satellite 2 RUE DE LUNION, 92565 RUEIL-MALMAISON CEDEX, FRANCE
TEL: +33-1-41-02-83-13 / FAX: +33-1-49-01-07-25
South/East Region Service Center (Georgia) 1845 SATELLITE BOULEVARD STE. 450, DULUTH, GEORGIA 30097, U.S.A. France Service Satellite (Lyon)
ECNARF TSEIRP TNIAS 00896 DONOM SEUQCAJ EELLA ,042 9154-852-876-1+ XAF / 9254-852-876-1+ LET
Charleston, SC Service Satellite TEL: +33-1-41-02-83-13 / FAX: +33-1-49-01-07-25
Charlotte, NC Service Satellite Raleigh, NC Service Satellite Italy Service Center (Milan) Dallas, TX Service Satellite VIA ENERGY PARK 14, VIMERCATE 20871 (MB) ITALY
Houston, TX Service Satellite TEL: +39-039-6053-342 / FAX: +39-039-6053-206
Hartford, CT Service Satellite Knoxville, TN Service Satellite Italy Service Satellite (Padova) Nashville, TN Service Satellite VIA G. SAVELLI, 24 — 35129 PADOVA, ITALY
Baltimore, MD Service Satellite TEL: +39-039-6053-342 / FAX: +39-039-6053-206
Pittsburg, PA Service Satellite Tampa, FL Service Satellite U.K. Service Center Syracuse, NY Service Satellite TRAVELLERS LANE, HATFIELD, HERTFORDSHIRE, AL10 8XB, U.K.
Orlando, FL Service Satellite TEL: +44-1707-288-780 / FAX: +44-1707-278-695
Lafayette, LA Service Satellite Philadelphia, PA Service Satellite Spain Service Center
CTRA. RUBI, 76-80 8174 SAINT CUGAT DEL VALLES, BARCELONA, SPAIN
Western Region Service Center (California) TEL: +34-935-65-2236 / FAX: +34-935-89-1579
5900-B KATELLA AVE. — 5900-A KATELLA AVE. CYPRESS, CALIFORNIA 90630, U.S.A.
TEL: +1-714-699-2625 / FAX: +1-847-478-2650 Poland Service Center San Jose, CA Service Satellite UL.KRAKOWSKA 50, 32-083 BALICE, POLAND
Seattle, WA Service Satellite TEL: +48-12-347-6500 / FAX: +48-12-630-4701
Denver, CO Service Satellite Hungary Service Center
Canada Region Service Center (Toronto) BUDARS OFFICE PARK, SZABADSG T 117., 2040 BUDARS, HUNGARY
1074-036-21-84+ :XAF / 0056-743-21-84+ :LET ADANAC ,2JO R3L OIRATNO ,MAHKRAM EUNEVA HT41 9924
TEL: +1-905-475-7728 / FAX: +1-905-475-7935
Edmonton, AB Service Satellite Turkey Service Center Montreal, QC Service Satellite MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC TURKEY ELEKTRK RNLER A.
SERIFALI MAHALLESI KALE SOKAK. NO.41 34775
Mexico Region Service Center (Queretaro) UMRANIYE, ISTANBUL, TURKEY
Parque Tecnolgico Innovacin Quertaro, Lateral Carretera Estatal 431, Km 2+200, Lote 91 Modulos 1 y 2 TEL: +90-216-969-2500 / FAX: +90-216-661-44-47
Hacienda la Machorra, CP 76246, El Marqus, Quertaro, Mxico
TEL: +52-442-153-6050 Czech Republic Service Center Monterrey, NL Service Satellite AutoCont Control Systems s.r.o (Service Partner) Mexico City, DF Service Satellite KAFKOVA 1853/3, 702 00 OSTRAVA 2, CZECH REPUBLIC
TEL: +420-59-5691-185 / FAX: +420-59-5691-199
BRAZIL Russia Service Center MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC RUSSIA LLC
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC DO BRASIL COMRCIO E SERVIOS LTDA. LETNIKOVSKAYA STREET 2, BLD.1, 5TH 115114 MOSCOW, RUSSIA
Votorantim Office TEL: +7-495-721-2070 / FAX: +7-495-721-2071
AV. GISELE CONSTANTINO,1578, PARQUE BELA VISTA, VOTORANTIM-SP, BRAZIL CEP:18.110-650
TEL: +55-15-3023-9000 Sweden Service Center Blumenau, Santa Catarina Office HAMMARBACKEN 14, P.O.BOX 750 SE-19127, SOLLENTUNA, SWEDEN
TEL: +46-8-6251200 / FAX: +46-8-6251014
Bulgaria Service Center AKHNATON Ltd. (Service Partner) 4 ANDREJ LJAPCHEV BLVD. POB 21, BG-1756 SOFIA, BULGARIA
TEL: +359-2-8176009 / FAX: +359-2-9744061
Ukraine Service Center (Kiev) CSC Automation Ltd. (Service Partner) 4 B, YEVHENA SVERSTYUKA STR., 02002 KIEV, UKRAINE
TEL: +380-44-494-3344 / FAX: +380-44-494-3366
Belarus Service Center TECHNIKON Ltd. (Service Partner) NEZAVISIMOSTI PR.177, 220125 MINSK, BELARUS
TEL: +375-17-393-1177 / FAX: +375-17-393-0081
South Africa Service Center Adroit Technologies (Service Partner) 20 WATERFORD OFFICE PARK, WATERFORD DRIVE, CNR OF WITKOPPEN ROAD,
FOURWAYS JOHANNESBURG SOUTH AFRICA
TEL: +27-11-658-8100 / FAX: +27-11-658-8101
ASEAN CHINA
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC ASIA PTE. LTD. (ASEAN FA CENTER) MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC AUTOMATION (CHINA) LTD. (CHINA FA CENTER) Singapore Service Center CNC Call Center 307 ALEXANDRA ROAD MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC BUILDING SINGAPORE 159943 TEL: +86-400-921-5130
TEL: +65-6473-2308 / FAX: +65-6476-7439
Shanghai Service Center NO.1386 HONG QIAO ROAD, CHANG NING QU, SHANGHAI 200336, CHINA
PHILIPPINES TEL: +86-21-2322-3030 / FAX: +86-21-2322-3000*8422
Qingdao Service Center MELCO FACTORY AUTOMATION PHILIPPINES INC. Suzhou Service Center Head Office Wuhan Service Center 128 LOPEZ RIZAL STREET, BRGY., HIGHWAY HILLS, MANDALUYONG CITY , MM PHILIPPINES 1550 Ningbo Service Center TEL: +63-2-8256-8042 / FAX: +632-8637-2294 Hefei Service Center
Beijing Service Center Philippines Service Center Tianjin Service Center KM.23 WEST SERVICE ROAD SSH, CUPANG ,MUNTINLUPA CITY, PHILIPPINES Xian Service Center TEL: +63-2-8807-0420 / FAX: +63-2-8842-5202 Dalian Service Center
Chengdu Service Center
VIETNAM Shenzhen Service Center LEVEL8, GALAXY WORLD TOWER B, 1 YABAO ROAD, LONGGANG DISTRICT,
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC VIETNAM CO., LTD. SHENZHEN 518129, CHINA
Vietnam Ho Chi Minh Service Center TEL: +86-755-2399-8272 / FAX: +86-755-8229-3686
11TH & 12TH FLOOR, VIETTEL TOWER B, 285 CACH MANG THANG 8 STREET, WARD 12, DISTRICT 10, Dongguan Service Center HO CHI MINH CITY, VIETNAM Xiamen Service Center TEL: +84-28-3910-5945 / FAX: +84-28-3910-5947
Vietnam Hanoi Service Center KOREA 14TH FLOOR, CAPITAL TOWER, 109 TRAN HUNG DAO STREET, CUA NAM WARD,
HOAN KIEM DISTRICT, HA NOI CITY, VIETNAM MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC AUTOMATION KOREA CO., LTD. (KOREA FA CENTER) TEL: +84-24-3937-8075 / FAX: +84-24-3937-8076 Korea Service Center
8F GANGSEO HANGANG XI-TOWER A, 401 YANGCHEON-RO, GANGSEO-GU,
SEOUL 07528 KOREA
INDONESIA TEL: +82-2-3660-9631 / FAX: +82-2-3664-8668
Korea Daegu Service Satellite PT. MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC INDONESIA Indonesia Service Center (Cikarang) JL. KENARI RAYA BLOK G2-07A, DELTA SILICON 5, LIPPO CIKARANG — BEKASI 17550, INDONESIA TAIWAN TEL: +62-21-2961-7797 / FAX: +62-21-2961-7794
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC TAIWAN CO., LTD. (TAIWAN FA CENTER) Taiwan Taichung Service Center
MALAYSIA NO. 8-1, GONGYEQU 16th RD., XITUN DIST., TAICHUNG CITY 40768 , TAIWAN
TEL: +886-4-2359-0688 / FAX: +886-4-2359-0689
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC SALES MALAYSIA SDN. BHD. Malaysia Service Center (Kuala Lumpur Service Center) Taiwan Taipei Service Center LOT 11, JALAN 219, P.O BOX 1036, 46860 PETALING JAYA, SELANGOR DARUL EHSAN, MALAYSIA 11F, NO.88, SEC.6, ZHONGSHAN N. RD., SHILIN DIST., TAIPEI CITY 11155, TAIWAN
TEL: +60-3-7626-5032 TEL: +886-2-2833-5430 / FAX: +886-2-2833-5433
Johor Bahru Service Satellite Pulau Pinang Service Satellite Taiwan Tainan Service Center
11F.-1, NO.30, ZHONGZHENG S. RD., YONGKANG DIST., TAINAN CITY 71067, TAIWAN
TEL: +886-6-252-5030 / FAX: +886-6-252-5031
THAILAND
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC FACTORY AUTOMATION (THAILAND) CO., LTD. OCEANIA Thailand Service Center (Bangkok) 101, TRUE DIGITAL PARK OFFICE, 5TH FLOOR, SUKHUMVIT ROAD, BANGCHAK, PHRA KHANONG, MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC AUSTRALIA PTY. LTD. BANGKOK, 10260 THAILAND Oceania Service Center TEL: +66-2-092-8600 / FAX: +66-2-043-1231-33 348 VICTORIA ROAD, RYDALMERE, N.S.W. 2116 AUSTRALIA
TEL: +61-2-9684-7269/ FAX: +61-2-9684-7245
INDIA
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC INDIA PVT., LTD. CNC Technical Center (Bangalore) PLOT NO. 56, 4TH MAIN ROAD, PEENYA PHASE 3,
PEENYA INDUSTRIAL AREA, BANGALORE 560058, KARNATAKA, INDIA
TEL : +91-80-4655-2121
Chennai Service Satellite Coimbatore Service Satellite Hyderabad Service Satellite
North India Service Center (Gurgaon) PLOT 517, GROUND FLOOR, UDYOG VIHAR PHASE-III, GURUGRAM 122008, HARYANA, INDIA
TEL : +91-124-463-0300
Ludhiana Service Satellite Panthnagar Service Satellite Delhi Service Satellite Jamshedpur Service Satellite Manesar Service Satellite
West India Service Center (Pune) ICC-Devi GAURAV TECHNOLOGY PARK, UNIT NO.402, FOURTH FLOOR, NORTH WING,
SURVEY NUMBER 191-192 (P), NEXT to INDIAN CARD CLOTHING COMPANY Ltd,
OPP. VALLABH NAGAR, PIMPRI, PUNE- 411 018, MAHARASHTRA, INDIA
TEL : +91-20-6819-2274
Kolhapur Service Satellite Aurangabad Service Satellite Mumbai Service Satellite
West India Service Center (Ahmedabad) 204-209, 2ND FLOOR, 31FIVE, CORPORATE ROAD PRAHLADNAGAR,
AHMEDABAD -380015, GUJARAT, INDIA
TEL : + 91-79-6777-7888
Rajkot Service Satellite
Notice
Every effort has been made to keep up with software and hardware revisions in the contents described in this manual. However, please understand that in some unavoidable cases simultaneous revision is not possible. Please contact your Mitsubishi Electric dealer with any questions or comments regarding the use of this product.
Duplication Prohibited
This manual may not be reproduced in any form, in part or in whole, without written permission from Mitsubishi Electric Corporation.
COPYRIGHT 2017-2022 MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
</
Manualsnet FAQs
If you want to find out how the M80 Mitsubishi works, you can view and download the Mitsubishi M80 Hardware Specification Manual on the Manualsnet website.
Yes, we have the Specification Manual for Mitsubishi M80 as well as other Mitsubishi manuals. All you need to do is to use our search bar and find the user manual that you are looking for.
The Specification Manual should include all the details that are needed to use a Mitsubishi M80. Full manuals and user guide PDFs can be downloaded from Manualsnet.com.
The best way to navigate the Mitsubishi M80 Hardware Specification Manual is by checking the Table of Contents at the top of the page where available. This allows you to navigate a manual by jumping to the section you are looking for.
This Mitsubishi M80 Hardware Specification Manual consists of sections like Table of Contents, to name a few. For easier navigation, use the Table of Contents in the upper left corner.
You can download Mitsubishi M80 Hardware Specification Manual free of charge simply by clicking the “download” button in the upper right corner of any manuals page. This feature allows you to download any manual in a couple of seconds and is generally in PDF format. You can also save a manual for later by adding it to your saved documents in the user profile.
To be able to print Mitsubishi M80 Hardware Specification Manual, simply download the document to your computer. Once downloaded, open the PDF file and print the Mitsubishi M80 Hardware Specification Manual as you would any other document. This can usually be achieved by clicking on “File” and then “Print” from the menu bar.
This manual covers the items required for maintaining the MITSUBISHI CNC M800/M80/E80 Series.
Supported models are as follows:
Supported models
M800W Series
M800S Series
M80W Series
M80 Series
E80 Series
Abbreviations in this manual are as follows:
Abbreviations
M800, M800 Series
M80, M80 Series
M800/M80, M800/M80 Series
M8, M8 Series
Read this manual thoroughly and understand the product’s functions and performance before starting to use.
The unit names, cable names and various specifications are subject to change without notice. Please confirm these before
placing an order.
Be sure to keep this manual always at hand.
The following screens described in this manual are the screens for Mitsubishi Electric’s display unit.
If the display unit you are using is not manufactured by Mitsubishi, please contact the machine tool builder.
CAUTION
For items described as «Restrictions» or «Usable State» in this manual, the instruction manual issued by the
machine tool builder (MTB) takes precedence over this manual.
Items not described in this manual must be interpreted as «not possible».
This manual is written on the assumption that all the applicable functions are included. Some of them, however,
may not be available for your NC system. Refer to the specifications issued by the machine tool builder before
use.
Refer to the manuals issued by the machine manufacturer for each machine tool explanation.
Some screens and functions may differ depending on the NC system (or its version), and some functions may
not be possible. Please confirm the specifications before use.
Do not connect NC system to the Internet-connected network.
To maintain the safety of the NC system against unauthorized access from external devices via the network,
take appropriate measures.
In this manual, the following abbreviations might be used.
MTB: Machine tool builder
Also refer to the manuals on «Manual List» as necessary.
Introduction
M850W, M830W
M850S, M830S
M80W
M80 TypeA, M80 TypeB
E80 TypeA, E80 TypeB
M800W Series/M800S Series
M80W Series/M80 Series
M800W Series/M800S Series/M80W Series/M80 Series
M800W Series/M800S Series/M80W Series/M80 Series/E80 Series
Abbreviations in this manual
Supported models
Download or browse on-line these Connection And Set Up Manual for Mitsubishi M80 series Control Unit.
Summary of Contents:
[Page 1] Mitsubishi M80 series … |
[Page 2] Mitsubishi M80 series Introduction This manual covers the items required for installing, connecting and setting up the MITSUBISHI CNC. Supported models are as follows: Read this manual thoroughly and understand the product’s functions and performance before starting… |
[Page 3] Mitsubishi M80 series For items described as «Restrictions» or «Usable State» in this manual, the instruction manual issued by the machine tool builder takes precedence over this manual. Items that are not described in this manual must be interpreted… |
[Page 4] Mitsubishi M80 series … |
[Page 5] Mitsubishi M80 series Manual List Manuals related to M800/M80/C80 Series are listed as follows. These manuals are written on the assumption that all optional functions are added to the targeted model. Some functions or screens may not be available depending on the machine… |
[Page 6] Mitsubishi M80 series Manuals for MTBs (NC) Manuals for MTBs (drive section) Manual IB No. Purpose and Contents M800/M80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Function) IB-1501505 — Model selection — Outline of various functions M800/M80/C80 Series Specifications Manual (Hard… |
[Page 7] Mitsubishi M80 series Manuals for MTBs (Others) ■ For M800/M80 Series ■ For C80 Series Manual No. Purpose and Contents GOT2000 Series User’s Manual (Hardware) SH-081194 — Outline of hardware such as part names, external dimensions, installation, wiring, maintenanc… |
[Page 8] Mitsubishi M80 series Reference Manual for MTBs Manual No. Purpose and Contents M800/M80 Series Smart safety observation Specification manual BNP-C3072-022 — Explanation for smart safety observation function C80 Series Smart safety observation Specification manual BNP-C… |
[Page 9] Mitsubishi M80 series … |
[Page 10] Mitsubishi M80 series Precautions for Safety Always read this manual and enclosed documents before installation, operation, maintenance and inspection to ensure correct usage. Thoroughly understand the basics, safety information and precautions of the devices before usi… |
[Page 11] Mitsubishi M80 series Mitsubishi CNC is designed and manufactured solely for applications to machine tools to be used for industrial purposes. Do not use this product in any applications other than those specified above, especially those which are substantially influent… |
[Page 12] Mitsubishi M80 series 2. Items related to prevention of fire 3. Items related to prevention of bodily injury or property damage CAUTION Install the controller, drive unit, motor and regenerative resistor on non-combustible material. Installation directly on or near comb… |
[Page 13] Mitsubishi M80 series 4. General precautions Always follow the precautions below. Incorrect handling could result in faults, injuries or electric shocks, etc. (1) Items related to product and manual (2) Transportation and installation CAUTION For items described as &quo… |
[Page 14] Mitsubishi M80 series CAUTION Do not block the intake/outtake ports of the motor with the cooling fan. Install the controller’s display section and operation board section on the spot where cutting oil will not reach. The controller, drive unit and motor are precis… |
[Page 15] Mitsubishi M80 series (3) Items related to wiring CAUTION Correctly wire this product. Failure to observe this could result in motor runaway, etc. Incorrect terminal connections could cause the devices to rupture or damage, etc. Do not install a phase advancing capacito… |
[Page 16] Mitsubishi M80 series CAUTION Separate the signal wire from the drive line or power line when wiring. Carry out wiring so that there is no possibility of short circuit between wires, nor of dangerous state. Use wires and cables whose wire diameter, heat resistance level… |
[Page 17] Mitsubishi M80 series (4) Set up (5) Operation and Adjustments WARNING Do not cancel the emergency stop before confirming the basic operation. Always set the stroke end and stroke limit. Failure to set this could result in collision with the machine end. CAUTION If th… |
[Page 18] Mitsubishi M80 series (6) Usage CAUTION Use this product within the range of environmental condition described in this manual. Using this product in an environment outside the range could result in electric shock, fire, operation failure, or damage to or deterioration o… |
[Page 19] Mitsubishi M80 series (7) Troubleshooting (8) Maintenance, inspection and part replacement CAUTION Use a motor with electromagnetic brakes or establish an external brake mechanism for the purpose of holding; this serves as countermeasures for possible hazardous situa… |
[Page 20] Mitsubishi M80 series (9) Disposal (10) General precautions CAUTION Take the batteries and backlights for LCD, etc., off from the controller, drive unit and motor, and dispose of them as general industrial wastes. Do not alter or disassemble controller, drive unit, or … |
[Page 21] Mitsubishi M80 series … |
[Page 22] Mitsubishi M80 series Treatment of waste The following two laws will apply when disposing of this product. Considerations must be made to each law. The following laws are in effect in Japan. Thus, when using this product overseas, the local laws will have a priority. If… |
[Page 23] Mitsubishi M80 series … |
[Page 24] Mitsubishi M80 series Disposal (Note) This symbol mark is for EU countries only. This symbol mark is according to the directive 2006/66/EC Article 20 Information for end- users and Annex II. Your MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC product is designed and manufactured with high quality m… |
[Page 25] Mitsubishi M80 series … |
[Page 26] Mitsubishi M80 series Trademarks MELDAS, MELSEC, EZSocket, EZMotion, iQ Platform, MELSEC iQ-R, MELSOFT, GOT, CC-Link, CC-Link/LT, CC-Link IE, EcoMonitorLight and SLMP are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Mitsubishi Electric Corporation in Japan and/or oth… |
[Page 27] Mitsubishi M80 series … |
[Page 28] Mitsubishi M80 series 本製品の取扱いについて ( 日本語 /Japanese) 本製品は工業用 ( クラス A) 電磁環境適合機器です。販売者あるいは使用者はこの点に注意し、住商業環境以外で の使用をお願いいたします。 H… |
[Page 29] Mitsubishi M80 series … |
[Page 30] Mitsubishi M80 series Contents 1 System Basic Configuration ……………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 1 1.1 System Basic Configuration Drawing………………………………………………. |
[Page 31] Mitsubishi M80 series 4.8 Operation Panel I/O Unit ………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 60 4.8.1 List of Units ………………………………………………………………………. |
[Page 32] Mitsubishi M80 series 7.6 Connecting with Drive Unit………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 190 7.6.1 Connecting with Drive Unit MDS-E/EH Series………………………………………………… |
[Page 33] Mitsubishi M80 series 13.4 Connecting with Operation Panel I/O Unit …………………………………………………………………………… 262 13.5 Connecting Emergency Stop Switch…………………………………………………………………… |
[Page 34] Mitsubishi M80 series 17.1.2 Setting DIP Switch ……………………………………………………………………………………………………. 319 17.2 Setting Drive Unit MDS-EM/EMH Series ……………………………………………………….. |
[Page 35] Mitsubishi M80 series 22.1.1 Basic Position Alignment Method I ……………………………………………………………………………… 381 22.1.2 Basic Position Alignment Method II ………………………………………………………………… |
[Page 36] Mitsubishi M80 series 32 Appx.2: Protection Setting …………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 465 32.1 Protect Setting Screen ……………………………………………………………….. |
[Page 37] Mitsubishi M80 series … |
[Page 38] Mitsubishi M80 series 1 IB-1501269-F 1 System Basic Configuration |
[Page 39] Mitsubishi M80 series M800S/M80 Series Connection and Setup Manual 1 System Basic Configuration 2 IB-1501269-F 1.1 System Basic Configuration Drawing (Note) For the drive unit configuration, refer to the Instruction Manual of the drive unit you use. (Control unit is add… |
[Page 40] Mitsubishi M80 series 3 IB-1501269-F 2 General Connection Diagram |
[Page 41] Mitsubishi M80 series M800S/M80 Series Connection and Setup Manual 2 General Connection Diagram 4 IB-1501269-F 2.1 General Connection Diagram [M800S] (Note 1) For information on how to connect the drive unit, refer to the drive unit’s manual. (Note 2) For the conne… |
[Page 42] Mitsubishi M80 series M800S/M80 Series Connection and Setup Manual 2 General Connection Diagram 5 IB-1501269-F 2.2 General Connection Diagram [M80] (1) Without smart safety observation (Note 1) For information on how to connect the drive unit, refer to the drive unit&apo… |
[Page 43] Mitsubishi M80 series M800S/M80 Series Connection and Setup Manual 2 General Connection Diagram 6 IB-1501269-F (2) With smart safety observation (Note 1) For information on how to connect the drive unit, refer to the drive unit’s manual. (Note 2) For the 8.4-type d… |
[Page 44] Mitsubishi M80 series 7 IB-1501269-F 3 List of Configuration |
[Page 45] Mitsubishi M80 series M800S/M80 Series Connection and Setup Manual 3 List of Configuration 8 IB-1501269-F 3.1 Control Unit [M800S] 3.2 Control Unit [M80] 3.3 Display Unit [M800S] 3.4 Display Unit [M80] Classification Type Components Remarks NC functions and display contr… |
[Page 46] Mitsubishi M80 series M800S/M80 Series Connection and Setup Manual 3 List of Configuration 9 IB-1501269-F 3.5 Keyboard Unit [M800S] 3.6 Keyboard Unit [M80] Classification Type Components Remarks Keyboard for 10.4-type display unit Clear keys FCU8-KB041 Escutcheon, key sw… |
[Page 47] Mitsubishi M80 series M800S/M80 Series Connection and Setup Manual 3 List of Configuration 10 IB-1501269-F 3.7 Operation Panel I/O Unit (Note) DI: Digital input signals, DO: Digital output signals Classification Type Components Remarks DI 24V/0V common input [96 points] … |
[Page 48] Mitsubishi M80 series M800S/M80 Series Connection and Setup Manual 3 List of Configuration 11 IB-1501269-F 3.8 Remote I/O Unit (Note) DI: Digital input signals, DO: Digital output signals, AI: Analog input signals, AO: Analog output signals 3.9 Function Expansion Unit [M… |
[Page 49] Mitsubishi M80 series M800S/M80 Series Connection and Setup Manual 3 List of Configuration 12 IB-1501269-F 3.11 Manual Pulse Generator 3.12 Synchronous Feed Encoder 3.13 MITSUBISHI CNC Machine Operation Panel 3.14 Handy Terminal 3.15 Cable Connector Sets Classification T… |
[Page 50] Mitsubishi M80 series M800S/M80 Series Connection and Setup Manual 3 List of Configuration 13 IB-1501269-F 3.16 Thermistor Sets 3.17 Genuine Memory Card 3.18 Durable Parts (Note) Contact the Service Center, Service Station, Sales Office or delayer for repairs or part rep… |
[Page 51] Mitsubishi M80 series M800S/M80 Series Connection and Setup Manual 3 List of Configuration 14 IB-1501269-F 3.20 List of Cables [Cable relating to NC] (Note 1) «x» in type columns indicate cable length (unit: m). (Note 2) Lengths indicated with an asterisk (*) … |
[Page 52] Mitsubishi M80 series M800S/M80 Series Connection and Setup Manual 3 List of Configuration 15 IB-1501269-F [Cable Relating to Drive Unit] (Note 1) «x» in type columns indicate cable length (unit: m). (Note 2) Lengths indicated with an asterisk (*) in the max. … |
[Page 53] Mitsubishi M80 series M800S/M80 Series Connection and Setup Manual 3 List of Configuration 16 IB-1501269-F |
[Page 54] Mitsubishi M80 series 17 IB-1501269-F 4 General Specifications |
[Page 55] Mitsubishi M80 series M800S/M80 Series Connection and Setup Manual 4 General Specifications 18 IB-1501269-F 4.1 Environment Conditions [M800S] 4.1.1 Installation Environment Conditions (Note 1) «Short term» means roughly within one month. (Note 2) The current c… |
[Page 56] Mitsubishi M80 series M800S/M80 Series Connection and Setup Manual 4 General Specifications 19 IB-1501269-F (Note 1) «Short term» means roughly within one month. (Note 2) The current consumption of the keyboard unit and the operation panel I/O unit (control sec… |
[Page 57] Mitsubishi M80 series M800S/M80 Series Connection and Setup Manual 4 General Specifications 20 IB-1501269-F (Note 1) «Short term» means roughly within one month. (Note 2) This value includes the maximum value of DO external load current (3.2A). (Note 3) This va… |
[Page 58] Mitsubishi M80 series M800S/M80 Series Connection and Setup Manual 4 General Specifications 21 IB-1501269-F 4.2 Environment Conditions [M80] 4.2.1 Installation Environment Conditions (Note 1) «Short term» means roughly within one month. (Note 2) The current con… |
[Page 59] Mitsubishi M80 series M800S/M80 Series Connection and Setup Manual 4 General Specifications 22 IB-1501269-F (Note 1) «Short term» means roughly within one month. (Note 2) The current consumption of the keyboard unit and the operation panel I/O unit (control sec… |
[Page 60] Mitsubishi M80 series M800S/M80 Series Connection and Setup Manual 4 General Specifications 23 IB-1501269-F (Note 1) «Short term» means roughly within one month. (Note 2) This value includes the maximum value of DO external load current (3.2A). (Note 3) This va… |
[Page 61] Mitsubishi M80 series M800S/M80 Series Connection and Setup Manual 4 General Specifications 24 IB-1501269-F 4.3 Control Unit [M800S] 4.3.1 FCU8-MU542 / FCU8-MA542 / FCU8-MU541 / FCU8-MA541 [Outline dimension] [mm] 47 156 172.4 173.4 90 28 214.5 239.1 208 11 6 6 |
[Page 62] Mitsubishi M80 series M800S/M80 Series Connection and Setup Manual 4 General Specifications 25 IB-1501269-F [Connector] No. Connector name Function No. Connector name Function (1) USB_F Front-side USB memory I/F (13) RIO2 Remote I/O 2.0 communication (2) USB_B (14) MEN… |
[Page 63] Mitsubishi M80 series M800S/M80 Series Connection and Setup Manual 4 General Specifications 26 IB-1501269-F (1) USB_F (Front-side USB memory I/F) (2) USB_B (3) BL (Display unit backlight I/F) (4) SDC_F (Front-side SD card I/F) (5) SDC_B (Back-side SD card I/F) CAUTION … |
[Page 64] Mitsubishi M80 series M800S/M80 Series Connection and Setup Manual 4 General Specifications 27 IB-1501269-F (6) DCIN (24VDC input) <Cable side connector type> Connector : 2-178288-3 Contact : 1-175218-5 Recommended manufacturer : Tyco Electronics (a) Specifications… |
[Page 65] Mitsubishi M80 series M800S/M80 Series Connection and Setup Manual 4 General Specifications 28 IB-1501269-F (7) EMG (External emergency stop input) <Cable side connector type> Connector : 50-57-9403 Contact : 0016020103 Recommended manufacturer : MOLEX (Note) Use t… |
[Page 66] Mitsubishi M80 series M800S/M80 Series Connection and Setup Manual 4 General Specifications 29 IB-1501269-F (12) RIO1 (Remote I/O 2.0 communication 1st channel) (13) RIO2 (Remote I/O 2.0 communication 2nd channel) Up to 64 remote I/O stations can be connected. <Cable… |
[Page 67] Mitsubishi M80 series M800S/M80 Series Connection and Setup Manual 4 General Specifications 30 IB-1501269-F (a) Input for synchronous feed encoder Specification of input part a.b.c.d.e: A phase or B phase rising edge (falling edge) phase difference = T/4 ± T/10 (b) Inpu… |
[Page 68] Mitsubishi M80 series M800S/M80 Series Connection and Setup Manual 4 General Specifications 31 IB-1501269-F Input/output circuit When using the synchronous feed encoder and the manual pulse generator at the same time, connect the manual pulse generator to the operation … |
[Page 69] Mitsubishi M80 series M800S/M80 Series Connection and Setup Manual 4 General Specifications 32 IB-1501269-F (a) Skip signal input conditions Use the input signal within the following condition ranges. 24V common 0V common 1 Input voltage at external contact ON 6V or les… |
[Page 70] Mitsubishi M80 series M800S/M80 Series Connection and Setup Manual 4 General Specifications 33 IB-1501269-F (17) SIO (RS-232C communication 2ch) — Connect connector case with FG pattern. <Cable side connector type> Plug : 10120-3000PE Shell : 10320-52F0-008 Recomm… |
[Page 71] Mitsubishi M80 series M800S/M80 Series Connection and Setup Manual 4 General Specifications 34 IB-1501269-F (18) LAN1 (Ethernet communication) — Connect connector case with FG pattern. — Use J303 cable when directly connecting a device such as a personal computer to the… |
[Page 72] Mitsubishi M80 series M800S/M80 Series Connection and Setup Manual 4 General Specifications 35 IB-1501269-F [LED] No. Name Lamp state Details (1) 24VIN Lit (Green) 24VDC power is being supplied from the external power supply. Not lit The following may have caused an err… |
[Page 73] Mitsubishi M80 series M800S/M80 Series Connection and Setup Manual 4 General Specifications 36 IB-1501269-F 4.4 Control Unit [M80] 4.4.1 FCU8-MU511 / FCU8-MU512 / FCU8-MU501 / FCU8-MU502 [Outline dimension] [mm] 47 156 172.4 173.4 90 28 214.5 239.1 208 11 6 6 |
[Page 74] Mitsubishi M80 series M800S/M80 Series Connection and Setup Manual 4 General Specifications 37 IB-1501269-F [Connector] Refer to «General Specifications: Control Unit [M800S]» for details on the connectors. No. Connector name Function No. Connector name Funct… |
[Page 75] Mitsubishi M80 series M800S/M80 Series Connection and Setup Manual 4 General Specifications 38 IB-1501269-F [LED] No. Name Lamp state Details (1) 24VIN Lit (Green) 24VDC power is being supplied from the external power supply. Not lit The following may have caused an err… |
[Page 76] Mitsubishi M80 series M800S/M80 Series Connection and Setup Manual 4 General Specifications 39 IB-1501269-F 4.5 Display Unit [M800S] 4.5.1 10.4-type (FCU8-DU141-31) [Outline dimension] Option relay unit not mounted Option relay unit, FCU8-EX702 mounted Option relay unit… |
[Page 77] Mitsubishi M80 series M800S/M80 Series Connection and Setup Manual 4 General Specifications 40 IB-1501269-F [Panel cut dimension] 0.5 192±0.3 206±0.3 276±0.3 2±0.2 (7) (7) 12 12 [mm] 290 277 207 220 272±0.3 7 7 (7) (7) 7±0.2 4-C 2 4-M3 0.5 (Unit outline) (Unit outl… |
[Page 78] Mitsubishi M80 series M800S/M80 Series Connection and Setup Manual 4 General Specifications 41 IB-1501269-F 4.5.2 15-type (FCU8-DU181-31) [Outline dimension] Option relay unit not mounted Option relay unit, FCU8-EX702 mounted Option relay unit, FCU8-EX703 mounted A (Sp… |
[Page 79] Mitsubishi M80 series M800S/M80 Series Connection and Setup Manual 4 General Specifications 42 IB-1501269-F [Panel cut dimension] 0.5 193±0.3 138±0.3 302±0.3 153±0.3 193±0.3 193.5 8±0.2 8±0.2 2±0.2 (7) (7) 12 12 [mm] a a aa a a a aa a b bb b b b b b 400 387 307 3… |
[Page 80] Mitsubishi M80 series M800S/M80 Series Connection and Setup Manual 4 General Specifications 43 IB-1501269-F 4.5.3 Precautions [Precautions for handling touchscreen] (1) Operate the touchscreen with fingers. The touchscreen does not react with nails. (2) The use of gloves… |
[Page 81] Mitsubishi M80 series M800S/M80 Series Connection and Setup Manual 4 General Specifications 44 IB-1501269-F 4.6 Display Unit [M80] 4.6.1 8.4-type (FCU8-DU121-12) [Outline dimension] (Note) The 8.4-type display unit is incompatible with the touchscreen. Option relay unit … |
[Page 82] Mitsubishi M80 series M800S/M80 Series Connection and Setup Manual 4 General Specifications 45 IB-1501269-F [Panel cut dimension] 0.5 172±0.3 186±0.3 246±0.3 2±0.2 (7) (7) 12 12 [mm] 260 247 187 200 242±0.3 7 7 (7)(7) 7±0.2 4-C 2 4-M3 0.5 (Unit outline) (Unit outli… |
[Page 83] Mitsubishi M80 series M800S/M80 Series Connection and Setup Manual 4 General Specifications 46 IB-1501269-F 4.6.2 10.4-type (FCU8-DU141-32) [Outline dimension] Option relay unit not mounted Option relay unit, FCU8-EX702 mounted Option relay unit, FCU8-EX703 mounted A (… |
[Page 84] Mitsubishi M80 series M800S/M80 Series Connection and Setup Manual 4 General Specifications 47 IB-1501269-F [Panel cut dimension] 0.5 192±0.3 206±0.3 276±0.3 2±0.2 (7) (7) 12 12 [mm] 290 277 207 220 272±0.3 7 7 (7) (7) 7±0.2 4-C 2 4-M3 0.5 (Unit outline) (Unit outl… |
[Page 85] Mitsubishi M80 series M800S/M80 Series Connection and Setup Manual 4 General Specifications 48 IB-1501269-F 4.6.3 15-type (FCU8-DU181-32) [Outline dimension] Option relay unit not mounted Option relay unit, FCU8-EX702 mounted Option relay unit, FCU8-EX703 mounted A (Sp… |
[Page 86] Mitsubishi M80 series M800S/M80 Series Connection and Setup Manual 4 General Specifications 49 IB-1501269-F [Panel cut dimension] 0.5 193±0.3 138±0.3 302±0.3 153±0.3 193±0.3 193.5 8±0.2 8±0.2 2±0.2 (7) (7) 12 12 [mm] a a aa a a a aa a b bb b b b b b 400 387 307 3… |
[Page 87] Mitsubishi M80 series M800S/M80 Series Connection and Setup Manual 4 General Specifications 50 IB-1501269-F 4.6.4 Precautions [Precautions for handling touchscreen] (1) Operate the touchscreen with fingers. The touchscreen does not react with nails. (2) The use of gloves… |
[Page 88] Mitsubishi M80 series M800S/M80 Series Connection and Setup Manual 4 General Specifications 51 IB-1501269-F 4.7 Keyboard Unit (Note) Do not change the setting for the rotary switch mounted on the keyboard unit. If the setting is changed, the keyboard will not work. Type… |
[Page 89] Mitsubishi M80 series M800S/M80 Series Connection and Setup Manual 4 General Specifications 52 IB-1501269-F 4.7.1 Keyboard for 8.4-type Display Unit (FCU8-KB026) [Outline dimension] (Note) The above side view shows the state with the operation panel I/O unit mounted. [P… |
[Page 90] Mitsubishi M80 series M800S/M80 Series Connection and Setup Manual 4 General Specifications 53 IB-1501269-F 4.7.2 Keyboard for 8.4-type Display Unit (FCU8-KB028) [Outline dimension] (Note) The above side view shows the state with the operation panel I/O unit mounted. [P… |
[Page 91] Mitsubishi M80 series M800S/M80 Series Connection and Setup Manual 4 General Specifications 54 IB-1501269-F 4.7.3 Keyboard for 8.4-type Display Unit (FCU8-KB029) [Outline dimension] (Note) The above side view shows the state with the operation panel I/O unit mounted. [P… |
[Page 92] Mitsubishi M80 series M800S/M80 Series Connection and Setup Manual 4 General Specifications 55 IB-1501269-F 4.7.4 Keyboard for 10.4-type Display Unit (FCU8-KB041) [Outline dimension] (Note) The above side view shows the state with the operation panel I/O unit mounted. [… |
[Page 93] Mitsubishi M80 series M800S/M80 Series Connection and Setup Manual 4 General Specifications 56 IB-1501269-F 4.7.5 Keyboard for 10.4-type Display Unit (FCU8-KB046) [Outline dimension] (Note) The above side view shows the state with the operation panel I/O unit mounted. [… |
[Page 94] Mitsubishi M80 series M800S/M80 Series Connection and Setup Manual 4 General Specifications 57 IB-1501269-F 4.7.6 Keyboard for 10.4-type Display Unit (FCU8-KB047) [Outline dimension] (Note) The above side view shows the state with the operation panel I/O unit mounted. [… |
[Page 95] Mitsubishi M80 series M800S/M80 Series Connection and Setup Manual 4 General Specifications 58 IB-1501269-F 4.7.7 Keyboard for 10.4-type Display Unit (FCU8-KB048) [Outline dimension] (Note) The above side view shows the state with the operation panel I/O unit mounted. [… |
[Page 96] Mitsubishi M80 series M800S/M80 Series Connection and Setup Manual 4 General Specifications 59 IB-1501269-F 4.7.8 Keyboard for 15-type Display Unit (FCU8-KB083) [Outline dimension] (Note) The above side view shows the state with the operation panel I/O unit mounted. [Pa… |
[Page 97] Mitsubishi M80 series M800S/M80 Series Connection and Setup Manual 4 General Specifications 60 IB-1501269-F 4.8 Operation Panel I/O Unit Characteristics of operation panel I/O unit are as follows. (1) The followings can be connected to the operation panel I/O unit. (a) R… |
[Page 98] Mitsubishi M80 series M800S/M80 Series Connection and Setup Manual 4 General Specifications 61 IB-1501269-F 4.8.2 FCU8-DX750/ FCU8-DX760 / FCU8-DX761 [Outline dimension : FCU8-DX750] [Outline dimension : FCU8-DX760] [mm] 116 179 99 (Space required for wiring) [mm] 116 17… |
[Page 99] Mitsubishi M80 series M800S/M80 Series Connection and Setup Manual 4 General Specifications 62 IB-1501269-F [Outline dimension : FCU8-DX761] [mm] 116 179 99 (Space required for wiring) |
[Page 100] Mitsubishi M80 series M800S/M80 Series Connection and Setup Manual 4 General Specifications 63 IB-1501269-F [Installation dimension: FCU8-DX750 / FCU8-DX760 / FCU8-DX761] (Note) The unit thickness of the fixed part with screws is 16.6mm. Select the fixing screws having t… |